Business Law JJU, Law School
1
INTRODUCTION
This course introduces the basic knowledge of law to business students. Business law, by
nature is the collection of many law courses. At this level, the module consists of the
main law courses that are relevant in the business activities that students are expected to
know. To this end, the first chapter introduces students with law and the legal
environment of businesses. The second chapter is about the law of personality. The third
chapter is concerned about the law of contracts and the fourth one concerns about the law
of agency. The fifth chapter dictates the law of sales contract and the sixth one is
introduction to commercial law. The last chapter introduces the basic provisions of the
labor law.
“Business law” refers to the whole regulatory environment in which individuals or
‘organizations’ engage regularly for the purpose of securing commercial returns. It is a
legal regime with the object of shaping the behavior of “actors” in business transactions.
There is a vested interest for the law, like any other human relationships it claims to
regulate, to step into the work-for-profit areas in order to ensure that commercial
interactions are conducted in a proper manner. The legal regulation of business is even
more sensitive because engagement in business is an extension of a constitutional right to
property so that there must be a mechanism of the law that enables individuals to be
shielded against unwelcoming practices that prejudice their right without of course
affecting the rights of others. The law of commerce is indispensable not only from the
view point of individual right to property but also because it constitutes a fundamental
economic unit of a nation’s economic performance and status as a whole. In this sense,
business law makes a huge contribution to the strong economic wellbeing of a state and
to the accompanying betterment of society’s economic position. The legal framework that
governs business activities prescribes the conduct required of business-persons in their
commercial life, and solves business disputes in the ultimate aim of keeping the
tranquility of the business environment.
Business Law JJU, Law School
2
The Ethiopian “law of business” would also have as its object the advancement of the
above interests. This module centers upon the Ethiopian law with the fair treatment of the
relevant fundamental principles of law that are generally accepted in the business world.
It is particularly concerned with such visible areas as contracts, agency, sales,
commercial instruments and insurance among other things. These areas substantially
impinge upon economic sphere of interactions and, therefore, important for business
people and other actors.
The course is designed to equip students with fundamental legal tools when deal with
business matters. You would be enabled to overcome various business challenges
involving legal questions in your future professional careers. It is hoped that you are
already well aware of general business ideals. Therefore, it suffices that you possess basic
knowledge in economic and business principles. You are going to be briefly introduced
about the law in this module.
The structure of the module is such that first considerations about law in general are
made. Then follows the exploration of the legal regime whereby legal transactions
emerge, the law of personality. The law of contracts, a relatively wider and indispensable
area for you as a businessperson, comes next. Special types of contracts, agency and sale,
are also separately treated because of their fundamental importance to the business world
and will appear in the module in that order. Principles of modern commercial law, as
contained in the 1960 Commercial Code of Ethiopia would mark the completion of this
peace of writing. Traders and business organizations, insurance and negotiable
instruments are addressed under this part. The module contains a number of self-check
and summary questions at the end of each chapter. You are strongly advised to attempt all
those questions and check your understanding of the matters covered in this module. Well
come to business law. I wish you good study.
Business Law JJU, Law School
3
CHAPTER ONE
INTRODUCTION TO LAW AND THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF
BUSINESS
The successful completion and study of this chapter is expected to be accompanied by the
attainment of the following objectives:
- Distinguishing between/among the various schools of juridical thought that
evidence the absence of a generally agreeable definition of the word “law”;
- Noticing that law is more understood in terms of its features and functions
rather than interims of what it is;
- Specifically internalizing the functions law performs in a society and those of
business law in particular;
- Identifying the important legal matters in business interactions,
- Analyzing the pros and cons of resolving disputes in business by courts versus
alternative dispute resolution techniques.
1.1. Meaning of Law and Schools of Jurisprudential Thought
What is Law? Can you guess what essential points should be taken into account to define
law?
Defining the term ‘law’ is not an easy task because the term changes from time to time
and different scholars define the term variously. Definition of the term may vary due to
the different types of purposes sought to be achieved. Definitions given to the term law
are as many as legal theories.
Jurists have defined law differently from different point of views. It has been called
Dhama in Hindu jurisprudence and “Hukum” in Islamic system. Romans called it jus and
Business Law JJU, Law School
4
in Germany and France, it is called as Recht and Droit respectively [N.V. PARANJAPE;
2001: 133].
According to Black’s Law Dictionary [Garner; 2004: 900] law consists of rules of action
or conduct. These rules are issued by an authority. In addition, these rules have binding
force and are obeyed and followed by citizens. Sanction or other legal consequence may
help the law to be abided by citizens.
From the pragmatic point of view, American jurist, Benjanin Nation Cordazo defines law
as “a principle or rule of conduct so established as to justify a production with reasonable
certainty that it will be enforced by the courts if its authority is challenged.” [Steven;
2003: 8]. According to Holmes “the prophecies of what the courts will do in fact, and
nothing more pretentious, are what I mean by the law”. It is observable from these
definitions that courts play great role in applying as well as creating the law.
From the sociological perspective, Max Weber suggests that an order will be called law if
it is externally guaranteed by the probability that coercion (physical or psychological), to
bring about conformity or avenge violation will be applied by a staff of people holding
themselves especially ready for that purpose [Steven; 2003: 8].
He argues that law has three features that distinguish it from other normative orders such
as custom or convention [[Steven; 2003: 9]:
a) There must be a pressure that comes from external in the form of actions or
threats of action by others regardless of the person wants to boy the law or not;
b) These external actions or threats of action always involve coercion or force;
c) Individuals whose official role is to enforce the law must enforce the coercive
action.
He refers to state particularly when he talks about officials who enforce the law because
they are state officials who are empowered to do that.
Business Law JJU, Law School
5
In general, law may be described in terms of legal order tacitly or formally accepted by
the society and enforced. A body of binding rules sufficient compliance of them is
ensured by some mechanism accepted by community is called law [Paton; 1967].
1.2. The Features of Law
i) Generality
The most obvious feature of law is its generality. Law is a general statement regarding a
possible human conduct. Any valid legal norm is applicable to all the subjects in the
author’s territory. Law is not meant to shape the behavior of a certain category of persons
and leave others; every one is subject to the application of any duty existed law, saving
extremely exceptional circumstances (such as exemption from legal liability to a certain
degree because of immunity provisions). For instance, laws passed by the Ethiopian
legislator (the House of Peoples Representatives) demands all Ethiopians to comply with
it, irrespective of race, language, religion, social status, sex and political outlook. The
generality of laws also implies that a law is applicable to all similar cases, and it does not
leave others and govern some.
ii) Normativity
One of the distinctive features of law is that it is a normative statement. This accords with
the philosophical discourse on the dichotomy between the “is” and the “ought”. The
characterization of law as a normative statement refers to the “ought” aspect of the
discourse, the statement of what should be rather than what is. Law is not a factual
statement (description is not in the nature of law); it is rather a prescriptive tool which
purports to shape human behavior in the future.
iii) Establishment in Permanence
The coming into force of law presupposes, at least presumably, its indefinite existence in
the future. It is unusual to fix a time-limit for the application of law. A frequently
changing law creates social instability and more prone to losing legitimacy. This does not
mean, however, that laws live forever. They have to be reasonably flexible to
accommodate changing social realities. Change in societal circumstances is normally a
Business Law JJU, Law School
6
gradual process and the corollary gradual remolding of laws cannot be regarded as
resulting in an unstable phenomenon. Laws violate the virtue of permanence and create
instability when they change quickly and unnecessarily without having regard to the
status of the situation it is meant to govern.
Law might exist exceptionally for temporary application. The possibility of the
declaration of state of emergency explains such a circumstance. The law declaring the
emergency situation remains in force until the matter that called for the declaration of
emergency secedes. But overall, law is to be established in permanence and a time frame
would be fixed only in exceptional circumstances.
iv) Intimacy with Human Behavior and State
Law is a social norm and its ultimate concern is regulation of the social behavior of
human beings. The claim of law would naturally be made by men with respect to or as
against each other. Law cannot be employed to govern relationships of other animate or
inanimate things as among themselves; it is not concerned with a claim between humans
and other things either.
The intimacy of the law and the state is far from question. In reality, one cannot conceive
of one without the other (they are two inseparable aspects of the same system). One
cannot have validity or legitimacy without the other. Indeed, the state is itself brought
into life by law and cannot continue in that status without using law. The law on the other
hand would have life and produce the desired effects only by the backing of centrally
organized state machinery.
v) Strongly Institutionalized
We have said above that law is backed by an established system of a state. The state is
known for its strong institutionalization and this provides the law with institutionalized
system of enforcement. The state is constituted by centrally established institutions of
legislature, executive and judiciary entrusted with the tasks of law making, law
Business Law JJU, Law School
7
enforcement and interpretation of laws respectively. The combined operation of these
organs sanctions the law by a strong force.
1.3. Law as Distinguished from Other Social Norms
Law is a social norm, but not the only one. There are also other values of normative
significance in a society. The features we have seen in the forgoing sub-topic generally
characterize law as a social norm. Some of these features are exclusively concerned with
law while some are shared by other social norms. Now we came to the questions: what
are these other social norms? And what makes law different from them?
This “other social norms” category is filled perhaps by ethics, morality, culture, religion,
and the like. These ethical, moral, or religious values are normative in the sense that they,
just like law, prescribe what should be and what should not be and accordingly shape the
social behavior of man. To this extent, law possesses an identical attribute to that of
ethics, morality or religion. Nevertheless, there are conspicuous differences between law
and other social norms, as provided below.
One important issue that differentiates law from the other social norms is mechanism of
their enforcement. Law is backed by a strong sanction of the state and would be
institutionally enforced. Ethical/moral/religious norms on the other hand lack such
external and effective enforcement mechanism. Their observance is more often than not
demanded in point of conscience than through external organ. Individuals can breach
these norms with impunity and the most they would suffer is moral guilt.
Second, scope of application is a distinguishing mark between law and the “other social
norm” category. Law enjoys uniform and nationwide application. But the other social
norms are peculiar to particular groups and therefore suffer from extremely localized
(restricted) application. There could be a number of religions, cultures or customary
practices in a state; none of them would have norms that apply beyond their own
peculiarities.
Business Law JJU, Law School
8
Law can still be identified vis-à-vis other normative values of the society on the basis of
the mechanism by which it is created and changed. Law originates from a centrally
established and clearly defined institutional framework. The existence of clear
institutionalized system would make it easy to bring law into effect and to amend it. Non-
legal norms, on the other hand, do not normally have an easily traceable institutional
origin for they are not made in an organized way. They come into existence through a
practice by a concerned group over a relatively longer time in a scattered and
uncentralized manner. The development of these non-legal norms out of unclear and
gradual process makes it equally difficult to amend them. They are not amenable to easy
and fast amendment for they are rigidly established.
A further important factor that can be regarded as a virtue of law over non-legal norms is
the exhaustiveness and clarity embedded in law. Law would be exhaustively proclaimed
(mostly written) and sufficiently clear. The conduct it purports to command or prohibit
and the consequences of behaving otherwise would be fixed in advance. Normative rules
of ethics, morality, or religion are, on the other hand, barely exhaustive and known for
their manifest lack of clarity. And mostly non-legal norms do not determine
consequences of breach in advance. Since they are mostly unwritten, they are surrounded
by a cloud of vagueness and obscurity.
1.4. Functions of Law
Dear distance learner, have you ever doubted the importance of law in a society? Do you
think that the secure condition in which you accomplish your tasks would be there had
law not been there and prevailed? I hope you say not! Yes, laws perform various
functions in a society. They are the powerful weapons to attain diversified societal needs.
Laws are not ends in themselves, but rather they are the most effective and reliable means
at the disposal of the society.
The simple and common sense response you might make is perhaps that law is an
instrumentality for maintaining order and security. Imagine what would happened if there
Business Law JJU, Law School
9
were no law to curtail the conduct of gang of robbers breaking into your abode and taking
away the property you have gained over time through exerting your energy and investing
your money. Think also of a reckless conduct that sets fire to a building in which you run
your business affairs which results in a looting of essential documents. I hope you openly
unwelcome such a situation. In the absence of law, persons might excessively and
arbitrarily behave and you would also be discouraged to undertake proper business
activities for fear of the risk of losing it some day. So, laws, especially criminal laws,
would become indispensable tools to stop unwelcoming conducts and to create peace and
stability for proper life of the society.
It is important to note that haw delves into almost every social interaction. It regulates the
way a particular relationship is to be created, maintained and broken. Law is not limited
to mere maintenance of peace and order; it also steps in to govern detailed individual
interactions. Laws of family for instance are concerned with the regulation of the
institution of marriage and matrimonial affairs. Contract and property laws administer
contractual bonds and property relationships of individuals respectively. Business laws,
on the other hand, intend to shape behavior in commercial transactions and ensure the
interaction is conducted in healthy and effective manner.
Law protects citizens from arbitrary and excessive governmental actions. That body of
law which sets out structure of the state and the relationship the government of that state
would have with citizens is referred to as constitutional law. The powers and functions of
the government are usually defined by a constitution, and this law restrains undue
governmental encroachment in the affairs of subjects. Human rights provisions are
typical examples in this regard – that they call upon the government to either act or
refrain from acting in the protection and enforcement of human rights. Law of
constitution can function in such a way that the various organs constituting the
government discharge their tasks in an atmosphere of harmony and transparency. The
principle of checks and balances incorporated into most republican constitutions reveals
the possibility of review of actions or decisions of the legislative, executive or judicial
bodies by one another.
Business Law JJU, Law School
10
Laws are also instrumental in fighting harmful traditional practices (HTPS). Early
marriage has been the widespread practice in many parts of Ethiopia. Marriage is a big
affair upon which family, the fundamental unit of the society, is found. Yet, such purpose
is served only if spouses are psychologically and biologically developed enough. Ignorant
of such fact, most Ethiopian parents force their teenage children (especially girls) to
marry while they are in fragile mental and physical conditions, exposing them to various
economic, social and biological problems. The same is true of Female Genital Mutilation
(FGM). The law is a typical tool in reducing, and ultimately eradicating, these harmful
traditional practices.
Law also pays a prominent role in improving the life of the society through the
encouragement of innovation and creativity. Law encourages individuals to engage in
innovative tasks by granting them rights to exclusive enjoyment of their inventions via
issuing patents, copyrights, trademarks and the like. These mechanisms bestow inventors
and authors of new ideas with economic and moral benefits, thereby helping society to
make use if better means of life.
1.5. Classifications of Laws and Nature of Business Law
The body of law is huge. To study it one must break it down by means of classification.
Classification of laws is the systematization of the law based on the subject matter for the
purpose of finding the relevant law more easily and determining whether different legal
rules were required depending on their area of application.
No single classification system can cover the large of mass of legal information.
Consequently, those systems that have been devised tend to overlap. Moreover, they are,
of necessity, arbitrary in some respects. A discussion of the best known classifications of
law follows.
Business Law JJU, Law School
11
Public versus Private Law
Public law addresses the relationship between persons and their government, and between
various governments. They are public in the sense that the interest of the public at large is
at stake as represented by the government. Criminal law and constitutional law, for
example, are generally classified as public law, because they deal with persons and their
relationships to government. Criminal acts, though they may involve only one victim, are
seen as offenses against the society as a whole and prohibited by governments for the
purposes of protecting the public. Constitutional law is a public law because it involves
question of whether the government (federal, state or local in a federal setting, or the
central government in a unitary system) has the power to act in a particular fashion. Often
the issue is whether a law or a decision of a governmental authority, duly passed and
made, exceeds the limits set on the government.
Private law governs direct dealings between persons. When persons deal or affect other
persons, such as in a contractual relationship, the law governing these relationships is
classified as private law. Private law may ultimately advance societal interests as a
whole, but its immediate concern is with individual transactions that affect the legal
positions of the transacting persons. Agency, law of commercial paper, trade and
business organizations, sales, torts, insurance and any other area of business law is
essentially classified as private law
Substantive and Procedural Law
Substantive law includes all laws that define, describe, regulate and create legal rights
and obligations. This body of law establishes acts and situations producing effect at law.
For instance, a rule stating that promises are enforced only when each party has received
something of value from the other party is part of substantive law. So, too, is a rule
stating that a person who has injured another through negligence must pay damages.
Most of the bodies of law we have highlighted above, both public and private, are
substantive laws. Substantive law tells us what our rights are.
Business Law JJU, Law School
12
Procedural law sets out the methods of enforcing the rights established by substantive
law. Questions about how a lawsuit should begin, what documents need to be filed,
which court will hear the suit, which witnesses can be called, how the judicial
proceedings is conducted, and so on are all questions of procedural law. In brief
procedural law tells us how to exercise substantive heights. Civil procedure, criminal
procedure and evidence are typical examples.
Dear distance learner, you have to bear in mind that the importance of the distinction
between substantive and procedural law is more than academic. This is so because the
result of a case may well depend upon the determination that the rule is substantive rather
than procedural.
Civil versus Criminal Law
Civil law is concerned with the duties that exist between persons or between citizens and
their government (the latter as a ordinary legal person), excluding the duty not to commit
crimes. Contract law, for example, is part of civil law. The whole body of tort law, which
has to do with the infringement, in the absence of contract, by the person of the legally
recognized rights of another is an area of civil law. Criminal law, in contrast to civil law,
is concerned with wrongs committed against the public as a whole. Criminal law is
always public where as civil law is sometimes public and sometimes private. In a
criminal case, the government seeks to impose a penalty on an allegedly guilty person.
Dear distance friend, I hope you have understood the nature and purpose of the above
classification attempts. I would like you to have thorough look to the classification once
again and identify the position of our subject matter, business law. You see that the
various areas of law that greatly touch with business (such as contracts, partnerships,
commercial instruments, traders and business organizations, agency, sales and insurance)
constitute the private legal regime rather than public, substantive rather than procedural,
and civil rather than criminal.
Business Law JJU, Law School
13
1.6. Sources of Law
In general, when we say source of law, we meant that from where the law derives its
binding force and its contents. Source of a law may be formal or material. We have seen
that material source of law is that from which the law derived the matter, i.e. the content.
A formal source of law is that from which a rule of law derives its force and validity.
We discussed that custom is material source of law because the law derives its contents
from the custom. Custom is a set of social attitudes that the society regarded as part of
law and enforced. Custom, to be regarded as source of law, it must be reasonable; be
consistent with a written law; be observed as of right; it should have been continuously in
existence from the time immemorial; and be certain.
According to the historical school, custom can change, or modify the law. Analytical
theory considers custom derives its binding force from the recognition of state. Under
Ethiopian law, custom is applicable where the law refers it, and when the judge interprets
the law.
We have also seen that religion is the material source of Ethiopian law. The other source
of law that we have dealt is legislation. Legislation are enacted by the formal
deliberations of the legislature. The legislature derives its power to make laws from the
Constitution. Laws are made to implement the principles incorporated in the Constitution.
Any law that contradicts the provisions of the Constitution is null and void. Thus, the
constitution is one of the sources of Ethiopian law. Agreements and treaties are also other
important source of our law, particularly the constitution of 1995.
Codes are also important source of our law, starting from Fewse Menfesawi down to the
recent codes, like the 2000 Revised Family Code. We have also discussed that
proclamations, regulations and directives issued are sources of our laws.
Further court decisions are sources of our law. We have seen that the old Judgments are
the sources of the 1960 civil code. In addition, the 2000 Revised Family Code of the
Federal government is also sourced from the decisions that are rendered by our courts.
Business Law JJU, Law School
14
The Supreme Court of the Federal government has still the power to pass decisions that
will be used in future by other courts to solve practical disputes.
1.7. Out-of-Court Settlement and its Virtues in Business
Traditionally, every dispute involving legal questions, civil or criminal, has been
determined formally by the regular law courts. Nowadays, however, this trend is a bit
changing, for variety reasons, in favor of what we call alterative dispute resolution
(ADR) for civil cases. ADR techniques provide a viable and preferable alternative, as its
naming can tell, to court proceedings in the swift disposition of legal matters.
Business-persons prefer one or the other of the two dispute disposition alternatives for a
couple of reasons. In particular, they indulge themselves in using out-of-court settlement
mechanism because of certain virtues. Court settlement is conducted in an extremely
formalistic manner and is surrounded by legal/procedural technicalities. Entrepreneurs
would choose simple means of dispute disposition and such is effectively provided by
ADR. Secondly, adjudication by courts entails greater cost litigation and consumes time
and energy because the number of court cases filling the dockets (court schedules listing
the cases to be tried) grows every year and continues to grow. Such a backlog of court
cases awaiting trial and subsequently accompanied by delayed resolution is very
unwelcoming to business world that deals in the fast-paced commercial transactions.
Third, a final judicial disposition of a legal dispute is usually accompanied by a winning
and losing spirit. Court settlement is solely driven by letters of the law and never admits
give and take circumstances. So, ultimately a judgment that satisfies one of the litigants
and that disappoints the other is rendered. This in turn will create an adverse relationship
between the disputants and potential beneficial relationship between these very disputants
would be jeopardized. Out of court settlement, on the other hand, is based on the concept
of reciprocity (give and take) so that both litigants would go home satisfied and future
relationship is possible. So, out-of court settlement is non-adversarial in nature. Methods
of ADR range from neighbors sitting down over a cup of coffee to work out their
differences to huge multinational corporations agreeing to resolve a dispute through a
Business Law JJU, Law School
15
formal hearing before a panel of experts. In what follows, we look at the numerous
methods used for settling disputes outside the court system.
1.7.1. Negotiation, Conciliation and Mediation
Negotiation, mediation and conciliation possess certain important common characteristics
when seen vis-à-vis arbitration. These are all forms of ADR that are non-adversarial in
nature. In other words, the primary goal in these procedures is not to determine which
side is more at fault or which side should win or lose but to search for common grounds
of agreement. Still, each has its own features that distinguish it from the other. Let us see
them one by one in brief.
i) Negotiation
In this process, the parties come together informally, with or without attorneys to
represent them. In such an informal setting, the parties air their differences and try to
reach a settlement or resolution without the involvement of independent third parties.
Because no third parties are involved and because of the informal set-up, negotiation
provides the simplest and swift opportunity of dispute disposition outside the court
structure. It has to be noted here that the presence of an attorney to represent one or both
of the parties dose not in any way imply the involvement of an independent third party.
Attorneys, if any at all, get involved in the dispute by representative capacity stepping
into the foot and taking the place of the party they represent and hence they are regarded
as parties to the dispute. Even if a lawsuit has been initiated, the parties may continue to
negotiate their differences at any time during the ligation process and settle their dispute.
ii) Conciliation
Conciliation is a mechanism of dispute resolution in a friendly and unantagonistic manner
in which a third party, the conciliator, assists the parties to a dispute in reconciling their
differences. Conciliation is often employed when disputants refuse to face each other in
direct negotiations; accordingly, the conciliator plays a facilitatory role in that he/she
helps to schedule negotiating forums and carries offers forth and back between the
Business Law JJU, Law School
16
parties. Technically, conciliators are not to recommend solutions; practically, however,
they often do. But the final decision is taken up the parties themselves.
iii) Mediation
In this process too, it is the parties who must reach a final agreement but being assisted
by the influential role of an independent third party, the mediator. The procedure of
mediation allows the mediator to propose solutions for the parties to consider. The parties
may select the mediator on the basis of the person’s reputation for fairness and
impartiality. The mediator may by a volunteer from the community and need not be a
lawyer. Usually, a mediator will charge a fee for his or her services (which can be split
between the parties).
In mediation, the mediator talks face to face with the parties and allows them to discuss
their disagreement in an informal atmosphere. There are a few procedural rules
established flexibly by the mediator and/or the parties for the proper conduct of the
mediation proceedings. The absence of legal procedures and the unattractiveness of the
service fee discourage lawyers from participating in most mediation programs and thus
legal terminology is frequently avoided.
1.7.2. Arbitration
Arbitration is a bit more formal and court-like method of ADR. The peculiar feature of
arbitration is that a third party hearing the dispute decides the issue. Unlike in the above
three cases where the parties themselves settle their dispute although a third party may
assist them in doing so. Depending on the circumstances and parties’ wishes, the decision
rendered by an arbitrator may be legally binding on the parties, or it may be non-binding.
This implies that arbitration proceedings make use of ordinary laws of the land
(Art.3325(1) of the Civ.C) but such use is compromised with the ultimate end of reaching
an amicable solution. The arbitrator may also be called upon to prove something without
deciding the legal questions involved in the dispute (Art.3325 (2), Civ.C). In arbitration,
Business Law JJU, Law School
17
the arbitrator practically becomes a private judge even though he/she does not have to be
a lawyer. Frequently, arbitration proceedings are conducted by a panel of experts from
different walks of life.
Any commercial matter can be invariably submitted to arbitration. Parties may present
their dispute to arbitration on the following two possibilities. The parties can agree to
settle their differences through arbitration rather than the court system when a dispute
arises (Art.3328 (1)). In the majority of cases, however, disputes are resolved via
arbitration because of an arbitration clause in a contract entered into before the dispute
arose (Art.3328 (2)). An arbitration clause provides that any disputes arising under the
contract will be resolved by arbitration.
The arbitration process – The arbitrator may be give the power at the beginning of the
arbitration process to establish rules that will govern the proceedings. Typically, these
rules are much less restrictive than those governing formal litigation. Regardless of who
establishes the rules, the arbitrator will apply them during the course of the hearing. In
the typical hearing format, the parties begin as they would at a trial by presenting opening
arguments to the arbitrator and stating what remedies should or should not be granted.
After the opening statements have been made, evidence is presented. Witnesses may be
called and examined by both sides. After all the evidence has been presented, the parties
give their closing arguments. On the completion of closing arguments, the arbitrator
closes the hearing.
After each side has had an opportunity to present evidence and to argue its case, the
arbitrator will reach a decision. The final decision of the arbitrator is called an award,
even if no money is conferred on a party as a result of the proceedings.
The role of the court in arbitration proceedings can be noticed at both pre-arbitration and
post-arbitration stages. In pre-arbitration stages, the court may involve to resolve issues
of arbitrability – the determination of whether the dispute can be brought to arbitration,
not the consideration of the dispute on its merits. The court usually settles the matter by
Business Law JJU, Law School
18
compromising public policy and freedom of contract. At the post-arbitration level, the
court would have its hands in the arbitration for setting aside an arbitral award when that
is warranted. The court may nullify or render an award ineffective when it violates public
policy, contravenes public morality, or where similar public interest is at a stake.
Business Law JJU, Law School
19
Self-check Questions
1. Discuss why a consensual definition of law has been difficult and why the various
schools of legal thought diverge on the conception of law.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________.
2. Identify the basic features of law first, and then outline features that distinguish it
from non-legal norms.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________.
3. What specific functions does business law perform in the society?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________.
4. What is the difference between the positivist and the Marxist legal ideology?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________.
Business Law JJU, Law School
20
5. Where do you find business law in the broader classification of law? Exhaustively
discuss all the appropriate places it may occupy.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________.
6. Discuss the virtues of out of court settlement of disputes over court adjudication.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________.
Business Law JJU, Law School
21
CHAPTER TWO
LAW OF PRESONALITY
This section introduces the basic concept in law – the law of persons. Here is where all
legal claims start and produce the intended legal effects. A student who successfully
completes the study of this part should be able to:
- distinguish the legal meaning of person from its literal meaning;
- explain the purpose of granting an individual or a fictitious being with
personality;
- discuss the acquisition and termination of personality;
- identify the attributes of personality;
- analyze capacity and incapacity of physical persons.
2.1. The Concept of Personality and its Effect
The term person in law is different from its conventional meaning. Personality in law
refers to the authority accorded to a being (individual or organization) by law so that the
latter would be able to enter into various transactions having effect at law. In other words,
humans and fictitious entities cannot perform juridical acts without being recognized as
persons before the law. In order to acquire rights and bear duties that are enforceable by
the machinery of a legal system, one needs to possess personality first. It is only beings
that are persons in the eyes of the law who can conduct legally binding transactions. The
term person in its ordinary sense refers to human beings only and not for any legal
purposes other than mere linguistic purpose. But for the purposes of the law, not only
individual human beings assume personality upon fulfillment of certain prescribed
conditions, but also artificial creations of the law are granted personality.
Personality is a fundamental concept in law because no dealings of legal significance
would produce effects without it. It answers the basic question who the subjects of the
law are. Only subjects of the law can enjoy the rights that the law confers upon them and
Business Law JJU, Law School
22
only they can discharge the duties it imposes upon them. Thus, the normal effect of
personality is the ability to be a party to legal transactions and perform various juridical
acts (acts having effect at law) having effect of law.
Personality is granted to two categories of beings and accordingly is of types. One is
physical or natural personality that is possessed by human beings. In the past, not all
human beings were subjects of the law. For instance, slaves were regarded as mere
chattels of their masters and did not have any rights or duties of their own. They were
objects of legal transactions rather than subjects of the law. So, during those times,
personality was conferred upon non-slaves. But these days, with the abolition of slavery
and its strict prohibition, virtually all human beings possess personality and perform
juridical acts. The other type of personality is that accorded to beings that do not have
material existence. Associations, companies, organizations, partnerships, corporations or
even the state are only perceived by the law to exist. These fictitious entities are exclusive
innovations of the law and accordingly given personality because of the necessities of
modern complex legal transactions.
2. 2. Beginning and Termination of Artificial Personality
There could be numerous mechanisms through which moral persons will begin to have
legal life. Of these mechanisms, the famous ones are issuance of a specific legislation,
effecting registration and requirements of publicity. For instance, public enterprises will
start to have personality upon the enactment of establishment regulations with no other
conditions attached to it. On the other hand, private business organizations need to be
registered with a competent public authority in order to acquire legal personality. They
should also comply with publicity requirements. So, acquisition of personality by
business organizations is realized by meeting the requirements of both registration and
publicity, and only as a consequence of such they can validly undertake acts of civil life.
The same way personality begins will it mostly end. That is to say, just like artificial
personality commences through issuance of statutes or effecting registration and
Business Law JJU, Law School
23
publicity, it ends through the enactment of dissolving law or the striking out of name of
the entity from the public registry. To terminate the legal personality of a public
enterprise, regulations would be issued and these would serve the purpose of ending the
legal life of the enterprise. Ordinary business organizations would cease to have legal life
when they are canceled from the registry and/or through the revocation of the license
issued to them as evidence of personality. Artificial personality may also end as a matter
of fact where the object for which the entity is established becomes impossible to achieve
or where that organization is dissolved because of bankruptcy. In all the above cases, the
fictitious beings would die out and they can no more be parties to transactions having
effect at law. Any act done by these beings after their personality has terminated is
deemed never to have happened for all legal purposes.
2.3. Attributes of Legal Personality
Being recognized as a person by the law makes the person possess certain attributes. The
most noticeable of these attributes are given below.
i) Having a name: - It may be very simple to coin a name and call a certain being by
that. But names do really affect the legal position of a person because they are
mechanisms of identifying the civil identity of a specific person in the society and of
legally conferring/imposing upon it powers and disabilities. Furthermore, since use of a
name can modify the legal status of a person, the law provides for protective mechanisms
against abuse and usurpation of the name by others. Generally, it is through name as a
manifestation of civil identity that a person in the eyes of the law can become a party to a
legal transaction, and thus it is a fundamental attribute of personality.
ii) To sue and be sued (in one's name):- To sue is to bring a legal action against another,
and, conversely, to be sued is to face a legal action brought against oneself by another.
In both cases, one attends a law court where rights and duties are often modified through
judgments. Because they involve alteration of one's legal position and determination of
liability, suits should be brought by and against the concerned person in its own name.
Business Law JJU, Law School
24
For instance, if three people (A, B and C) form a company and the latter has satisfied the
requirements of law for the acquisition of personality, it brings legal actions against
others in the name of the company and not in the name of the owners. Similarly, others
institute a legal action against the company in the name of the company and not in the
name of A, B, or C (the owners). Thus, a distinction is drawn between the liability of the
company and the individual persons forming it.
iii) Entering into contractual relations: - Since a legal person is an entity that can be a
party to legal transactions, it can enter into various contracts in its own name. A company
can conclude a contract with another company or with a human being, and the rights
acquired as well as the liabilities incurred because of the contract belong to the company
itself, and not to the owners. It is this legal person itself that is either the creditor or the
debtor of a third party contractant.
iv) Ownership and administration of property: - A legal person can exercise all property
rights to the exclusion of others and enjoys ownership and administration right over all
chattels belonging to it. Property belonging to a legal person is distinct from the property
of its owners, i.e. they belong to essentially different patrimonies.
v) Obligation to pay taxes: - A legal person is liable to pay taxes on taxable benefits and
gains. Since it is authorized to own and administer property and since it can carry on
business, a legal person pays taxes on its property and income in the same way human
beings do.
While it is generally true that fictitious beings possess all the above features on their own
behalf, there are also some other points we need to take note of here. We know that moral
or juridical persons do not have a physical existence, and so they are without the natural
faculties of thinking, deciding or moving. That means they necessarily undertake through
human agents when they carry out the above affairs. They use human mind and decision
when they coin the name by which they are identified; they bring suits and defend same
being represented by human beings; it is again human agents that exercise property
Business Law JJU, Law School
25
ownership and administration, and sign a contract on the behalf of the legal person. But
all such acts performed by the human agent through representation are deemed to have
been directly undertaken by the legal person, and the rights and duties arising therefrom
would bind the legal person and not the human agent. Individuals only facilitate
transactions and they then step-out of the legal consequences.
The conferring of personality upon moral persons and accordingly authorizing them to
own property and conduct business in their own name give rise to the concept of limited
liability. The fact that the property and patrimony of the legal person is distinct from that
of its owners means that the legal person is liable to the extent of its property only. The
liability does not extend to the property/patrimony of the owners.
2.4. Commencement of Physical Personality
Dear distance learner, the personality of natural persons begins through a couple of ways.
There is a rule which is generally regarded as the starting point of personality, and there
is also an exception to such rule where personality commences. Discussion follows below
of the rule first and then the exception.
2.4.1. The Rule
Most legal systems accept birth as a time when personality of a human being begins.
Similarly, Art.1 of the Ethiopian Civil Code provides “the human person is the subject of
rights from its birth…”. Birth refers to the complete extrusion of the baby from its
mother's womb either in a natural way or by a medical operation. In this sense, the
beginnings of natural and legal existence are simultaneous. Birth alone is a sufficient
condition to confer personality under the Ethiopian law, and no other requirements are
attached to it.
Business Law JJU, Law School
26
2.4.2. The Exception
Because personality begins at birth as a matter of principle, an unborn body is not a
person in the eyes of the law and can have no rights. But this general rule is excepted in
that personality may be granted to a merely conceived baby without waiting for its birth
for some purposes. As an exception, personality of a fetus should be restrictively
construed and it is applicable only in certain circumstances. The circumstance generally
revolves around the interest of the unborn child. The law has invented this fiction only for
the purpose of enabling the child (if it is born) to take a benefit in all matters affecting its
interest. This conception is based on the justification that a child who has already lost its
father while being in its mother's womb should not be subjected to further pain of losing
a benefit which it would have secured had it been born before its father's death. So, when
there is an interest of the baby at stake, the unborn baby in the womb should be regarded
as already born and should be allowed to take advantage of the interest.
The granting of personality to a fetus is subject to compliance with three cumulative
requirements. According to Art 2 of the Ethiopian Civil Code, “a child merely conceived
is considered as though born where its interest so requires provided it is born alive and
viable”. Thus, the three conditions are: the interest of the child must justify the grant of
personality, the child must be born alive, and it must be viable. These conditions are
cumulative in the sense that the missing of one suffices to deny the fetus personality.
In most cases, the interest of the unborn baby comes into the fore where a father dies
before the birth of the child leaving behind property. If a baby has to wait until birth to
acquire personality, i.e. if Art 1 of the Civil Code is strictly applied, it will definitely lose
the succession to its father's property because succession constitutes a juristic act and
being a beneficiary when it opens necessarily requires personality. Opening of succession
is legally made at the death of the father and the property would devolve upon those
having the capacity and the right to succeed at such time.
Business Law JJU, Law School
27
It is to be noted here that the merely conceived baby will be given personality (before
birth) only for the purpose of the particular interest that called for the personality. That
means an unborn child would be recognized as person only to benefit from the interest at
hand, and it has to wait until birth to acquire personality for all other juridical acts.
Acquisition of personality for a particular interest does not entitle one to exercise it across
the board, and in effect personality at conception is significantly reduced.
Besides the interest of the child, there remain two conditions: alive birth and viability. In
order to be considered as a person, the baby must be born alive so much so that, for
instance, personality will never be granted if the fetus is aborted. Viability refers to the
ability to live or the potential of surviving. This is to exclude from the ambit of
personality impotent newly born babies or those incapable of surviving because of some
congenital factors.
The law takes certain presumptions to settle questions of what baby is viable and what is
not. The law irrebutably presumes that a child that lives for 48 hours after its birth is
viable, so that no contrary evidence can be admitted to disprove this presumption. The
law also provides for another presumption in the negative that a child that dies before 48
hours after its birth is deemed to be not viable. But this presumption is rebuttable in that
it can be shown to the contrary by proving the child was viable. But we cannot challenge
the non-viability of the child by using deficiency in constitution as evidence. That is to
say, if a child dies before 48 hours following its birth due to a disease he caught in its
mother's womb or due to other congenital biological deficiencies, it will be conclusively
deemed not viable. However, external factors that may have caused the death of the child
before 48 hours can be used to disprove the presumption of non-viability. If, for instance,
the baby dies on the 43rd hour after its birth because of mishandling by nurses or by
hunger or due to a car accident that occurred while it was being taken home from
hospital, all such can be employed to challenge the above presumption by proving that
the baby would not have died had it not been for the extraneous factors..
Business Law JJU, Law School
28
2.5. Capacity and Incapacity of Physical Persons
Capacity is a natural consequence of being recognized as a person before the law and it
refers to the authority to enjoy and exercise rights and duties by oneself. However, even
if personality is a necessary condition for capacity, it is not a sufficient one to enable one
to personally carry out juridical acts and certain conditions may incapacitate an individual
still possessing personality. Capacity or incapacity is usually thought of regarding two
aspects: holding rights and duties, and exercising rights and duties.
The principle governing the holding of rights and duties by physical person is that as
soon as personality begins all rights and duties are held by an individual. This means that
as far as the holding or enjoyment of rights is concerned, capacity is not only the rule but
an absolute rule. It can be inferred from Art. 1 of the Civil Code that entitlement to rights
and duties under the civil law belongs to all individuals by the fact of birth without any
other condition attached to such holding.
Capacity is the rule even in the case of exercising rights and duties a physical person
holds. Since holding rights and duties is meaningless without the authority to exercise
same, the full exercise of rights and duties in principle coincides with their holding. In the
same way that all physical persons enjoy rights and duties, they are capable of exercising
the same by themselves. But in certain circumstances it deems compelling, the law may
explicitly declare that person is considered incapable to exercise rights and duties. Since
capacity is presumed in the exercise of rights and duties (incapacity is very exceptional),
the burden of proving the existence of incapacity falls on the party who claims the
incapacity. Thus, in all acts of civil life physical persons may be assumed that they are
dealing with equals who not only hold but also exercise the same rights and duties as
theirs.
Dear distance friend, you learned above that a physical person may be exceptionally
enjoined from personally exercising rights and duties because of existence of certain
conditions expressly recognized by the law. But even in such case, the prohibition is not
Business Law JJU, Law School
29
total, i.e. the person is not prohibited from exercising rights and duties altogether but only
his personal exercise is disallowed. He or she can still exercise rights and duties through
another person by way of representation. So, the effect of incapacity in exercising rights
and duties is that the exercise would be entrusted to a third person. Let’s now see in brief
the legally prescribed conditions of incapacity and their corresponding representation
institutions. Some of the conditions are protective of the interests of the incapable person
(e.g. minority, judicial interdiction) while others are either preventive or punitive of
certain conduct (e.g. foreign citizenship, legal interdiction).
a) Minority: - Minority in civil law is an incapacitating condition that occurs because of
age. A person below the age of 18 years is called a minor and is incapable of exercising
rights and duties by him/herself. The law intends that these persons have immature
intellectual faculty and lack the proper degree of appreciation when they transact acts of
civil life. The law interferes to protect minors from exploitation by others. Accordingly,
any civil act undertaken by the minor without authority is subject to invalidation. A
minor may, however, validly perform acts of daily life, i.e. simple and small matters that
are quite frequently done and that do not significantly affect the legal position of the
minor.
There are two institutions of representation recognized by the law to exercise rights and
duties on the behalf of the minor. One is guardianship, which is entrusted with the task of
running the personality affairs of the minor. Personality interests include food, clothing,
shelter, and schooling, and generally refer to the proper physical and psychological well
being and growth of the minor. The guardian is responsible for such interests of the child.
The other representative institution is the office of tutorship. Tutor is answerable for the
protection and management of the minor's economic (pecuniary) interests such as
securing income, investing same, running business, administering property and the like.
The incapacity arising as a result of minority may terminate through a couple of ways. A
minor obviously assumes capacity to exercise rights and duties him/herself when he/she
attains the age of majority (18 years). The incapacity of a minor may also come to an end
Business Law JJU, Law School
30
through emancipation even if the person is still below the age of eighteen. A minor may
conclude marriage in exceptional circumstances approved by the appropriate public body,
and we call this situation emancipation. This phenomenon suffices to end the incapacity
of the minor and releases him/her from the authorities of the guardian and the tutor.
b) Judicial Interdiction: - This is a court judgment that declares a person as incapable
because of mental conditions. The law steps in to protect the interests of persons with
deteriorated mental functioning as a consequence of insanity, infirmity, senility and the
like. Insane persons are believed to be unable to understand the nature and consequences
of their actions because they have got a mental disease. Infirm persons are those with
serious physical deformities so that such deformities will have the ultimate substantial
reduction in mental functioning. For example, if a person is simultaneously deaf-mute
and blind, he/she is deemed to be infirm. Senility is deterioration in mental faculty
because of old age. The court can declare the interdiction of the above persons with
mental deficiencies.
Judicially interdicted persons will lose the authority to exercise rights and duties as of the
date of their interdiction. But they, just like minors, exercise rights and duties they hold
through guardians if the interest pertains to the personality of the incapable and through
tutors where the interest is a proprietary one.
Note that the offices of guardian and tutor have certain general features in cases of both
minority and judicial interdiction.
1. The offices are compulsory – it is a civil duty to become a tutor or a guardian and
no consent is needed.
2. The offices are in principle non-remunerative. A guardian or a tutor gives the
service for free.
3. The tutor/guardian must be a capable person. It is clear that an incapable person
cannot exercise representing others rights and duties that he/she cannot personally
exercise.
Business Law JJU, Law School
31
4. The essence of the distinction between the offices of guardianship and tutorship is
the type of activity undertaken and it does not mean that two different persons
should hold the offices. Both functions can be assumed by a single person.
5. The offices are strictly personal in the sense that they cannot be delegated to the
exercise of third party or they cannot be transferred to next of kin through
inheritance.
c) Legal interdiction: - This is an incapacity imposed by the law. A person will be legally
interdicted as a result of the pronouncement of a legally prescribed punishment for the
violation of criminal law. The prescribed sentence will deny the person the capacity to
carryout economic affairs. A legally interdicted person retains capacity over his
personality interests and thus no guardian is necessary. A tutor may represent the legally
interdicted person to exercise the latter’s pecuniary rights/duties. The assumption of the
office of tutorship is, unlike that of minority or judicial interdiction, voluntary. The
evident reason is that a person who lost his privilege because of commission of a crime
should not be favored by compelling others to assume the role of tutorship on his behalf.
d) Foreign Nationality: - This is a special incapacity because a person is prevented from
exercising specified categories of rights. For instance, the law states that a foreigner
cannot take part in governmental administrations. Likewise, a foreigner cannot (whether
personally or through an agent) own an immovable in Ethiopia, nor can he enter certain
investment fields reserved to Ethiopians.
2.6. Termination of Physical Personality
Article 1 of the Ethiopian Civil Code also provides for the way personality of individuals
ends. It states that human person is the subject of rights from birth to death, meaning
personality ends at death. In this case too, natural death and legal death of a person are
co-existent.
Business Law JJU, Law School
32
Declaration of absence can, through interpretation, also result in termination of physical
personality. The law says that if a person's whereabouts are not known for a certain
period defined by the law, a judicial declaration of absence having the effect of death for
all legal purposes may be made. Among the effects of death are found the opening of
succession of the person and the remarriage of her/his spouse. But most importantly,
absence with an effect of death will end personality of the absence.
Business Law JJU, Law School
33
Self-check Questions
1. Why is the knowledge of law of personality so important to a businessman or
a manger?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
_____________________________.
2. What are the differentiating points between artificial persons and physical
persons?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________.
3. What is the effect of a civil act performed by a judicially interdicted person?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
Business Law JJU, Law School
34
__________________________________________________________________
_______________________.
4. Does the establishment of a partnership by, for instance, identifying the
partners, paying the capital and concluding the memorandum of association
mark the beginning of personality for that partnership? Why or why not?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________.
5. Work out the following case by making correct reasoning:
A and B are spouses. They have a merely conceived baby who is expected to be
born after four months. On the last day of the sixth
month of pregnancy of his
wife, Ato A, the husband, died due to car accident leaving behind a good deal of
property. The mother gave birth to a female baby who died only after 50 hours.
(a) When does the baby begin to have personality and for what purpose?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Business Law JJU, Law School
35
_____________________________________________________________________
_________________________________.
(b) Would there be a difference regarding personality of the baby if the father
10 hours after the birth of his child and the baby dies 20 hours later because of
deficiency in development? Explain.
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
___________________________________.
Business Law JJU, Law School
36
CHAPTER THREE
THE LAW OF CONTRACTS
This area is crucial for businesspeople and managers. Contracts are matters of daily life
especially in commerce. Thus, the knowledge of fundamental principles of contract law is
of much help in commercial success. Dear distance learner, up on completing this chapter
you, among other things, will be able to:
- Accurately point out the nature of a civil obligation;
- Comprehend the essential principles of contracts;
- Identify and appreciating the essential requisites in the formation of contracts;
- Notice the effects of contracts;
- Explore issues of performance of contracts;
- Explain non-performance and identify the remedies.
3.1. The concept of Obligations
There are all sorts of obligations imposed upon human beings: moral, religious or social
duties. In the area of social obligations, a special category is that of legal obligations
which will have a binding effect as opposed to the category known as natural obligations
that are not compulsory or binding on the parties. The conceptual foundation of legal
obligation traces as far back to ancient Roman law which defines obligation as a means
of an undertaking or legally binding relationships where one party promises the other
party to perform some acts or to do something. Legal obligations can be further split into
penal and civil obligations. The specific concern here is with civil obligations existing
between private citizens.
Civil obligation is a general reference to juridical acts having distinct legal effects that
exist between two or more persons in their private relationships concerning something
that one party must undertake towards the other party. This sort of obligation involves a
Business Law JJU, Law School
37
legal tie between the persons it exists and it is fully enforceable by means of a legal
action under the protection and sanction of the state.
A civil obligation consists of a juridical relation between two persons, of whom the one
entitled to demand performance on the obligation is called creditor and the one who is
obliged to perform is called debtor. Thus, the obligation and its correlative right take the
name of debt and credit respectively. One of the parties occupies the active position of
creditorship and the other assumes the passive status of debtorship. Every obligation has
a corresponding right, but the nature of the right that corresponds to a civil obligation and
enjoyed by the creditor is particularly a personal right, i.e., it is a right against a
designated person(s) or a defined class of persons, as opposed to real rights which are
enforceable against any one at all. An obligation exists between persons, be they physical
or artificial, while a real right involves the association of a person with a thing and the
person can pursue this thing into whosever hands it falls.
It is also the essence of obligations that there is a cause from which the obligation
proceeds, persons between whom it exists, and something which is the object of it. The
sources of obligations are generally law and contract. In contract, the will of the parties
forms the basis of the obligation; in the absence of a contract, an obligation cannot arise
except by virtue of the law and therefore all non-contractual obligations have the law as
their sole source. The obligations originating exclusively from the law may be further
founded on civil wrongs or unjust enrichment. Thus, obligations usually emerge
contractually by the natural agreement of the parties or by the law when the legislator
provides so in particular cases of torts and unjust enrichment. But it is beyond the scope
of this study to discus non-contractual obligations and our focus is on contracts only.
3.2. Essential Notions of Contracts
Dear distance learner, in this section you will be introduced with certain fundamental
quasi-philosophical concepts of contracts including the definition given by the Ethiopian
Business Law JJU, Law School
38
law. You are strongly advised to exert your utmost effort to grasp these concepts because
the whole discussion of contracts centers upon these notions in one way or another.
The Ethiopian Civil Code, a systematized legislative document covering substantial areas
of the civil law, is predominantly influenced by the Romano-Germanic civil law tradition,
and accordingly shares much of the jurisprudential aspects of this super legal tradition
particularly in the area of contacts. The Civil Code's draftsmanship with a Romano-
Germanic jurisprudential background has established in contractual matters the theory of
the autonomy of will. This theory derives from the philosophy of economic liberalism,
and embodies three major consequences:
(1) Contractual freedom: there is no obligation to contract; the contracting parties
are free to determine the scope of their contract; there is no special form for
contracts because consent is sufficient.
(2) Enforceability of contracts: a contract has the force of a law between parties.
The contract is compulsory even for the judge as he has to decide disputes by
referring solely to the provisions stipulated by the parties in their contract.
(3) The relative effect of contracts: a contract has no bearing on third parties, or
parties outside that contractual engagement remain unaffected.
The above notions can be explained further by considering definitional attempts. There
are also other ideas related to contracts.
Contract is a binding agreement; it is a promise or set of promises for the breach of which
the law gives a remedy, or the performance of which the law in some way recognizes as a
duty. A comprehensive definition incorporating important elements is given under
Art.1675 of the Ethiopian Civil Code. It states “a contract is an agreement whereby two
or more persons as between themselves create, vary or extinguish obligations of a
proprietary nature''. The contractual elements that emerge out from dissecting the
definition and other related issues are stated below.
Business Law JJU, Law School
39
A) Contracts are agreements – they are based on compulsory exchange of consent. There
must be an agreement as to every aspect of the contract, and this agreement must be
meant to be legally binding. And, conversely, there are agreements which do not give rise
to a legal bond and therefore not contracts. For instance, acts of courtesy, a ‘‘gentlemen’s
agreement’’, a free performance of service, or even a consensual relationship between
neighbors to help each other, are not contracts even if they are agreements. Therefore,
we can conclude that while all contracts are agreements, the vice versa is not true.
B) A contract needs at least two persons for its existence – there cannot be a one-one
contract. The contract is not a unilateral legal instrument which is an expression of a
single person's wishes. Such matters as a will drawing an order of succession, the
acknowledgement of a natural child, or the resignation made by an employee are all
unilateral expressions of a person's intention to generate juridical obligations. But none of
these are contracts because a contract cannot emerge by a single person's actions;
contracts are bi-party juridical acts that exist between two persons to the minimum.
C) Privity – a fundamental aspect of contractual liberty is the concept of privity of
contracts. This is the principle of relative effect of contracts so much so that third parties
are not concerned by the contracts made by other persons. The phrase “as between
themselves” in the definitional provisions of the Ethiopian Civil Code reveals the concept
in that it is only parties to a contract who are entitled to the benefits or burdened with the
liabilities that arise from the contract, and not third parties. In this regard, a contract is
distinguishable from other collective legal instruments which may be imposed on persons
who did not take part in them. A decision taken by a general assembly of shareholders,
for instance, does create a binding obligation on the partners of the company through the
operation of the majority rule even though they had opposed the obligation. The basis of
a contractual obligation is the equality of the parties, an important aspect of which is its
affirmation of individual liberties. Thus, the right to enter into a contract is also the right
not to enter into a contract.
Business Law JJU, Law School
40
D) The object of contracts is the establishment and performance of an obligation – an
obligation is a legal tie (as defined previously), an action of being bound by a duty, and
here it is a freely imposed or accepted duty. Being the instrumentality of establishing a
legal bond, entering into a contract entitles the contracting parties to claim the assistance
of public force, in the guise of the courts and their officials, to obtain the performance of
this contract.
E) Contracts can be concluded for the creation, variation and extinguishment of
obligations: An obligation may be created anew, may be amended in the course of its
performance, and finishes one day. These three purposes can be achieved by entering into
a contract in each case. The parties can, through the instrumentality of contracts, not only
create legal bonds that had not existed before but also vary existing contracts between
them or, if they want to, can totally extinguish obligation that had previously been in
existence.
F) Contracts strictly speaking only concern proprietary, or better, patrimonial issues:
they are legal means of modifying economic positions of persons – that is why the law
regards contracts as concerned with ''obligations of a proprietary nature''. Thus,
agreements in respect of personal status, such as consent to marriage, divorce, or
filiations, are not contracts because they are not pecuniary matters in their strict sense.
Agreements regarding personality obey different, special legal regimes. It does not mean
that certain patrimonial obligations do not derive from such status-bound situations, such
as the payment of alimony. But it means that they are not governed by the general law of
contracts.
G) There are conspicuously abundant types of contracts in economic interactions of
persons: For instance, we can consider the following lists (which is by no means
limitative):-
- Onerous contracts in which both parties undertake towards one another
an obligation (e.g. sales contract), and gratuitous contracts in which only
Business Law JJU, Law School
41
one of the parties undertakes an obligation towards the other party (e.g.
contract of donation).
- Adhesive contracts where one party can only accept or reject what the
other party proposes to him, and freely negotiated contracts.
- Private contracts where only the parties have signed, and authenticated
contracts concluded and registered before a court or a notary.
- Contracts in consideration of the personal traits of a contracting party,
and anonymous contracts which are '' personality trait'' free and standard
for any contracting party.
We can cite numerous other examples of contracts that can be validly concluded.
3.3. Formation of a Contract
Dear distance colleague, I hope you have understood from the previous introductory part
that contracts emerge out from the free will of the contracting parties. But it may be the
case that such free will would be exercised improperly so that the economic interest that
is the subject matter of a contract may be prejudiced. A party may enter into a contract
because the other party may have improperly induced him to do so. So, there are two
interests at stake here: one is that free will must be reasonably made and must be
legitimate in the circumstances; the other is that the formed contract should be enabled to
produce the economic effect it was intended for.
A striking balance between the interests is reached by the law through the imposition of
certain non-derogable requirements in contractual undertakings. There is a vested interest
for the law, being cognizant of the possibility of abuse or prejudice of freedom to contract
and of the significance of contracts as instruments of economic performance, to intervene
in contractual affairs and set certain standards. The law regulates contracts in two ways.
On the one hand, there are provisions of the law that are deemed mandatory such as those
regarding formation of contracts from which contracting parties cannot deviate because
of the need to ensure the free exercise of contractual liberty and due to public policy
reasons. On the other, the law provides for permissive rules that serve the purpose of
Business Law JJU, Law School
42
filling the gap that may be left by the contracting parties. Parties are free to determine
whatever they like on such regard but the law steps in so as to fulfill the contract should
the parties fail to do so. Accordingly, the law has regarded formative requirements as
essential and, therefore, compulsory upon the parties to comply with. You will learn
about these essential requisites of concluding a contract in the sections that follow.
Article 1678 of the Ethiopian Civil Code states that no valid contract shall exist unless:-
a) the parties are capable of contracting and give their consent sustainable at
law;
b) the object of contract is sufficiently defined, and is possible and lawful;
c) the contract is made in the form prescribed by law, if any.
Four mandatory conditions are evident in the provision above: capacity, consent, object
and formality. Let us turn ourselves on to briefly exploring their nature and scope.
3.3.1. Capacity
Much is said on legal capacity of a person to perform juridical acts. As contract is a
juridical act, remembering what is discussed in the foregoing chapter enables you easily
understand requirement of capacity in the formation of a contract. The law of contracts
itself does not address the issue of capacity, which means it suffices to look into the
general rules of capacity we addressed in the previous chapter.
It is fairly enough to reiterate here that either because the person has to be protected
(minors, judicially interdicted persons) or because he undergoes a prohibition (legally
interdicted persons, foreigners) the law decides that they cannot enter a contract. They are
incapable of binding themselves to somebody else. But if they do conclude a contract, the
sanction is the nullity of the contract as claimed by a person whose incapacity is proved.
Business Law JJU, Law School
43
3.3.2. Consent
Consent is a defect-free mutual agreement by the contracting parties. It is a manifestation
of freedom of contract, and therefore is the basis upon which rests the entire law of
contractual obligations. Consent carries a double aspect: first, the parties must agree on
the scope of their undertaking (there must be an agreement on each and every important
detail) and, second, there must be a willingness on the part of the contractants to make
their undertaking legally binding. It is only when this double condition is present that the
effectiveness of the binding nature of the obligation is guaranteed by the civil law.
The existence or otherwise of these aspects and their consequential bearing on the
validity or otherwise of a contract is to be scrutinized by judges taking into account the
circumstances of the case. Regarding the first element, for instance, the court is to
examine whether or not all details are essential in that lack of consent on one detail might
render the whole contract ineffective. Certain details may be insignificant so that the
presence or otherwise of consent will not have a bearing on the contract as a whole and
on the overall status of the contracting parties. Furthermore, the parties need not
necessarily express certain details in their contract so much so that one should not hastily
conclude these details are totally omitted from the contract and no corresponding consent
is given. The mere absence of some details does not mean that parties have not consented
to them, for consent is broad enough to be said existent having regard to custom, equity
and good faith.
The element of intention to be bound is an important psychological aspect that relates to
the contract as a whole. It refers to the state of mind of the contracting parties to create a
legally binding instrument. The mutual assent of the parties is deemed to have final legal
force only if it is accompanied by a genuinely made intentio obligandi (intention to be
bound). Mere intention to be bound existing only in the subjective state of mind of the
parties does not suffice for the purposes of the law. An intention which is not expressed
in the contract makes the ascertainment of its existence by the courts very difficult as the
determination of a state of mind of a person is so complex matter. The law requires the
Business Law JJU, Law School
44
intention to be bound to be declared so that the willingness of the parties is externally
manifested and this is deemed to simplify the work of the courts and to reduce the
possibility of disputes. Whether the declaration of intention is express or tacit is not a
question here, but only whether the declared intentio obligandi can be objectively
established. Further analysis of how consent is to be expressed is given below.
3.3.2.1. Offer and Acceptance
Ordinarily, mutual assent is evidenced by a contractual offer and acceptance. One party
offers a certain bargain to another party, who then accepts that bargain. The parties are
required to manifest to each other their mutual assent to the same bargain. A contract is
therefore the meeting of the offer with an acceptance.
The two stages of offer and acceptance are sometimes much more slow to develop into a
final contract. There may have been a number of exchanges between the parties where
conflicting offers and acceptances were exchanged over a period of time and where,
during the negotiation process, an agreement was achieved only on certain terms and not
on others. The meeting of the consent of the parties may be fragmented over time before
all these part agreements finally come together to form a global contract. Regard is to be
had to the final offer and acceptance that truly manifests the mutual consent of the parties
for it is only a finally made offer and acceptance that bind the parties.
Offer
An offer is a firm and definite (precise) proposal made by the offeror (the party who takes
the initiative to conclude a contract) to enter into a contractual engagement regarding a
particular subject matter. It expresses the willingness of the offeror to create a binding
obligation. Three elements are necessary for an offer to be effective at law: serious
intention (firm proposal), certainty or definiteness, and communication.
An offer is firm when the offeror has a serious intention to become bound by the offer.
But such serious intent is not determined by the subjective intentions, beliefs, and
Business Law JJU, Law School
45
assumptions of the offeror. It is determined by what a reasonable person in the position of
the person to whom the offer is addressed would conclude the offeror's words and actions
meant. Offers made in obvious anger or undue excitement does not meet the intention
test. Because these offers are not effective in the eyes of the law, acceptance does not
create a contract. For instance, suppose A and B ride every morning to a school in A's
50,000 Birr worth car. One cold morning, both persons get into the car, but A cannot start
the car. A yells in anger that he will sell the car to anyone for Birr 10,000. The next
morning B brought 10,000 Birr to take the car. Given these facts, a reasonable person,
taking into account A's frustration and the obvious difference in value between the
market price of the car and the proposed purchase price, would declare that his offer was
not made firmly and that B did not have a contract.
There are various proposals that are not legal offers. The concept of firm intention can be
further clarified by distinguishing between offers and numerous kinds of non-offers. As
such, social invitations, expressions of opinion, or statements of motive all do not
evidence an intention to enter into a binding agreement. If someone invites you to a
dinner and later on tells you that he has cancelled the invitation because he has got
another appointment, you can't invoke the law of contracts to enforce the promise
because such social relationships are not normally intended to be legally binding.
Suppose again that you wanted a doctor to operate on your broken legs, and the doctor,
after making the operation, tells you that your legs would probably heal a few days later.
If your legs do not heal after a month, you can't win a suit against the doctor for breach of
contract because the doctor did not make an offer to heal your legs in two or three days
but merely expressed an opinion as to when the legs would heal. Likewise, if A says he
plans to sell his stock in XY S.C. for Birr 5000 per share, a contract is not created if you
accept and tender the 5000 Birr per share for the stock. A has merely expressed his
motive to enter into a future contract for the sale of the stock, and no contract is formed,
because a reasonable person would conclude that A was only thinking about selling his
stock, not promising to sell.
Business Law JJU, Law School
46
Another obvious non-offer category is constituted by advertisements, catalogues, price
lists and circulars. In general, these cases are treated not as offers to contract but as
invitations to negotiate. For example, a seller's price list is not an offer to sell at that
price; it merely invites the buyer to offer to buy at that price.
In preliminary negotiations, a request or invitation to negotiate is not an offer. It only
expresses a willingness to discuss the possibility of entering into a contract. Similarly,
when construction work is to be done for the government and private firms, contractors
are invited to submit bids. The invitation to submit bids is not an offer, and a contractor
does not bind the government or private firm by submitting a bid. (But the bids that the
contractors submit are offers.) In some cases, what appears to be an offer is not sufficient
to serve as a basis for the formation of a contract. Particularly problematic in this respect
are “offers” to sell goods at auctions. In an auction, a seller 'offers' goods for sale but this
is not a contractual offer. Instead, the seller is only expressing a willingness to sell. The
seller can withdraw the goods at any time before the sale is closed by announcement or
by knocking down of the auctioneer's hammer, unless the terms of the auction are
explicitly stated to be without reservation (in which case the seller is obliged to accept
the highest bid). In principle, there is no obligation to sell, and the seller may refuse the
highest bid. The bidder is actually the offeror and the contract is formed when that bid is
formally accepted.
The second requirement for an effective offer involves the definiteness of its terms. An
offer must have reasonably definite terms so that a court can determine if a breach had
occurred and can provide a remedy. Courts are authorized to supply a missing term in a
contract when the parties have clearly manifested intent to form a contract. If, in contrast,
the parties have attempted to deal with a particular term of the contract but their
expression of intent is too vague or uncertain to be given any precise meaning, the court
will not supply a reasonable term, because to do so might conflict with the intent of the
parties.
Business Law JJU, Law School
47
A third requirement for an effective offer is communication of the offer to the offeree,
resulting in the offeree's knowledge of the offer. Ordinarily, one cannot agree to bargain
without knowing that it exists. Uncommunicated offer is no offer at all. The offer must
also be addressed directly to the offeree (the person to whom the offer is directed for
his/her consideration) so much so that if the offeree learns of the offeror's intentions from
some other source, no legal offer results because no offer has been communicated. The
manner of communication need not necessarily be in writing or oral; the law recognizes
even signs and conduct as legitimate media for communication of an offer in so far as
there is no doubt as to the making of the offer.
Once an offer is properly made and made known to the offeree, it will be binding on the
offeror. The offeror cannot engage in activities that negate the offer, and his consent has
the force of law upon him.
Termination of Offer
An offer addressed to the offeree does not remain in force indefinitely. It will cease to
have a binding effect, and the offeror would be released from the legal bond. An offer
terminates generally by the action of the parties or through the operation of the law.
i) Termination by the Action of the Parties
An offer can be terminated by the action of the parties in any of three ways: by
revocation, by rejection or by counter-offer.
(a) Revocation: - refers to the offeror's act of withdrawing an offer. Revocation
becomes effective where it is communicated to the offeree before the offeree
knows of the offer. Revocation practically operates as a mechanism of
terminating offers especially where there is a time between the making of the
offer and the knowledge of the offeree. Thus, revocation of an offer sent to the
offeree through post can be made by using a faster means of communication
(such as telephone) so that the offeree knows of the withdrawal notice before he
Business Law JJU, Law School
48
does of the offer. In so far as it carries with it the test of offeree's first knowledge,
revocation may be accomplished by express repudiation or by performance of
acts inconsistent with the existence of the offer, which are made known to the
offeree.
(b) Rejection: - this is the act of the offeree to terminate an offer. The offeree is free
to accept or reject the offer. If he elects to reject the offer and communicates same
to the offeror, the offer comes to an end even though the period for which the
offeror agreed to keep the offer open has not expired.
(c) Counter-offer:- A rejection of the original offer and the simultaneous making of
a new offer by the offeree is called a counter-offer. It is required that the offeree's
acceptance should match the offeror's offer exactly. Any material change in, or
addition to, the terms of the original offer automatically terminates that offer and
substitutes a counter-offer. The counter-offer, of course, need not be accepted; but
if the original offeror does accept the terms of the counter-offer, a valid contract
is created (Art 1694 of the Civil Code).
ii) Termination by Operation of Law
The power of the offeree to transform the offer into a binding legal obligation can be
terminated by operation of the law through the occurrence of the following events: lapse
of time; death or incompetence of the offeror or the offeree.
a) Lapse of time: - An offer terminates automatically by law when the period of time
specified in the offer has passed. Such is the case with offers in which a time-limit has
been stipulated. The time-limit specified in an offer normally begins to run when the
offer is actually received by the offeree, not when it is sent or drawn up. When the offer
is delayed (e.g. through misdelivery of mail), the period begins to run from the date the
offeree would have received the offer, but only if the offeree knows or should know that
the offer is delayed.
Business Law JJU, Law School
49
If no time for acceptance is specified in the offer, the offer terminates at the end of a
reasonable period of time. What constitutes a reasonable period depends on the subject
matter of the contract, business and market conditions, and other relevant circumstances.
An offer to sell farm produce, for example, will terminate sooner than an offer to sell
farm equipment because farm produce is perishable and subject to greater fluctuations in
market value.
b) Death or Incompetence of Either party: - An offeree's power of acceptance is
terminated when the offeror or offeree dies or is deprived of legal capacity to enter into
the proposed contract. An offer is personal to both parties and cannot pass to the
descendant’s heirs, guardian, or estate. Furthermore, this rule applies whether or not the
other party had notice of the death or incompetence.
Acceptance
Acceptance is a voluntary act by the offeree that shows assent to the terms of an offer. It
refers to the pure and simple agreement given by the offeree to the offeror. In other
words, acceptance must be absolute and unconditional in the sense that one must accept
just what is offered. This is the mirror image rule which requires acceptance to mirror
(reflect back) the full images of the offer. So, acceptance must unequivocally conform to
the terms of the offer; it must agree in the manner, at the place, and within the time set
forth in the offer. If the acceptance is subject to new conditions or if the terms of the
acceptance materially change the original, the acceptance may be deemed a counter-offer
that implicitly rejects the original offer.
Acceptance must be communicated, and, conversely, uncommunicated acceptance is no
acceptance. Just as for the offer, the communication of acceptance does not call for any
special formality. The only requirement, similar to the case of offer, is to have no doubt
as to the intention to undertake an obligation. Thus, acceptance can be communicated
expressly or tacitly. The express acceptance may be oral or in writing. The tacit
acceptance results from signs normally in use or conduct such that there is no doubt as to
Business Law JJU, Law School
50
consent. The above lenient approach to form of acceptance is, however, excepted where
the offeror stipulates a special form of acceptance in the offer. Such a specific term is
deemed to be part and parcel of the offer itself, and therefore acceptance, by definition,
must conform to the special form demanded by the offer. If, for example, the offer states
that acceptance is to be made in writing, the offeree is deemed not to have accepted the
offer purely and simply if he communicates his assent orally or through conduct.
Dear student, do you think acceptance can be effectively made when the offeree keeps
silent? Silence is a borderline and problematic concept with regard to acceptance and
communication thereof. “Silence” in the legal sense of the word has to be defined. It
should not be confused with the simple absence of verbal or written expression, because
an outward behavior other than speech can be equivalent to a tacit acceptance. In other
words, silence is the total absence of any form of expression, be it verbal, written or
behavioral.
The grand rule is that silence does not constitute acceptance, and this is set out in Article
1682 of the Ethiopian Civil Code. This principle has a logical explanation deriving from
the basic ideal of contractual liberty. If silence is to amount to acceptance, a converse
situation that imposes upon offeree to resort to mechanisms of express rejection is
created. This would make life unbearable for all of us, who are constantly subjected to a
stream of unsolicited offers. It would place the burden of evidence of rejection on the
client and be unreasonable. It in effect means that freedom not to contract is significantly
restricted and creates insecurity. Thus, to protect contractual freedom, which also
includes a freedom not contract, it is traditionally established that silence cannot amount
to acceptance and that some form of outward expression is needed.
The above traditional rule is, however, not without exception. According to Art.1683 of
the Civil Code, certain persons are required by law or by concession to conclude certain
contracts on terms stipulated in advance with anyone who makes an offer to them. The
explanation of this exception goes like this. Certain activities may constitute public utility
and are indispensable for the descent life of the community. Moreover, it is probably the
Business Law JJU, Law School
51
case that these activities provide limited or no alternatives, and perhaps monopolistically
held, with the consumer of such goods or services vulnerable to denial of consumption.
The modern conception of the duty of the state requires the latter to supply “public
utility” services to citizens. The state discharges such function through granting certain
economic operators the privilege to undertake the activities, and at the same time
imposing upon them the duty to accept any offer from the public, by either a special law
(e.g. establishment regulations for Ethiopian telecom) or a concession concluded between
the government and a private company.
The protection accorded to the public lies in the fact that the terms of the would-be
contract are fixed in advance by the relevant law or contract of concession. There is no
negotiation possible; it is a contract of adhesion for the client (consumer) and an imposed
contract for the supplier of the service if forced to accept clients. It is also noteworthy
that although the supplier of the service, the terms of the contract may not necessarily be
profitable for the client. Since the law or concession requires the offeree to accept the
offer, silence in such a case clearly amounts to an acceptance. The moment at which the
contract is concluded is upon the receipt of the offer. It must be stressed that the contract
is thus concluded through an offer, and not through the acceptance. This means that not
only does silence not reject an offer but also acceptance is not necessary.
The second exception to the general rule that silence does not amount to acceptance is
provided by Art.1684 of the Civil Code in cases of pre-existing business relations. This is
a concern of contracting parties who have pre-existing or ongoing business relations and
have previously concluded a contract. If one of the parties proposes the renewal of an
expired contract, the modification of an existing contract or conclusion of another
contract supplementing the first, silence on the part of the other party results in
acceptance. To be a bit specific, for example, an offer to enter into a subsidiary contract
that supports the previous contract or to conclude a complementary contract that
addresses a lacuna or omitted element from the first contract, can be accepted through
silence. Nevertheless, in respect of offers relating to pre-existing business relations and
their silent acceptance, the law additionally imposes the observance of certain formalities:
Business Law JJU, Law School
52
the offer must be made in a special document stating expressly that the offer will be
considered accepted if no rejection is made within a specified time, or absent such time,
reasonable period of time. A ‘special document’ is a document which is specific to the
contract and to the party concerned, and cannot be a general document sent to every body
every time. This shows that the law is taking a cautionary approach in derogating from
the principle of silence as not constituting an acceptance by adopting a restrictive
application of the exception.
In connection with this question of silent acceptance, the law also addresses issues of
invoices (Art.1685) and general business terms (Art.1686). An invoice is merely a
supportive document drawn up by the seller and addressed to the buyer evidencing the
delivery of goods in a sales contract. It may be the case that the invoice contains terms
not agreed upon by the parties. The law thus, having regard to the unilateral drawing up
of the invoice, declares that particulars entered into an invoice are acceptable only if they
conform to a prior agreement or if they have been expressly approved, and they cannot be
accepted through silence. Regarding general terms of business, very often a trader drafts
his terms of business for all future contracts by using a special pre-written form, stating
various specific clauses which he wants because they are in his interest. Conversely, such
clauses are not at the advantage of the other party, who is not necessarily a trader. Such
contracts of adhesion frequently give cause for suspicion, and the law has rightly
provided that such clauses would be inadmissible unless they are expressly known and
approved by the other party, or unless they are prescribed or approved by the public
authorities.
A timely and definitive acceptance completes the contract. The issue as to when and
where the contract is fully created can be easily settled if the parties are present because
no difference would be there in place or time of offer and acceptance. A difficulty would,
however, arise if the contract is to be entered into between absent parties. The parties will
be at different places and they may enter into a contract using certain media of
communication. Determination of place of formation of a contract is important because it
solves the problem of, for instance, jurisdiction, applicable law and form of the contract.
Business Law JJU, Law School
53
Ascertainment of the time when the contract begins to have a legal force where a time-
gap exists between offer and acceptance settles issues relating to rate and amount of
contractual interest, limitation of actions, and transfer of ownership, amongst others.
For absent parties who conclude a contract by sending a letter using the mailbox, Art
1692 (1) of the Ethiopian Civil Code provides that the time and place of conclusion of the
contract is when and where the offeree sends his acceptance. The date of contract will be
the date of expedition of the acceptance, and it’s popularly known as the theory of
emission or the dispatch theory. Certain legal systems prefer the time and place of
reception by the offeror of the acceptance; this is the theory of reception. The solution
afforded by the dispatch theory advantages the accepting party because in case of a
dispute it will be his local court that exercises jurisdiction and his local law that applies.
The situation is slightly different if the absent parties intend to conclude a contract over a
telephone conversation and fail to specify the place of the contract. Art 1692(2) states
that the contract shall be deemed to be made at the place where the person was called.
Here, the place chosen is not the place from where a party sends his acceptance, but the
place where he was called, i.e. the place chosen by the caller. It seems that the caller is
the offeror and the person who is called is the offeree. Finally, even if the law has not
expressly covered other modern means of communication such as faxes and internet
mailing, we can extend the provision on telephone call to these cases because of their
substantial similarity to phone call.
One point finally should be noted: termination of acceptance. Even if we have said above
(especially dispatch theory) that the making of acceptance completes a contract, Art.
1693(2) opens a right for the accepting party to withdraw his acceptance. The timely
withdrawal of an acceptance amounts to destroy a contract which was validly formed
unlike the case of withdrawing an offer. Timely withdrawal of acceptance that terminates
the binding effect of the contract is that made before the acceptance reaches the offeror,
in which case one could say that the theory of reception is reborn in respect of the
withdrawal of an acceptance.
Business Law JJU, Law School
54
3.3.2.2. Vices of Consent
Vices of consent are defects that vitiate the validity of consent so that consent fails to be
given freely and in full knowledge of the obligations. The theory of the vices of consent
has to answer a double and, to a certain extent, contradictory requirement. Its objective is
on the one hand to ensure justice by avoiding that persons are trapped against their will
by given contractual obligations. On the other hand, it is necessary to ensure that
contracts concluded do remain secure – too liberal an approach of the possible defects of
contracts would bring about a great measure of legal uncertainty. Article 1696 provides
for a classical list of defects in consent – mistake, fraud and duress. The law also adds to
the above traditional “vice of consent” category the borderline problems of
unconscionable contracts. While the vices of consent proper address a psychological
issue, unconscionability is an economic vice consisting in the discrepancy between the
real value of the obligations subscribed and their contractual valuation. Art. 1710 of the
Civil Code provides for a different nature and scope in the case of unconscionable
contracts.
The sanction of a vice of consent is relative nullity. This means that where it is
established, this type of contractual defect may only be raised by the person it intends to
protect. If the contract is voidable, it remains that this must be decided by a court ruling,
and the mere fact that the vice exists does not automatically nullify the contract.
1. Mistake
A mistake is ordinarily understood as an erroneous belief in the truth of a situation or in
the existence or otherwise of something, when in fact the contrary is the case. In its legal
context, there are certain qualifications attached to mistake and only certain types of
mistake are admissible in order to avoid too much contractual insecurity. Mistake
constitutes a vice of consent, and therefore a ground for nullifying a contract, only when
it bears a double, cumulative nature. These natures are, first, the mistake must be
decisive, and, second, it must carry on a fundamental element of the contract.
Business Law JJU, Law School
55
Decisiveness is a subjective test that requires the mistaken party to establish that he
wouldn’t have entered into the contract had he known the truth or reality. But this must
be a credible belief, and not an unbelievable mistake. Decisiveness is not sufficient on its
own, and an additional objective criterion is inserted to evaluate mistake as a contractual
vice, i.e., it must be fundamental. An element of contract is to be regarded as an
important component of the agreement if it relates, for instance, to the identity or
qualifications of the parties, the object of the contract, the cause of the obligation and the
like.
I) Mistake as to the Nature or Object of the Contract
An admissible mistake may relate to the legal nature of the contract. A buyer thinks that
he concludes a sale of a house, while he ended up in concluding only a lease contract.
This is a fundamental mistake and can be regarded as vice of consent. Mistake as to the
object of a contract is taken to refer to a situation where the extent of the performance
promised by the party is substantially greater or the extent of the benefit expected by the
party is substantially smaller than what he truly wanted. The issue is generally about the
determination of the scope of the performance.
II) Mistake as to the Person
In this case the mistake carries either on the identity or on the qualifications expected of
the other party. The identity or qualification has to be a necessary element of the contract
either in general opinion or having regard to the circumstances. For example, if A wanted
to make a deal with a famous musician who entertains his guests at a party, and if he later
on discovered that the contracting party has the same name but nothing to do with the
famous artist, the mistake becomes fundamental. Likewise, if a person intends to
conclude a contract for the construction of a house with a highly educated civil engineer
but mistakably reaches an agreement with uneducated construction worker, there is a
mistake as to the qualification of the party and as such fundamental.
Business Law JJU, Law School
56
Some mistakes may be non-essential in that they can be either neglected or corrected, and
the contract remains valid. Mistake regarding motive of the contractant is non-
fundamental and does not give rise to the invalidation of a contract because motive is
something kept in the mind of party and not communicated to the other. Arithmetical
errors also produce the same effect (do not invalidate a contract); they are simply
corrected rather than invalidating the contract.
A claim of mistake to invalidate a contract is subject to the requirement of good faith. A
contracting party who made a mistake cannot base his defense on it in a manner contrary
to good faith. The contract remains unaffected should the other party wish to have the
contract implemented by making the mistake good. The bad faith of the mistaken party is
most appropriately sanctioned.
When a mistaken party invokes a mistake and succeeds in invalidating the contract, he
has to make good the damage that may be sustained by the other party. The mistake
normally evokes from the claimant, and the other innocent party should not suffer from
his mistake – of course unless the other contracting party knew or should have known of
the mistake.
2. Fraud
Fraud is another vice recognized by the law vitiating the consent of a contracting party.
Although it is a tort, it also affects the genuineness of the innocent party’s consent to a
contract. The transaction is not voluntary in the sense of involving mutual assent. When
an innocent party is fraudulently induced to enter into a contract, the contract normally
can be avoided because that party has not voluntarily consented to its terms. Normally,
the innocent party can either rescind the contract and be restored to his/her original
position or enforce the contract and seek damages for any injuries resulting from the
fraud.
Business Law JJU, Law School
57
Dear student, having said this as an introduction, let’s turn ourselves to the substance of
fraud, i.e. the question of what really constitutes fraud in the eyes of the law that entitles a
party to avoid effects of a contract. But remember that we are not here to deal with every
detail concerning fraud but only the major ones. The important elements of fraud under
the Ethiopian law are deceitful practices, intent to deceive, and the innocent party’s
justifiable reliance on the fraudulent practice. Thus, mere false statements intended to
deceive the other party to enter into a contract do not constitute fraud because they lack
“deceitful practice”. Likewise, deceptive silence (non-disclosure of facts) would not
amount to fraud. With regard to false statements and silence, every person is expected to
exercise care and judgment when entering into contracts and the law will not come to the
aid to one who simply makes an unwise bargain. Exceptionally, however, the making of
false statements and failure to disclose important facts constitute fraud if the parties have
a relationship of trust and confidence, called a fiduciary relationship. In such a
relationship, if one party knows any facts that materially affect the other’s interests, he
must disclose them, and, similarly, a party must refrain from providing a false statement
that materially affects the other party. An attorney, for example, has a duty not only to
disclose material facts but also to make truthful disclosures to a client. Such relationships
include those between partners in a partnership, guardians and wards, employers and
employees, and the like.
In the absence of the above relationships of trust and confidence, no false statement or
silence would constitute silence. There must additionally exist a “deceitful practice” that
requires certain acts or conduct of the faulty. For instance, if the used car salesman
manipulates the odometer, i.e. the car accessory showing the number of kilometers the
car has so far traveled, so that it shows 50,000 kms instead of the real 150,000 kms, he
has engaged in a deceitful practice to encourage the buyer in thinking this is a car with
few kilometers, and so in a better condition – and more expensive. If, however, the
salesman says that the car has traveled 40,000 kms but did not manipulate the odometer,
it is a simple lie (a mere false statement) and the client can check easily, and therefore no
fraud is committed.
Business Law JJU, Law School
58
The presence of knowledge on the part of the faulty party that facts have been falsely and
deceitfully represented it also an essential element of fraud. Guilty knowledge signifies
that there was intent to deceive and hence fraud and it could be committed intentionally
or negligently. In the absence of a negligent or intentional state of mind, it is difficult to
conceive of a culpable conduct constituting fraud.
Finally, fraud is completed when an innocent party justifiably relies on the trick designed
by the other party. If a deceitful practice thoughtfully made can be easily detected, one
cannot be justified in relying upon that practice. Fraud is deemed to exist and constitutes
a defect in consent not merely by resorting to a practice with intent to deceive but when
accompanied by the corresponding reasonable absence of knowledge on the part of the
contractant affected.
Dear distance student, so far attempt is made to highlight upon the fraud committed by
one contracting party against the other. What if the fraud is committed by a third party, a
person who is not a party to the contract? One must first mention to eliminate the case
where a fraud is committed by the person legally representing the contracting party, i.e.
where an agent commits a fraudulent act in the course of concluding a contract as part of
his agency authorization. In such a case, at least in respect of the plaintiff (the person who
claims fraud has been committed against him), the perpetrator is the person represented.
Apart from such, the fraud committed by a third party and not by a contracting party has
no incidence on the validity of the contract. This is normally justified by the principle of
privity of contracts. The exception to this rule is where a party to the contract knew or
should have known of the contract. This helps the victim to avail him/herself of a covert
agreement between the party and the third party to set up the deceit.
The normal consequences of fraud are invalidation and the claim of damages. Fraud
vitiates consent and results in a relative nullity of the contract – the contract will be
invalidated when a fraud is claimed and established by the affected party and where the
court declares the invalidation. But because fraud necessarily entails fault, the duty of
making damages good is perhaps another logical sanction. The victim of the fraud can
Business Law JJU, Law School
59
also claim the payment of damages apart from or in addition to invalidation. If the party
who is the author of the fraud sustains damage because of invalidation by the innocent
party, he cannot claim damages because it was him who voluntarily created the fraud and
hence the risk of damages.
3. Duress
Duress is an even more pressing problematic factor that can be legitimately said to have
vitiated consent of a contracting party. It involves conduct of a coercive character, that is,
assent to the terms of a contract is not genuine if one of the parties is forced into
agreement. Forcing a party to enter into a contract by threatening the party with a
wrongful act is legally defined as duress. For example, if A threatens to harm B or his
family unless he (B) signs a promissory note for the money that B owes, A is guilty of
duress.
Duress is authored by a person and directed against the other. It cannot be said, for
instance, that duress exists where a party was forced to contract because of general
circumstances, such as when he had to sell his house because of the continuous decrease
in price, or because of natures forces, as when he was forced to buy new sheet of metal to
replace the roof destroyed by a storm. In other words, the vice of duress may only be
established where the plaintiff (the person who claims his consent is vitiated by the
duress) proves the intention of another person to put him under pressure to enter the
contract.
The threat need not necessarily be physical; it could also be psychological in the sense
that it may be directed against the honor or reputation of a contracting party. Again,
duress is recognized where a threat of physical or moral harm is directed against a
contracting party’s nearest relatives – ascendants, descendents and spouse. Duress does
not have to necessarily emanate from the other contracting party himself; it may be
evoked by a third party out of the contract. What is important here is that a force that
vitiates the consent of a contracting party is applied by another party, whether this other
Business Law JJU, Law School
60
party is the contracting party or not. Thus, the law regards as duress a threat of harm
against contracting party’s (or his ascendants’, descendants’ or spouse’s) life, person,
property or honor by whoever it might be inspired.
Duress should meet the requirements of ‘seriousness’ and ‘imminence’ in order to be
effectively invoked to invalidate the contract, according to the reading of Art.1706 of the
Ethiopian Civil Code. Seriousness refers to the gravity of the danger posed that would
suffice to compel a person to conclude a contract, and it would be determined by the
court having regard to the circumstances of the case. A danger is said to be imminent
when it is on the verge of materialization or where there is almost no time gap between
the communication of the threat and its projected materialization. Hence, there is no
duress if a party signs a contract under a pressure that is fixed to happen several months
later. Generally, duress must impress a reasonable person so that the existence of duress
is determined by the consideration of what a reasonable man would have felt in the same
circumstances. This objective standard of reasonable person is, however, variable in
respect of the identity of the victim of duress. The duress is differently appreciated
having regard to the age, sex and condition of the person. Thus, under this subjective
evaluation stage, an old sick person will be considered more influenceable than a healthy
adult, a pregnant woman more than the single woman, minors in their early teens more
than a person in his late twenties.
There are certain borderline cases where one cannot surely say duress exists. One is a
special form of threat, that of exercising a right. In such case, a person uses a legitimate
right to force the other to conclude a contract. Generally, the threatened act must be
wrongful or illegal in order to be regarded as duress. Threatening to exercise a legal right
is not ordinarily illegal and normally does not constitute duress. Suppose that A injures B
in a car accident. The police are not called. A has no insurance for his car, but he has
substantial assets. B is willing to settle the potential claim out of court for 5,000 Birr,
which A refuses. After much arguing, B loses his patience and says, “If you don’t pay me
5000 Birr right now, I’m going to sue you for 15,000 Birr”. A is frightened and gives B a
promissory note for 5,000 Birr. Later, A refuses to make payment. B comes back to sue A
Business Law JJU, Law School
61
for the 5,000 Birr. Although A argues that he was the victim of dress, the threat of a civil
suit is normally not duress. However, this is not the case of the right is abused to gain
undue advantage from the circumstances, such as, in the example above, when B
demands A under the threat of reporting the incident, which is also a crime, to the police
to sign a promissory note for 50,000 Birr while he has sustained only a minor injury. If B
succeeds in forcing A, A can later on claim duress.
Another borderline case is reverential fear, where a person has a great respect for
another, for instance, vis-à-vis an ascendant or a superior. In fact there is no threat or
action from the ascendant or superior but simply the consequence of the normal relation
between two persons bound by this type of relationship. Entering into a contract as a
consequence of such relationship is in principle not a ground for invalidating a contract.
But if such a relationship gives rise to that of trust and confidence between the parties,
and the other party knowingly gains excessive advantage out of the contract, the party
with the ‘fear’ can claim invalidation of the contract.
Economic need is generally not sufficient to constitute duress, even when one party
exacts a very high price for an item that the other party needs. If the party exacting the
price also creates the need, however, economic duress may be found.
At last, we come to a very peculiar scenario which is significantly related to duress and
the above borderline cases – unconscionability. Of course, the principle in a liberal
economy embodies that each party to an onerous contract (a contract concluded for
consideration) will try to gain the best advantage. So, the simple fact that the contract is
unbalanced and burdensome to one party is not, as a rule, a vice of consent. But public
policy does exceptionally require that there be some limit on the power of individuals and
businesses to dictate the terms of contracts. The Ethiopian law also decides to limit the
liberal approach in favor of weaker parties who have in fact been exploited. The purpose
of legislative interference here is to avoid cases if unconscionability by entitling the
economically exploited party to invalidate the unconscionable contract.
Unconscionability exists, and invalidates a contract, subject to the satisfaction of three
Business Law JJU, Law School
62
conditions:
- the existence of “substantially more favorable” advantage to the stronger party;
- consent induced by the want, simplicity of mind, senility or manifest business
inexperience of a contracting party;
- justice requiring the invalidation of the contract.
Although judges have a wide discretionary power in the appreciation of issues of
unconscionability, the cumulative existence of the above three factors is deemed
sufficient for the invalidation of the unconscionable contract. Here, there are certain
terms used by Art.1710 (2) as elements of unconscionability that need to be defined.
’Want’ is a situation where a person lacks a commodity, in a somewhat less stringent a
manner than the state of necessity. “Simplicity of mind” may refer to a minor form of
mental illness or, even in the absence of such an illness, the state of mind of a young
and/or an uneducated person. One can describe ‘senility’, in the context of
unconscionability, as the degradation of mental capacity, which has not yet reached the
stage of judicial interdiction. Finally, “manifest business inexperience” is about
understanding a person who has no trading experience whatsoever, i.e. the law authorizes
the judge to appreciate the economic exploitation that may be faced by a party manifestly
lacking experience how to deal with economic transactions.
3.3.3. Object of Contracts
Dear distance learner, you have studied the first essential elements to have a valid and
binding contract; you have also seen the voidability of a contract formed without
complying with those elements. These are capacity and consent of the contracting parties.
This part introduces you with a third essential requisite for the formation of a valid
contract. To remind you once again of the provisions of Article 1678 of the Civil Code,
“no valid contract shall exist unless the object of the contract is sufficiently defined, and
is possible and lawful …”
By “object” one must not be confused with a thing, movable or immovable, concerned by
Business Law JJU, Law School
63
the contract. The expression “object of the contract” as employed by the Ethiopian Civil
Code refers to the obligations undertaken by the parties in a given category of contract. In
a typical sales contract, for example, the payment of the price by the buyer and the
delivery of the good by the seller are the objects (obligations) of the contract. The object
of the contract is thus the legal result which the parties wish to achieve.
The freedom of contract is still upheld so that the parties are free to determine the
obligations in their contract. Parties have the right to define the nature and scope of the
obligation they subscribe. But, failure to define the object is a critical defect, and makes
the contract void and null. If the object is present, it should be determined or at least
determinable. The principal faculty of determination of the object of a contract resides
with the contracting parties themselves, but lacunae (gap) left by parties may be filled by
making a reference to custom, good faith and equity. Generally, object must be
sufficiently defined or determinable in order to create a valid contract.
The object (obligation) undertaken in the contract may take one of three broad forms: to
do, to give, and not to do. In obligation to do, a party undertakes to act in a way required
by the other. Such obligations are themselves divided into two sub-categories. One is
obligation of result in which a definite end is to be achieved under the contract, and the
other is obligation of means in which a party undertakes to do his/her best to achieve the
result without guaranteeing the achievement of an outcome. In obligation to give, a party
undertakes to transfer a right (such as full ownership) on a thing to another party. Finally,
obligations not to do are negative obligations that require a party to refrain from acting
some way. Any obligation in respect of all the above scenarios needs to be defined with
sufficient precision.
In addition to its sufficient definition, object of a contract must be possible of execution.
A contract which is impossible to perform cannot be enforced. Thus, if the parties
stipulate an obligation that is impossible at the time of the conclusion of the contract, the
contract is deemed as if never created. Nevertheless, the impossibility must be absolute
and insuperable. An absolute impossibility is one which is general and is the same for
Business Law JJU, Law School
64
any contract in the same circumstances. An insuperable impossibility is one which is
completely impossible for any body, or one which is humanely impossible to achieve.
Again the impossibility need not necessarily be physical; it can also cover situations of
legal impossibility. For instance, it is legally impossible for a person to buy through a
contract a thing which is already his property.
An equally indispensable requirement with regard to object of a contract is that it should
be lawful and moral. An unlawful or immoral object nullifies a contract, for it is self-
contradictory for the law to recognize as legal instruments contracts with unlawful
obligations. For example, an agreement for murdering a person cannot be legally
enforced for its object, i.e. homicide, is a crime under the criminal law. In addition to
legality, obligations should pass the test of morality. More often than not, law and
morality overlap so that what is immoral is also illegal, and there is a strong ground to
make the contract void. Sometimes, however, what is immoral may not be illegal. In this
case immorality suffices to nullify the contract. For example, prostitution is not illegal
but immoral in Ethiopia. So, an agreement of doing sexual intercourse for payment
cannot be legally enforced for the object is immoral. The case of unlawful or immoral
motive must be clarified here. Motives to enter into a contract are very private to the
contracting party, and therefore are difficult to ascertain, and thus they are not taken into
account to determine whether a contract contains unlawful or immoral object. But if the
motive is manifested directly or implicitly in the contract, it will be taken into account to
determine the unlawfulness or immorality of the object. For instance, if it is declared in
the contract of sale of a knife that the buyer wants to use the knife for stabbing someone
else, the contract is void because the motive shows an unlawful object, i.e. stabbing.
3.3.4. Form of Contracts
Form is the outward appearance of the contract, and so the way the will of the parties
becomes apparent. There are two extreme scenarios with regard to formality requirements
– formalism and consensualism. Consensualism bases the contractual form solely in the
partner’s consent, which can be purely tacit in so far as it signifies the declaration of will.
Business Law JJU, Law School
65
Formalism on the other hand will only acknowledge a contract where an exterior, visible
sign is made so much so that actual will of the party will be regarded as secondary in so
far as the contract is expressed in a certain way.
Consensualism has the virtue of stressing the individual person’s freedom to contract.
Not only is it, this context, a form of human rights in economic affairs but it is also
cheap, fast, simple and the manifestation of society of equals. Excessive formalism in
contracts is burdensome and costly because it calls for the intervention of legal
professionals or generates administrative fees and taxes at the expense of the contracting
parties. It can also be abused by parties in bad faith who try to manipulate formal defects
when they have no substantive defenses to support their claim. But formalism is not
without merits. It protects parties from acting too fast, without thinking about their
commitments. Forms tend in contemporary legislative acts to protect the weaker party in
a contract, because very often there is an economic imbalance and parties are in fact
unequal. A well employed form is a good preventive weapon against disputes, and its
precision can greatly help the judge easily settle any litigation which may arise.
The Ethiopian law takes a middle position compromising between the dangers of
excessive formalism and advantages of relative consensualism. In pursuance of this,
Article 1719 of the Civil Code provides that no special form is required of parties when
they conclude a contract and consensualism is upheld in principle. But the law imposes a
certain formality requirement. In addition, parties can impose upon themselves the
compliance with a certain form. In both exceptional cases, formality must be observed
and parties are not free to set aside the prescribed formal requisite. Strict compliance with
a legally or contractually stipulated formality is a validity requirement (ad validitatem)
and sanction for the non-observance of such requirement is the absolute nullity of the
contract. The question of validity is a more fundamental a matter than the dictation of
form to provide proof of the contractual obligations, i.e. ad probationem, because it is
concerned with the very existence of the contract. Thus, failure to comply with the
exceptionally imposed formality requirements would render a contract null and void.
Business Law JJU, Law School
66
Dear distance student, we shall now see some specific cases where the law imposes a
formality. But first remark must be made of contracts made in writing. Written contracts
must be signed by all the parties for signature signifies the individualized consent of a
party. Again, they should be attested by at least two witnesses, or in some cases they may
be alternatively authenticated by a public authority.
One of the formality provisions (Art.1721) states that a preliminary contract has to be
concluded in the form of the main contract. Let’s assume that A, residing abroad, wants
to conclude a contract of insurance with an insurer in Ethiopia and intends to authorize an
agent, B, to make a deal on his behalf with the insurer. The contract of agency concluded
between A and B is a preliminary contract because it paves the way for the conclusion of
the contract of insurance, the main contract. Now if the insurance contract is made in
writing, the contract of agency must also be made in writing. Art 1722 requires contracts
for the variation of a contract to be made in the form of the main contract, i.e. the varied
contract. The main contract’s form thus extends to contracts made after its conclusion. In
the two cases above, the law intends to ensure consistency of form between essentially
related contracts concluded between the same parties.
Another contract in respect of conclusion of which the law demands a special formality is
that relating to immovables. Contracts concerning immovables include sale, mortgage,
usufruct, lease, and partition amongst other things. All such contracts relating to
buildings and land have to be concluded in writing and need to be registered with the
authorities. Immovable property involves huge capital and the law imposes a written and
registration formality to ensure security of transactions regarding such an important asset.
Again, contracts to which a public administration is party must be made in writing and be
registered with a court or notary. The state and its administrative departments are
guardians of the public interest at large and therefore must conduct their operations
within an atmosphere of transparency. And transparency is best guaranteed if affairs are
documented. So, we can see the advantage of imposing a writing formality whenever the
state and its organs become parties to contracts.
Business Law JJU, Law School
67
The law also demands a formality requirement with regard to contracts that last for a
longer period of time. It is obligatory that a contract for a longer period of time be made
in writing. The reason for such a requirement is obvious: unwritten agreements may not
be easy to prove as witnesses may die, human memory may fade away as time passes. In
order to avoid possible future dispute, the law rightly requires contracts that work for
long period of time to be made in writing. For example, contract of insurance is given in
the illustrative list of contracts for a longer period given by the law, for it stays for a
relatively longer time. Employment contract made for an indefinite period of time also
constitutes such a category. So, both insurance and employment contracts need to be
made in writing.
3.4. Effect of Contracts
The general effect of a validly concluded contract is its legal enforceability. Once they
have created a contract between them following legitimate formation requisites, parties
are obliged to comply with the terms the breach of which would entail a legal liability.
Thus, as clearly stipulated under Article 1731 of the Civil Code of Ethiopia, the terms of
a contract shall be binding on the parties as though they were law. A party cannot
unilaterally change his mind with regard to a contract created by the mutual consent of
the contracting parties. Contracts are the law of the parties from which derogation is
disallowed and, as the famous English saying goes, a man’s word his bond. They are
binding not only on the parties but on the judge himself (the adjudicating organ) in the
sense that the judge will give effect only to the validly made terms of the contract
whenever a dispute appears before him.
A contract may contain ambiguous provisions; it may also have terms that apparently
conflict with each other. These problematic terms may not be sufficient to invalidate a
contract or otherwise render it ineffective. Here the court is authorized to remedy the
defective terms through interpretation having regard to the common intention of the
parties, custom, good faith and equity. But if the terms of the contract are clear even if
Business Law JJU, Law School
68
they may appear to be unfair, no interpretation is allowed. The judge cannot create a
contract for the parties under the guise of interpretation when the terms are clear, for this
amount to binding parties with an obligation they have not intended. So, a validly formed
contract will be legally binding on the parties to the extent clearly spoken by its terms or
to the extent substantiated through interpretation by courts if the terms happen to be
unclear.
3.4.1. Performance of Contractual Obligations
Performance is the execution of the obligation as per the terms of the contract. In the
normal course of things, a contractual obligation is to be discharged through
performance. Indeed performance is the purpose for the contract is formed in the first
place, and is deemed to be the natural consequence of a contractual engagement. It is to
the interest of the law to see contracts to hit their target, and it accordingly provides for
the mechanisms of ensuring such performance.
(a) Performance by Whom?
Who makes the performance is an important question because it helps to identify person
obliged to perform a contract and to inform him of the consequences of his performance.
The obvious answer to the above question is that the debtor is the one who is demanded
to make performance. But performance can be validly made by anyone authorized by the
debtor, by court or by the law. The debtor may authorize an agent to carry out an
obligation. Likewise, a court appointed tutor can discharge an obligation on the behalf of
a judicially interdicted debtor, and legal heirs can execute the debts of their deceased
relative if they accept the succession. So, in principle anyone can perform the contract,
and normally there is no difference whether the contract is performed by the debtor
himself or by a third party.
Nevertheless, personal performance by the debtor may be an essential element of the
contract. In such case, no valid performance is made unless discharged by the debtor
Business Law JJU, Law School
69
himself. It is of a special interest to the creditor that performance be made by the debtor
himself. For example, employment contract by its nature needs performance by the
employee himself. The employee cannot delegate his job to someone else because
personal discharge is of special interest to the employer. But generally, where the
personality of the contracting party is not important a contractual obligation may be
performed by any third party.
(b) Performance to Whom?
This question is concerned with the party entitled to receive performance. Normally
performance can be made to the creditor or a third party authorized by the creditor, by the
court or by law. Performance made to unqualified person is invalid in the eyes of the law.
For instance, a legally incapable creditor cannot receive payment personally, and such
payment shall not be valid unless the debtor shows that the payment has benefited the
creditor; the burden of proof is on the debtor. The debtor has to take utmost care when he
makes the performance; otherwise he is obliged to face the risk of double (second)
payment.
Even though as a rule payment made to a person unqualified (unauthorized) to receive on
behalf of the creditor is invalid, it becomes exceptionally valid if the debtor shows that
the payment has benefited the creditor, if the creditor confirms the payment or where it is
made in good faith to a person who appears without doubt to be the creditor. The
performance is deemed to be made the advantage of the creditor where there is a practical
enrichment or increase of his estate. With regard to the validity of a performance made to
persons who undoubtedly appear to be creditors, appearance does not mean physical
resemblance but rather it refers to a person who appears to be authorized to receive the
payment. The debtor is discharged with respect to the true creditor if the pays in good
faith to a person who has no right to receive but who unequivocally seems to be the
creditor. This can be particularly exemplified when the debtor makes the performance to
an apparent heir because of death of his real creditor.
Business Law JJU, Law School
70
When there is doubt as to who the true creditor is, the debtor may refuse to pay and
release himself by depositing the amount with the court. For instance, where there is a
litigation going on among the would-be creditors which the debtor knows and makes the
performance to one of the claimants, he does it at his own risk (he will bear the risk of
second payment). On the other hand, where the case is pending and the debts due, any of
the persons who hold themselves out to be creditors may require the debtor to deposit the
amount with the court.
(c) What Things (Goods or Services) are to be offered in Performance?
The provisions of Article 1745 underline the requirement of identity of the object offered
in performance with what was agreed in the contract. Contracts are laws for the parties,
and what must be offered is exactly what they have agreed. A contracting party cannot
discharge his obligation by offering his creditor something else than what he promised,
even if the other thing is of an evidently greater value than the thing agreed. This way,
the law gives priority to the compliance with the agreement between the parties rather
than the value of the thing.
Logically enough, the creditor is also entitled to refuse partial performance. This is
grounded on the idea that the creditor may not be forced to grant the debtor an extended
delay for performance. And conversely, the debtor is obliged to make partial performance
if part of the debt is contested. The debtor must pay the non-contested part, pending
dispute on the contested part, and cannot delay its payment until the dispute is resolved.
The situation may be a bit complicated where the obligation is made regarding fungible
things. Fungible things are those things that can replace each other without causing
substantial difference, or things that are described normally in generic terms. Coffee and
crops are good examples. Questions of quality and quantity might arise at the moment of
performance of the contract. If the parties have specified the thing or expressly agreed on
the quality and quantity of the thing, that must be complied with. But in the absence of
such an express stipulation, the debtor is given a right to choose the thing to be offered in
Business Law JJU, Law School
71
performance. But the thing chosen by the debtor must be of at least average quality; he
can’t offer in performance a thing of lesser value. But overall, slight variations in quality
(average or stipulated in the contract) or quantity must not be refused by the creditor. The
creditor can either proportionately reduce his own performance or claim indemnity for
the slight variation. The purpose of such a provision is to ensure that a maximum number
of contracts are performed in the interest of a dynamic economy, and, conversely, that
parties avoid taking the pretext of smallest non-conformity to nullify contracts.
(d) Place and Time of Performance
If the parties determine the place of performance, their agreement is respected. But where
no place has been agreed, a permissive provision of the law stipulates that performance
shall take place at the place where the debtor had his normal residence at the moment of
concluding the contract. This general rule is excepted regarding specific things. If no
agreement is made to the contrary, performance in respect of a definite thing shall be
made at the place where such thing was situated at the time when the contract was
concluded.
Similarly, the time of performance can be agreed upon by the parties. Where there is no
such time-limit is stipulated in the contract, performance would be made forthwith
(immediately). There is no problem if the debtor performs the contract immediately after
its formation. But the creditor demands performance from the other party after lapse of
reasonable time. The creditor can oblige the debtor to perform the contract when he
benefits by a time-limit or after he performed or offered to perform his obligations
towards the debtor.
(e) Other Issues Related to Performance
A question may arise as to the currency of payment regarding the performance of money
debts. As a rule, money debts are discharged in local currency, in the currency that is the
legal tender of the country where payment is to be made, even if the amount is stated in
Business Law JJU, Law School
72
the contract in a foreign currency. Still parties are at freedom to reach an agreement to the
contrary, or to exclude the making of payment in local currency. Sometimes parties may
leave price for determination by reference to an index made up of certain goods or
services without indicating a specific amount of currency. This is indeed a usable and
frequent technique which enables one to take into account monetary instability and
inflation.
The issue of interest and its rate is also an important matter in performance of contractual
obligations. The Ethiopian Civil Code under its Article 1751 provides that the legal rate
of interest that is to be paid on a debt is 9% unless the parties expressly stipulate a
different rate. Even if parties can stipulate interest and fix its rate in their contract, they
cannot fix the interest rate higher than 12%. Twelve percent interest rate is a maximum
rate over and above which a crime of usury is committed. In case parties fail to provide a
rate or fix it above 12 %, the legal interest rate ( 9%) is due on the debt and is payable.
To what obligation does a given payment apply? This question arises in case several
debts are due in a contract and the amount the debtor provides for payment is insufficient
to cover all the debts. A given contract may give rise to costs, interests and the principal
debt, and all such obligations may mature to be discharged. If the amount available for
payment is inadequate to pay-off all the debts, determination of the order of payment
becomes an important matter. The law lays down a rule that a partial payment is used to
cover first costs, then the interest due, and finally the principal debt. This solution is
intended to favor creditors in that they will get paid first the accessory elements of the
debt and they will be enabled to gain extra payment as potential interest on the remaining
main debt.
Performance of contractual obligations usually entails expenses. Any accompanying cost
while performance is made is to be covered by the debtor himself. As a rule, the duty to
perform a contract and the bearing of costs of the performance are essentially related
matters and are therefore naturally attributed to the debtor, the party who is obliged to
perform the contract. But the contracting parties can agree on who bears the expenses of
Business Law JJU, Law School
73
performance and such agreement will be effected without having regard to the suppletory
provisions of the law on the issue at hand.
3.4.2. Non-performance of Contracts
Non- performance of a contractual obligation refers to the breach or the non-compliance
with the promise made in the contract. The breach of a contractual obligation exists when
a party totally fails to carry out the obligation, if he makes fundamentally defective
performance, or makes a delayed performance. The cases of defective performance (e.g.
partial performance) and delayed discharge are to be closely scrutinized to decide if they
really constitute non-performance.
Dear student, we have time and again said that contract is the law of the contractants and
will be indeed legally binding on them. That’s to say, no party can unilaterally disregard
a contractual obligation and act as they wish. The binding nature of a contract is
manifested by the legal liabilities imposed on the defaulting party in the event of its
breach. There are remedies available to the victim of the breach and, at the same time, the
defaulter cannot go with impunity.
The remedies of non-performance at the disposal of the creditor are not usually to be
claimed immediately after the expiry of the time fixed in the contract. The remedies
usually overlook normal performance because they are based on the failure of the
performance. But contracts are created to be discharged through normal performance and
the law declares its utmost intention to ensure performance of the contract. Therefore, the
creditor is supposed to comply with a procedural requirement before he rushes into the
legal solutions. The procedural device is the giving of a default notice, so called because
it is made after the normal performance failed and is directed to the failing party. The
debtor may have simply forgotten the performance of the contract, or he may fail to
perform because of some personal problems. Rushing into legal remedies not only
defeats the purpose of the contract but frustrates innocent debtors and thereby jeopardizes
the smooth relationship between the parties. Thus, the law rightly requires awakening or
Business Law JJU, Law School
74
reminding the failing party to perform the contract by giving him a chance through a
default notice. The notice helps one to determine if a debtor is willing or able to perform
the obligation.
The rule is that default notice is given before resorting to the legal remedies in cases of
non-performance. But exceptionally the giving of default notice may become
unnecessary. Below follows the brief overview of cases where the creditor can resort to
remedies of non-performance without placing the debtor in default.
The obvious case is the contrary agreement of the parties. Like many other legal
provisions, the rules of contract law that require putting debtor in default are suppletory
(permissive) so much so that parties can expressly exclude the necessity of giving default
notice. This means that the non-performance of a contract entitles a creditor to directly
avail himself of the legal remedies.
A slightly different scenario is presented where the date of performance is compulsory or
essential. If the debtor fails to perform the contract on such date, no need of giving a
default notice. In illustration of this, suppose A concluded a contract of hiring of Velo (a
bride’s clothing) with B for her sister’s marriage. The date of marriage is scheduled for
April 25, 2008 and B did not deliver the Velo on that date. The time of performance is
very compulsory and is indeed essential so that the delivery of the clothing after the
scheduled date is purposeless. Delivery on that very date has become an essential
requisite of the contract and no performance can be effective after such date. A is free to
claim the remedies of non-performance without the need to put B in default.
Where the obligation required of the contracting parity is not to do and the party breaches
this duty by doing (acting otherwise), the creditor of the assumed obligation cannot be
obliged to notify the defaulting party. The debtor has resorted to a conduct that he was
supposed to refrain from under the contract, and notifying him of his violation is
pointless as the risk that the contract intended to prevent has already materialized. If, for
example, X concluded a contract not to compete in business with Y and if X later on
Business Law JJU, Law School
75
enters competition with Y, no default notice is necessary and Y can directly invoke the
remedies of non-performance.
Default notice is also not necessary where a debtor has declared in writing that he would
not perform his contractual obligation. The purpose of notice in the first place is to
remind the debtor to perform the contract. So, requiring notice while the debtor is clearly
refusing performance does not serve any purpose.
So, what are these remedies that are to be claimed for non-performance either after giving
notice or immediately where notice is unnecessary? Under the Ethiopian law, the other
party can demand the following according to the circumstances:-
 Specific performance, or
 Cancellation of the contract by court or by himself, and
 Damages caused to him by non-performance be made good
(Article 1771 of the Civil Code).
The first two remedies, i.e. specific performance and cancellation, cannot be claimed
together for the invocation of one would naturally exclude the other. A party invoking
specific performance cannot at the same time invoke cancellation and vice versa, because
the two do not go together. But damages can be claimed in the absence of either of the
other two, or in addition to either of them. In other words, the claim for making damages
good can be lodged with either specific performance or cancellation.
3.4.2.1. Specific (Forced) Performance
When a debtor fails to perform his obligations, the first legal remedy available to the
creditor is to request the court to force the debtor to perform. Specific performance as a
legal remedy is not something always awarded to the creditor whenever he demands it.
The law states that forced performance of a contract shall not be ordered unless it is of a
special interest to the party requiring it and the contract can be enforced without affecting
Business Law JJU, Law School
76
the personal liberty of the debtor. Thus, forced performance is the outcome of two
cumulative conditions: Special interest of the creditor and execution without encroaching
the personal liberty of the debtor. If either of these conditions is missing, forced
performance cannot be had.
It may be said that the forced performance of the contract is essential to the creditor if he
cannot enter into another similar contract or if he does not have alternative mechanism of
fulfilling his wish. For instance, if A agreed with B to sell an object that is not found
anywhere else and if B highly needs the thing, B can claim the forced performance of the
contract in the event A fails to carry out his contractual obligations. But, if B can get the
thing somewhere else even for substantially higher price, he can’t seek specific
performance. He can however claim the difference in price to be compensated by the
debtor.
Personal liberty is a constitutional right (indeed a human right) that is internationally
recognized and protected. So, it cannot be restricted by contractual engagements under
the guise of forced performance. The non-performance of a contract is a breach of civil
obligation and has got a monetary correspondent. Personal liberty is a fundamental
human right that cannot be alienated from a person and cannot have a pecuniary value.
Thus, non-performance of a contract and personal freedom of an individual are two
separate and extremely disproportionate interests, and the occurrence of the former
cannot in any way affect the later. For instance, A concludes a contract with B, a singer,
to entertain customers at his grocery. B fails to show up for the performance. Now A
cannot claim the forced performance of the agreement by B because this affects B’s
personal liberty. It has the effect of forcing B to personally appear on the stage and
perform without his will, and this undoubtedly denies B of his liberty.
3.4.2.2. Cancellation
Cancellation is another remedy of non-performance available to the creditor. One has to
distinguish cancellation from invalidation and termination of contracts. Both cancellation
Business Law JJU, Law School
77
and invalidation presuppose a problem with the contract – the former involves non-
performance and the latter arises in contracts with defective formation. But termination is
a defect-free mechanism of extinguishing contractual obligations by the mutual
agreement of the parties. The effect of invalidation and cancellation is the reinstatement
of the parties to their former positions. The parties are as far as possible to be restored to
the economic status they would have assumed had they not entered into the contract. All
the three have one thing in common: they are instrumentalities of extinguishing (breaking
a legal bond) obligations between the parties.
Cancellation as a remedy for non-performance is in principle declared by the court. But
as a matter of exception, it can also be unilaterally declared by the parties, usually the
creditor. We will see the two one by one below.
i) Judicial Cancellation – This refers, as just highlighted above, to the situation that the
judiciary (the court) is vested with the power to render a final and definitive declaration
of cancellation producing full legal effects. The purpose of submitting cancellation to the
judiciary stems from the very sanctity of contractual obligations. It means that the
contract is the law of the parties and they must do their best to maintain the contract
rather than demean it by being able to escape its imperative provisions too easily. The
non-performance of the contract must therefore be of some importance before it is made
to result in the cancellation. There are certain borderline cases which may be easily
remedied to uphold the contract such as partial performance, defective performance and
delayed performance. All these considerations explain that cancellations call as a rule for
judicial decision, and that the court is never compelled to sanction contractual defaults by
ordering cancellation. Thus, the submission of a cancellation case to the court helps to
avoid the rush to create contractual instability by the parties and to make only warranted
cancellations.
However, there are guidelines which the court takes into account while examining a
cancellation case that the law has devised to minimize the subjectivity in judicial
discretion. The guidelines include interest of the parties and the requirements of good
Business Law JJU, Law School
78
faith, and the breach of fundamental provision of the contract. The court must see to it
that the cancellation is consistent with the interest of the parties and that it is demanded
by good faith considerations. The ‘fundamentality’ of the breach needs to be proved in
the sense that the non-performance affects the very basis of the contract which would
have led a reasonable person not to enter a contract.
ii) Unilateral party cancellation – Even though the value legally attached to discharge
through performance and, if that fails, to cancellation by the judiciary is great, there are
certain obvious breaches of a contractual obligation that do not need ascertainment by a
court. In such cases, policy dictates that the party himself should be able to cancel the
contract. These exceptional scenarios are geared toward the prevention of prolonging the
inevitable – circumstances so obvious that there will be no reason for the court not to
grant cancellation and that unilateral cancellation saves the time, energy and resources
consumed by waiting for court disposition. The law has expressly stipulated these cases,
as they are exceptions after all. They are stated below.
a) Essential date of performance: - This describes the circumstance whereby
the performance of the contract on a stipulated date is so essential that
failure of performance on such date renders the contract to that party
useless as there is no opportunity for making second performance.
Consider, for instance, that A and B concluded a contract for rental of car
for a wedding. If B fails to provide the car on the wedding day, then
performance will no more be important for A because the wedding day is
an essential date of performance for him, which has already passed.
b) Expiry of time limit: - This entitles a party to unilaterally cancel a contract
where a fixed, rigid time for performance has been specified and
performance has not taken place within this time. Three situations may be
identified here. One is expiry of a contractually fixed compulsory date of
performance. The second pertains to the failure to make performance
despite the sending of a default notice specifying a final time-limit for
Business Law JJU, Law School
79
performance. The third and the last is about the lapse of time limit fixed in
the grace period that is granted by the creditor or by the court. The expiry
of all these time stipulations entitles the creditor to cancel the contract
himself without the need to go to the court for same.
c) Anticipatory breach: - This happens where the defaulting party
unequivocally declares to the other party that he will not perform the
contract. A refusal communicated to the other party in writing entitles
such party to declare the unilateral cancellation of the contract even if the
communication is made before the arrival of the due date of the obligation.
This is an alternative available to the creditor; he can use other remedies
(forced performance) instead if he wants.
d) Impossibility of performance: - It refers to the situation where a specific
subject matter that was essential to the performance of the contract has
perished. The impossibility that is relevant here is subsequent
impossibility; original impossibility is excluded because a contract with an
impossible object is void in the first place.
3.4.2.3. Damages
Dear student, we have said that an aggrieved party can claim the alterative remedies of
forced performance and cancellation in the event of non-performance of contractual
obligations. But it does not stop there. There are likely damages sustained by a party
because of the failure to discharge the contract by the other party. Damages may be due
whether or not the other remedies are claimed. Thus, damages may be awarded even
along with a claim for specific performance.
a) Nature of Contractual Damages
Business Law JJU, Law School
80
Contractual damages are characterized by the absence of a fault requirement. That means,
the plaintiff is not expected to prove the fault of the defendant in order to obtain damages
and the defendant cannot exculpate him/herself by establishing his faultlessness. This is
different from the nature of tortuous damages which are fault-based as a rule.
However, the defendant is entitled to assert the defense of force majeure if the non-
performance is the result of force majeure, the party will be released from the payment of
compensation for the resulting damage. Force majeure is a circumstance that is
unforeseen and makes performance absolutely impossible. Unforeseeability and absolute
impossibility are cumulative preconditions for the existence of force majeure, and the
absence of one denies the failing party to claim the defense. The law makes an illustrative
list of cases of force majeure. It includes the enactment of a law that prohibits the
implementation of the contract; a natural catastrophe such as earthquakes, thunder and
floods; on outbreak of international or civil war; or the debtor’s death or unexpected
serious accident or illness. On the other hand, cases that can never constitute defense of
force majeure include strike or lockout occurring in the debtor’s factory, an increase or
decrease in the price of raw materials necessary for the performance of the contract, or
the passing of new law which makes the debtor’s obligation more onerous.
The fault of the debtor may be exceptionally taken into account. The law recognizes two
cases where damages are due only when fault is established. One is when the contract
relates to obligations of means, in which the debtor undertakes to do his best to achieve a
result without guaranteeing the result. If the debtor in good faith has done the best within
his competence and capacity, he is not the one to blame for the failure to achieve the end
because failure is in the nature of the contract itself. Such contracts as those concerned
with lawyer-client and physician-patient relationships create obligations of means. As
such, the lawyer tries his best to win a case and not guarantee to win it, and the doctor
does his best to cure the patient but not certain to cure him/her. Thus, the failure to
achieve the winning or the curing as the case may be does not result in the award of
damages unless fault is proved. The second scenario is about gratuitous contracts –
contracts made for the exclusive advantage of one party, or contracts which create
Business Law JJU, Law School
81
unilateral obligation. Contracts of donation and deposit are good examples. In such
contracts, the debtor is free from the payment of damages of non-performance unless he
commits fault. The exclusion of damages in these cases reveals that the party who is not
benefiting from the contract in the first place should not be further penalized by the
payment of compensation for damages resulting from non-performance without his fault.
The degree of fault that needs to be established is not even ordinary; it should be a grave
fault. Of course, what constitutes grave fault is subject to the appreciation by the judiciary
of the circumstances of the case
b) Extent of Damages
The amount of damages that is payable for contractual non-performance is equal to the
normal damages that is expected to result from the non-performance. The court fixes, as
a rule, this amount having regard to all the circumstances surrounding the non-
performance without the need to ascertain the actual damage sustained by the creditor.
The amount of this presumed normal damage may be less than or could exceed the actual
damage. The court awards such an amount unless the contrary is proved by the parties.
The amount of the normal damages that is to be awarded by the court in the normal
course of things may be increased to the actual if it is less or reduced to the actual if it is
proved to be higher. The party, normally the creditor, can claim the increase of damages
by proving that the damage he actually sustained is greeter. Conversely, the other
contracting party, normally the debtor, can seek the reduction of the normal damages by
establishing that the actual damage is far less. Generally, the court awards damages in the
amount normally presumed to occur, but this amount may be decreased or increased if it
is proved by the parties that the actual damages caused by the non-performance is less or
greater than the normal damages as the case may be.
Business Law JJU, Law School
82
Self-Check Questions
1. Why is capacity required in the formation of contracts?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
_______________________.
2. Discuss the difference in the effect of fraud by a third party and duress by a third
party in the invalidation of a contract.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________.
3. Explain by taking two examples why some agreements are not contracts.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________.
Business Law JJU, Law School
83
4. What is the difference between implied acceptance and silence?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________.
5. Why do you think is the damages that result from the invalidation of a contract
because of mistake to be made good while those resulting from invalidation
because of fraud not?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________.
6. Spell out the circumstance in which reverential fear may operate as a legitimate
ground to invalidate a contract.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
Business Law JJU, Law School
84
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
___________________________________.
7. Why is illegal motive not regarded as a ground that nullifies a contract?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
_____________________________.
8. Cite an immoral business transaction, yet not illegal, and explain its effect on the
contract created.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
_________________________________.
9. How are the problems of sticking to formality requirements and the danger of
absence of formalism reconciled? What is the position of the Ethiopian law on the
question of contractual formality?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
Business Law JJU, Law School
85
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
______________________________________.
10. Identify the basic constituents of performance of contracts.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________.
11. How is partial performance dealt with under the law?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
___________________________________.
12. What is the importance of special interest of the creditor in awarding specific
performance?
Business Law JJU, Law School
86
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________.
13. Why is cancellation of a contract as a rule to be declared by the court?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
_________.
14. Discuss the essence of contractual damages.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
________________________________________.
15. Jemal sent invitations to a number of potential buyers to submit bids for some
timber he wanted to sell. Two bids were received as a result; the higher bid was
Business Law JJU, Law School
87
submitted by Nuru. Jemal changed his mind about selling the timber, however,
and did not accept Nuru’s bid. Nuru claimed that a contract for sale existed and
sued Jemal for breach. Did a contract exist? Discuss.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________.
16. Godana contracts to lease a service station for ten years. His principal income is
from the sale of gasoline. Because of an oil embargo by foreign oil-producing
nations, gasoline is rationed, cutting sharply into Godana’s gasoline sales. He
cannot make his lease payments. Discuss if the lease contract can be cancelled
because of impossibility of performance.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________.
Business Law JJU, Law School
88
CHAPTER FOUR
LAW OF AGENCY
4.1. General
An agency relationship exists when one party, called the agent, agrees to represent or act
for another party, called the principal. The principal has the right to control the agent’s
conduct in matters entrusted to the agent. An agency may be engaged to accomplish a
single task or to carry out several tasks.
Agency relationships permeate every aspect of modern economic life. By using agents,
the principal can conduct multiple business operations simultaneously in various
locations. As obviously human beings cannot be physically available at different places at
the same time, a person having the intent of doing business transactions at multiple places
(and that is very important in modern fast paced world of commerce) is helped by agency
undertakings to fill-in the gap created by the natural time and space constraints. Thus, for
example, contracts that bind the principal can be made at different places with different
persons at the same time. A familiar example of an agent is a corporate officer who
serves in a representative capacity for the owners of the corporate entity. In this capacity,
the officer has the authority to bind the principal (the corporate/juridical entity) to a
contract. Indeed, agency law is essential to the existence and operation of a corporate life,
because only through its agents can a corporation function and enter into contracts.
Agency is the fiduciary relation that exists between two persons so that one shall act on
the behalf and subject to the control of the other. The term fiduciary is at the heart of
agency law. It can be used both as a noun and as an adjective. When used as a noun, it
refers to a person having a duty created by his undertaking to act primarily for another’s
benefit in matters connected with the undertaking. When used as an adjective, as in
“fiduciary relationship”, it means that the relationship is one involving trust and
confidence.
Business Law JJU, Law School
89
In a principal-agent relationship, a legal bond will be created between the parties so that
the agent will act on behalf and instead of the principal in negotiating and transacting
business with third parties. An agent becomes empowered to perform legal acts that are
binding on the principal and can bind a principal in a contract with a third person. For
instance, if A is hired as a booking agent for a certain music band, A can negotiate and
sign a contract for the band to appear at concerts. The contract will be binding and thus
legally enforceable against the group. The authority given to an agent under Ethiopian
law is termed as the power of attorney (Art.2179, Civ. C).
While agency is the fiduciary civil relationship between the principal and the agent, its
primary purpose is to confer on the agent the authority to transact with third parties.
Thus, we would have two categories of relationships in agency undertakings: one is the
initial, or the internal, relationship between the agent and the principal, and the other is
the subsequent, or the external, relationship between the agent and third parties. These
two categories of relationships are separate and exist in their own right, even though the
second relationship somehow depends on the first so as to produce the normal effect of
agency.
4.2. Sources of Agency
The sources of agency under Ethiopian civil law are two: the law and contract. Even
though the origin may be different, it is ultimately sanctioned by the rules of law and
produces effect at law. In the majority of cases, agency undertakings originate from
contracts. So, our focus in this chapter is contractual agency. However, it is important to
make enumerations of agency relationships arising from the law.
4.2.1. Agency by Operation of the Law
The law intervenes, in the absence of formal agreement between parties, in certain cases
for reasons of public policy and to fill-in the gap created by the difficulty, and sometimes
even the undesirability, of securing consent. There could also be various specific reasons
Business Law JJU, Law School
90
attributable to particular cases of agency created in this way. The Ethiopian law also
recognizes agency by the operation of the law in certain circumstances.
One instance where agency arising from the law operates is representation of persons
with legal incapacity. As you may remember from your discussion in chapter two,
incapable persons such as minors, judicially interdicted persons and legally interdicted
persons cannot perform juridical acts by themselves. They exercise their rights and duties
only through guardians and/or tutors. The law obliges the court to appoint a guardian
and/or a tutor for these kinds of persons. The guardian and/or the tutor act on the behalf
of incapable person not because of prior agreement but because the law has given them
the authority to do so.
An agency also arises by law in cohabitation, i.e. it may occur in family relationships, as
between husband and wife. For example, suppose one spouse purchases certain basic
necessities and charges them to the other spouse's charge account. The law often regards
the latter as liable for payment of the necessaries, either because of a social policy of
promoting the general welfare of the spouse or because of a legal duty to supply
necessaries to family members.
Agency by operation of law may also occur in emergency situations. The law encourages
the curbing of an emergency by recognizing persons who have no agency authority to
contract with others to act on the behalf of other persons anyway due to the emergency.
For example, a rail-road engineer may contract on behalf of his employer for medical
care for an injured motorist hit by the train. Such a situation is referred to in Ethiopian
law as unauthorized agency, which we will deal with later on.
In some situations, a court may also out of its discretion appoint an agent, called the
curator, to act on the behalf of another. The court grants an authority of agency where a
person cannot himself appoint an agent for reason of being away or ill, and it must make
the authorization in a manner that protects the interest of the principal.
Business Law JJU, Law School
91
4.2.2. Contracts
Like we cited above, the vast majority of agency relationships have their creation in
contracts, i.e. agreements between the agent and the principal. The preliminary
relationship is contractual in nature, and the parties to such contract can define the scope
of the authority of the agent and are free to determine the details of their engagement.
Since the right to properly is one of the fundamental individual rights and since agency
has the effect of handing over this individual right to another person, it is normally
expected that the person himself authorizes another and he himself has to decide on his
economic fate to entrust the running of some (or all) of his proprietary rights to another
person.
4.3. Contractual Agency in Ethiopian Law
4.3.1. Definition and Formation
Agency is defined, under Article 2199 of the Ethiopian Civil Code, as a contract whereby
a person, the agent, agrees with another person, the principal, to represent him and to
perform on his behalf one or several legally binding acts. Agency in this sense is special
type of contract to which the fundamental rules of contract law should apply. The
essential requirements for the formation of any contract need to be observed in the
conclusion of a contract of agency too.
Such essential requisites as capacity, consent, object and formality must be fulfilled in
order to create a legally valid agency contract. The parties, both the agent and the
principal, must be capable of contracting. Thus minors, judicially and legally interdicted
persons cannot be parties to a contract of agency. As it is a juridical act, capacity is
required. But this is to be distinguished from the case where the law appoints agents for
these incapable persons. In this case, the incapable persons occupy the position of
principal, but that position has not arisen from a contract.
Business Law JJU, Law School
92
As a contractual engagement, agency cannot stand without the fulfillment of free and
legal consent. Consent is the pillar of contracts, and it needs to be manifested when
entering into the contract of agency. Object of the contract should be sufficiently defined,
should be possible, lawful and moral. The purpose for which the principal grants an
authorization to the agent should be stated with sufficient clarity; that same purpose must
be possible to execute. It must not be something that contravenes the law and morality.
A contract of agency should also comply with formality requirement if there is any such
requisite prescribed by the law. Form is not an absolute legal requisite; it is to be
complied with only when the law stipulates a specific formality. For example, the law
states that preliminary contracts are concluded in the same form as the main contract.
Most agency contracts are preliminary contracts, as they are dictated by the formality the
main contract adopts. For instance, suppose A authorizes B to conclude an insurance
contract, and the law demands contact of insurance to be made in writing. The
preliminary contract (the agency authorization) should be made in the form (writing) of
the main contract (insurance).
The contract of agency, just like many other contracts, can be formed either expressly or
implicitly. The express manifestations of agency could be written or verbal
communications. The implied mechanisms of creating agency contracts are usually signs
and conduct. But, all these mechanisms must clearly show the pure and simple
conformity of acceptance with offer. Silence does not amount to acceptance, and cannot
be relied upon to result in a valid contract. In conclusion, a contract of agency may
emerge in whatever way in so far as there is no doubt as to the formation of the contract
by custom, equity or other prevailing value.
4.3.2. Scope and Types of Authority
The extent of the powers of the agent in explicit authorization is rarely difficult to tell,
because the express enumerations themselves are able to display the limits of the agency
authorization. But a problem of determining the scope of authority of the agent may arise
Business Law JJU, Law School
93
where the power is given implicitly. In any case, the law has tried to fill-in the gaps
created by the contract giving rise to the power of attorney of the agent by providing for
two mechanisms that contain matters given to the agent. The two ways of agency
authorization are general and special agency.
It may be the case that the power of attorney is fixed in general terms, without detailed
authorization. This is called a general agency. This may pose a problem as to what
powers should the agent exercise. The law states that agency expressed in general terms
only confers upon the agent authority to perform acts of management. Once again it looks
that the law has attached a great value to the proprietary interests of a person to as far as
possible be deemed run by the person himself. The law does not boldly allow general
agency authorizations to be interpreted in a manner that gives power to the agent to
perform acts that alter the patrimonial status of the would-be represented. Thus, the law,
demanding explicit assignment in cases that affect the economic position of the principal,
limits agency powers expressed in generic terms to the performance of acts of
management.
Acts of management are by nature, as legally understood, not directed at the alteration of
the proprietary position of the principal. They are merely administrative or else
maintenance functions that aim to continue the previous economic status quo of the
principal. A person with authorization in general agency terms discharges only
preservatory functions and is empowered only to sustain the rights of the principal; he is
not authorized to exercise acts of disposing of the rights of the principal. Hence, such
agents have a limited power less disposing the represented person’s rights.
The law enumerates, in article 2204 of the Civil Code, acts of management as comprising
the collection of debts, the discharge of debts, investment of income, leases for terms not
exceeding three years, and any other acts done for the preservation or maintenance of
property. These acts are taken as preservatory acts, and are more or less concerned with
the continuity of the rights of the principal and not alienating them. There is also a
category of functions exercised by the agent regarded by the law to fall in acts of
Business Law JJU, Law School
94
management. These are the sale of crops, the sale of goods intended to be sold, and the
sale of perishable commodities. These latter acts are acts of disposition; but a close look
at these activities reveals that the purpose of conferring power to conduct them on an
agent is to prevent the loss of the rights of the person represented. The economic rationale
behind these matters shows that they would be sold anyway even by the principal either
because they don't persist longer retaining their quality or are already destined for
disposition (such as trading stock). Thus, there is no purpose served by waiting for
express authorization, and general agency suffices as it effectively saves rights on such
commodities from being lost.
On the other hand, acts other than those of management which alter the legal position of
the principal need a special authorization. Acts of disposition thus need to be particularly
provided by principal. The agent is recognized as empowered to perform acts of
alienating the proprietary affairs of the principal only if the principal has specially
enumerated them in the document evidencing power of attorney. Otherwise, the power
cannot be presumed by the law.
Special agency confers on the agent authority only to conduct the affairs specified by the
contract of agency, and of course their natural consequences attached to the specifically
enumerated acts by usage or custom (Art.2206(1)). The fact that acts of disposition
presuppose express stipulation does not mean that the unstated but intrinsically associated
activities therewith are excluded. The law rightly includes the inevitable incidental
functions that are not even necessary to be specified in the scope of authority of a special
agent.
Article 2205(1) of the Civil Code makes an illustrative list of activities that require
special authorization for their discharge. These include alienation or mortgage of real
estate, investment of capital, signing of bills of exchange, effecting settlement and
consenting to arbitration, making donations, and bringing or defending lawsuits. Dear
distance learner, you may easily get that, for example, the sale or the setting for mortgage
(such as to borrow huge money) of an immovable property seriously affects the
Business Law JJU, Law School
95
proprietary interests of the principal. Investment of capital is likewise, as opposed to
investment of income, entails a risk of losing the principal's wealth earmarked as venture
capital for expanding business affairs. Investment of income refers merely to maintaining
that income as it is (such as by depositing it with a bank). Settlement, arbitration,
bringing or defending lawsuits all implicate the disposing of the rights of the principal.
They all carry with them an aspect of surrendering the patrimonial interest of the
principal. Again, the authority to sign bills of exchange represents an important
proprietary right. Bills of exchange are simple contracts that easily transfer the money
belonging to the principal to another. All the above cases clearly tell the possibility for
the reduction, or even increase, of the patrimony of the principal. Patrimony stands for
the sum total of all assets and liabilities of the principal, and any such acts as the above
that alter the patrimony are to be specifically given to the agent. Otherwise or failing
express enumeration, they are deemed not given to the agent and the contract of agency is
interpreted to exclude these transactions.
We may identify agency relationships having regard to the type of authority the agent
acts with. By type, we are not referring to the content of the authorization (which we have
just seen above), but to the external manifestation of the authority. In a sense, we can
categorize authority into: actual authority and apparent authority. Actual authority
produces the normal effects of agency relationship which we will see shortly. Apparent
authority may also give rise to such effects but only circumstantially. Actual authority is
an authority which the agent has factually been granted under the contract reached
between the principal and the agent or by virtue of subsequent ratification by the
principal. Both express and implied authorizations constitute actual authority. Apparent
authority, on the other hand, is not an authority arising from the consent of the principal
whether express or implicit. This authority does not exist in reality, but it arises as a
matter of law out of the presumed position of the parties in the eyes of third parties and
these third parties assume that the agent has authority to act on the behalf of the principal.
The scenario of apparent authority (where there is no authority at all in reality) must,
therefore, be distinguished from implied authority (where authority indeed exists).
Business Law JJU, Law School
96
Agency authorizations may also be divided from the view point of the knowledge by
third parties of the situation. In this sense, we can have disclosed and undisclosed agency
relationships. Disclosed agency is a relationship whereby both the identity of the
principal and the authorizations he has conferred on the agent are known to third parties.
Undisclosed agency on its part refers to the situation where the agent acts with third
parties without disclosing to third parties both the fact that he is an agent and the person
he has represented. An internal relationship (the actual authorization) between the
principal and the agent exists, but externally third parties believe that the agent is acting
on his own behalf. There is a difference in the effects of these sorts of agency
relationships especially as regards relation with third parties, and we now look into the
effects of each of such agency engagements.
4.4. Effects of Agency
As a juristic act involving multiple relationships, agency undertakings produce various
distinct legal effects. The effect regarding liability relationships among the various parties
involved in agency vary depending on the sorts of authorization we have tried to
highlight just above. It is also equally breathtaking to consider the right-duty correlation
between the principal and the agent.
4.4.1. Liability Relationships
Complete agency that produces conventional effects between the principal and third party
is the one that comes about in actual authority and disclosed agency. In actual authority-
disclosed agency scenario, a direct legal bond is created between the principal and third
parties. The agent functioning under such a circumstance merely facilitates the
transactions and does not personally enjoy rights or bear duties arising from the
transaction he has undertaken with third parties. He simply steps out of the legal bond,
and it is the third party and the principal who are personally indebted to each other.
Neither the third party nor the principal can make a personal claim against the agent
regarding the transactions created. The agent is not answerable for the performance of the
Business Law JJU, Law School
97
contract he has concluded with third parties, and it is the principal and third party that are
legally obliged to one another for the performance of the obligation.
In an undisclosed agency scenario, the agent is deemed to have acted on his own behalf
and legal bond in this case is created between the third party and the agent. The agent is
authorized to represent the principal, but third parties do not know the fact that he is an
agent. So, the law recognizes a liability relationship between the agent and third party.
However, the internal liability relationship the agent has with the principal remains intact.
Thus, the agent recovers duties he has personally borne vis-à-vis third parties through his
rights from the principal, and he discharges the rights he has personally enjoyed vis-à-vis
third parties through his duties from the principal. The principal and the third party
cannot personally claim from each other, but they can claim from each other, through
subrogation, the rights and duties they each possess vis-à-vis the agent by replacing
themselves to the positions of the agent. They exercise against each other not the rights
they personally have with regard to each other but those of the agent.
In some instances, conflict of interest may arise between the principal and the agent, the
agent of interest may arise between the principal and the agent. The agent is deemed to
undertake transactions in the exclusive interest of the principal. Thus, in case his
representative capacity comes into conflict with his personal interest and the latter
prevails, the agent is personally liable towards third parties irrespective of whether the
agency is a disclosed one. The principal would be legally obliged to assume only those
obligations created in his own interest. The agent may even contract with himself; he may
contract with the principal by using his representative capacity of the principal and his
own personal capacity. Here, it seems that the only party is the agent, but he stands for
two capacities (personal capacity and representative capacity) and thus a contract may be
legitimately said to have formed between the principal and the agent himself in his
personal capacity. So, if there is any conflict of interest evident in this kind of transaction,
the principal will not be bound. But, if the agent created such a relationship without
prejudicing the interest of the principal, he may bind the principal.
Business Law JJU, Law School
98
Let's finally see the liability relationship that underlies transacting in apparent authority.
Transactions undertaken in apparent authority may or may not create a direct legal bond
between the principal and the third party depending on circumstances. The agent who
acts in apparent authority is always personally liable to third parties with whom he
transacted. The question here is thus how to make the principal liable to third parties in
addition to the agent and when to exculpate principal.
The principle is that where an agent acts with apparent authority (such as where he
undertakes with lapsed or revoked authority, or else where he acts exceeding the
authority he is given), the principal will not be liable and only the agent is held liable to
third parties. But, exceptionally the principal is held liable together with the agent in the
following cases, as provided in Art. 2195 of the Ethiopian Civil Code.
- Where the principal has informed a third party of the existence of the power of
attorney but failed to inform him of the subsequent partial or total revocation of
such power;
(The principal has to notify third parties about the revocation of the authority of
the agent just as he notified them of existence of the authority. Otherwise, he is
deemed to be in bad faith and his default makes him liable.)
- where the principal failed to demand the return of a document evidencing power
of attorney, if any;
(If the authorization is supposed by a document evidencing same, which is mostly
the case, the principal has to take the document from the hands of the agent or he
has to legally claim the return in case the agent refuses. If the principal fails to do
so, he will be bound by the acts the agent makes.)
- Where the statements or behavior of the principal has made third parties believe
in the existence of authority.
(If third parties justifiably rely upon the statements or conduct of the principal, the
principal will be liable towards third parties for the acts the agent performs in
apparent authority.)
Business Law JJU, Law School
99
These three cases are circumstances where the principal assumes joint and several
liabilities together with the agent towards third parties. When we say that the principal
and the agent are jointly and severally liable towards third parties, we mean that the third
party would have a full recourse either against one of these parties (principal or agent)
individually or against both of them jointly. Thus, while the agent is always liable to third
parties whenever he acts with apparent authority, the principal joins him in bearing such
liability only in the above exceptional cases.
However, the principal may exempt the agent from liability through the ratification of the
agent’s actions in apparent authority. Where the principal ratifies (approves) acts that the
agent performs in apparent authority, whether such acts entail the joint and several
liability of the principal and the agent or the personal liability of the agent only, the agent
is relieved from liability whatsoever and the principal assumes complete liability. In other
words, ratification has the effect of assimilating the liability of the principal to the normal
liability that results from the combined consideration of actual authority/disclosed agency
scenarios. The whole transaction thus creates a direct legal relationship between the third
party and the principal. But in cases other than those making the principal jointly and
severally liable with the agent, the principal has the option of repudiation. Repudiation
refers to the power of the principal to reject (disapprove) acts that the agent performs in
apparent authority where the principal cannot be held liable, and this has the effect of
making the agent bear the whole liability towards the third party.
4.2.2. Duties of the Parties to the contract of Agency
This section is devoted to the internal (preliminary) relationship between the principal
and the agent. There are respective rights and duties as between these parties. Rights and
duties are correlated, and there cannot exist a right without a corresponding duty. Thus,
rights of the principal carry duties of the agent and rights of the agent carry duties of the
principal. This means that when we discuss duties of the agent, we are discussing the
corresponding rights of the principal, and that when we are discussing the duties of the
Business Law JJU, Law School
100
principal, we are discussing the rights of the agent. We thus deliberate briefly only on the
duties of the agent and duties of the principal in that order.
4.4.2.1. Duties of the Agent
Duties of the agent arise from the contractual stipulation made by the parties and from the
fiduciary nature of agency undertakings that come into existence as a consequence of the
law’s role to fill the gaps created by the contract.
a) Duty of notification: - It is a maxim in agency law that all that the agent knows, the
principal knows. Thus, it is only logical that the agent be required to notify the principal
of all matters that come to his attention concerning the subject matter of the agency.
What the agent actually tells the principal is not relevant; what the agent should have told
the principal is crucial. Under the law of agency, notice to the agent is notice to the
principal, and the agent should observe this duty.
b) Duty of Loyalty: - This is known in Ethiopian law as the duty to undertake
authorization with utmost good faith. The requirement of good faith is the pillar of civil
law and it refers to the agent’s exercise of authority in the exclusive interest of the
principal. Loyalty is the manifestation of this requirement. Basically stated, the agent
has the duty to act solely for the benefit of his principal and not in his own interest or a
third party. For example, an agent cannot represent two principals in the same
transaction unless both know of the dual capacity and consent to. This duty also means
that any information or knowledge, even that resulting in revocation of authority,
acquired through the agency relationship be communicated to the principal and
considered confidential as regards third parties. In short, the agent’s loyalty must be
undivided. The agent’s actions must be strictly for the benefit of the principal and must
not result in any secret profit for the agent.
c) Duty of obedience and Diligence: - When an agent is acting on behalf of the principal,
a duty is imposed on that agent to follow all lawful and clearly stated instructions dictated
Business Law JJU, Law School
101
by the principal. Any deviation from such instructions is a violation of the duty of
obedience. In emergency situations, however, when the principal cannot be consulted, the
agent may deviate from instructions without strictly violating the duty of obedience if the
circumstances so warrant. Whenever instructions are not clearly stated, the agent can
fulfill the duty of obedience by acting in good faith and in a manner reasonable under the
circumstances.
Diligence refers to the care and skill expected of the agent. The agent must show a good
deal of care and skill in executing his agency functions. The standard of diligence
required here is that the agent must show no less care and skill towards the affairs of the
principal than he does to his own interests/affairs. He is required to carry out all acts that
a good father performs for his family.
d) Duty of Accounting: - Unless an agent and a principal agree otherwise, the agent has
the duty to keep and make available to the principal an account of all property and money
received and paid out on behalf of the principal. The agent has a duty to maintain
separate accounts for the principal’s funds and for the agent’s personal funds, and no
intermingling of these accounts is allowed.
e) Duty of Non-delegation:- The fiduciary nature of agency relationship is all about
placing personal trust and confidence in somebody the principal appoints as an agent.
This very trust is derogated from when the agent delegates his authority to someone else
the principal did not consent to. The principal authorizes an agent so that the latter
discharges functions personally. This accords with the maxim “a delegate cannot
delegate”, meaning the agent himself is a delegate and cannot further delegate authority
over which he has no absolute power.
But, the principal may authorize the agent to appoint a sub-agent. in this case, the duty
the agent is expected to show to the principal is the reasonable selection of the sub-agent.
The agent may also be allowed to delegate by law another in place of him when it is of no
difference whether the act is done by the agent himself or by a third person and when this
Business Law JJU, Law School
102
is implied from usage or custom of the place of performance, or where the agent is unable
to perform the order himself because of unforeseeable circumstances and the agent is
unable to inform the principal of this case. This is generally directed at the protection of
the principal’s interest where the agent can no more discharge his agency functions for
reasons beyond his control.
4.4.2.2. Duties of the Principal
a) Remuneration: - This duty is about the payment made to the agent for his services.
But remuneration is not a requisite; the law even says that agency services are
gratuitously made unless remuneration is expressly agreed upon by the parties. The duty
of remuneration thus comes into the scene under Ethiopian law where the parties
expressly stipulate in their contract. The duty to pay remuneration is exceptionally
demanded when the agency services are professional or where it is customary to pay
remuneration for the concerned agency services. But even in these latter cases, parties
can expressly exclude the payment of remuneration.
b) Duty to Advance Money: - The agent perhaps needs money to run the representation
of the principal. According to article 2221 of the Civil Code, the principal shall advance
to the agent the sums necessary for carrying out the agency. This would constitute all
expenses that the agent needs to make in the discharge of his functions including
transportation costs and the principal is expected to forward these outlays in advance.
c) Duty of reimbursement:- Whenever an agent disburses sums of money at the request
of the principal, and whenever the agent disburses sums of money to pay for necessary
expenses in the course of a reasonable performance of his agency duties, the principal has
a duty to reimburse the agent for those payments. Agents cannot recover for expenses
incurred by their own misconduct or negligence, however.
d) Duty of Indemnification and Compensation: - Subject to the terms of the agency
agreement, the principal has the duty to indemnify an agent for liabilities incurred
because of authorized and lawful acts and transactions. For example, if the agent, on the
principal’s behalf, forms a contract with a third party and the principal fails to perform
Business Law JJU, Law School
103
the contract, the third party may sue the agent for damages. In this situation, the principal
is obligated to compensate the agent for any costs incurred by the agent as a result of the
principal’s failure to perform the contract. The principal shall also compensate for any
non-contractual damages sustained by the agent in the course of performing his agency
duties.
e) Agent’s Lien right: - As the principal is duty bound to discharge all the above
functions to the agent, the agent is entitled to hold as a security any property belonging to
the principal that comes into his possession in executing his functions until the principal
makes the necessary payments. Lien right is a security right that the agent has over the
movable property belonging to the principal in order to force the latter to discharge his
own obligations or to ultimately acquire that property in replacement for the expenses the
agent has incurred.
4.5. Special Agency Relationships
Dear student, in this section you will be introduced with certain particular types of
agency relationships within the ambit of the generality we have considered so far. Let’s
see them as recognized by the law.
4.5.1. Commission Agency
Commission agency is a professional agency service that is undertaken for the payment
usually known as a commission. It is an agency widely accepted and practiced in the
world of commerce, and for particular affairs. The Ethiopian law of agency recognizes
three types of commission agents: commission to buy and to sell, Del credere agency,
and forwarding agency.
i) Commission to buy or to sell
This is a special type of agency relationship where the agent, called the commission
agent, is empowered to discharge functions of selling or purchasing goods. Such agency
confers upon the commission agent the power to buy or sell goods in his own name but
on the behalf of the principal (Art 2243(1), Civil Code). The agent enters into the sale and
Business Law JJU, Law School
104
purchase transactions in his own name, yet it is professionally known that he acts not on
his own behalf but representing the principal. Thus, the fact that the name of the principal
is not disclosed to third parties does not change the liability relationship, unlike in
undisclosed agency situations we have seen previously. The agent is a professional, and
for that matter, a trader under the Ethiopian Commercial Code; therefore, the “name test”
of the principal is unimportant here.
The commission agent enters only into sales and purchase transactions with third parties.
He only sells goods of the principal or buys goods for the principal. The “goods” he can
sell or buy are ordinary corporeal movables whose ownership can be transferred upon
delivery under a simple sales contract. This will be made clear in the next chapter on law
of sales. The sale and purchase power is not limited to ‘goods’, it also includes securities
(such as shares) and other fungible things. The commission agent can be both an
individual agent and an incorporated body. That means even juridical persons can be
commission agents. Generally, subject to the specific provisions applying to such an
agency relationship, commission agency is governed by the general rules of agency
regarding, for example, rights and duties of parties and all other aspects.
ii) Del credere Agency
This is a special type of commission agency where the agent with the power to buy or to
sell is obligated to provide guarantee for the performance of the transaction he has
entered with third parties. As a matter of principle, it is presumed that the agent does not
guarantee the performance of the juridical acts he has created, and he will simply step out
of the legal bond by leaving the performance of the transactions to the principal.
However, it is possible to bind oneself by holding oneself as a surety for the performance
of obligations. A commission agent who guarantees the performance of sale and purchase
obligations he has created with third parties in called a Del credere agent.
iii) Forwarding Agent
Forwarding agency is a contract of agency whereby the agent, called the commission
agent, shipper or carrier, undertakes to enter in his own name but on behalf of another
Business Law JJU, Law School
105
person, called the principal, into a contract for the forwarding of goods. These agents are
professional business runners that, subject to payment of commission, forward goods or
transport them. For example, shipping lines act as agents on the behalf of the parties to
deliver goods.
4.5.2. Unauthorized Agency
Unauthorized agency occurs in necessity situations where unexpected situations affecting
the economic interest of a person happen. It is emergency cases that justify such kind of
agency. Article 2257 of the Ethiopian Civil Code states that unauthorized agency occurs
where a person who has no authority to do so undertakes with full knowledge of the facts
to manage another person’s affairs without having been appointed an agent. The
representing person has no contractual authority to act on the behalf of the represented
person, but he is legally authorized to do so because the economic interest of the principal
(who is not in a position to take care of his business) is under a risk. Unauthorized agency
is fully recognized by the law only if there is no means of securing authorization from the
principal.
The agent indulging himself in such an activity is obliged to perform acts in good faith
and in strict compliance with the interests of the principal. If he discharges agency
functions in the interest of the principal and has acted with due care and diligence, the
effects of a normal agency relationship (as if the principal has made the authorization)
would be operative and the respective rules of agency would apply. Thus, the agent will
step out after making the necessary transactions and the principal is bound by the acts of
the agent to third parties. The principal has a duty to ratify (approve) the activities of the
agent in this case. Where the agent undertakes his agency functions in accordance with
the principal’s interests though without authority, ratification is not even an option to the
principal and he is obliged to ratify. However, if the unauthorized agent fails to discharge
the powers he has assumed in necessity situations in the interest of the principal, the latter
is not obliged to ratify and he can indeed reject the agent’s acts. In such case, the agent
will be extra-contractually liable both to the principal and third parties.
Business Law JJU, Law School
106
4.6. Termination of Agency Relationship
Agency is not a relationship of eternity. Just like all other juridical acts, its extinction is
far from argument. There are various factors that may operate as grounds for the
extinguishment of agency relationships. Agency may terminate either by operation of the
law or the actions of the parties.
4.6.1. Termination by Law
Where there is no agreement to the contrary, the death or declaration of absence or
incapacity or bankruptcy of either the agent or the principal will result in the
extinguishment of the legal bond. Upon death, personality ends for all legal purposes and
therefore the agency as a legal affair is out rightly terminated. Declaration of absence has
the effect of death, and therefore kills legal personality for all legal matters including
agency. Declaration of incapacity also puts an end to agency relationships because, as we
repeatedly said, the personal exercise of all juridical acts requires capacity. Absence of
capacity entails absence of a juridical act such as agency. Bankruptcy on its part
impoverishes the economic status of a person. Agency relates to economic matters and a
person with no assets is not worthy of economic transactions.
4.6.2. Termination by the Parties
There is little doubt that the agent and the principal can, by mutually agreeing through
contractual faculty, terminate their agency relationships. They are free to bilaterally agree
to Part Company. This is an extension of their freedom of contract.
Unique to agency undertakings is, however, the fact that both the principal and the agent
can unilaterally terminate the relationship without suffering comparable risks of further
claims from each other as that evident in other contracts. The principal can any time
terminate the agency by his own discretion, without facing any claim from the agent. In
agency, it is only the principal’s economic affair that is at stake, and so the principal has
Business Law JJU, Law School
107
an absolute power to put an end to the agency. He won’t face, for example, the claim of
damages from the agent for the mere unilateral termination. The power of the principal to
unilaterally put an end to the authority he has given to the agent is called revocation.
In slightly similar a fashion, the agent can terminate the agency. He is perhaps not
deriving any benefit from the undertaking, and thus the law does not require the agent to
maintain the relationship until the expiry of the agency term. This is renunciation. The
agent can renounce his authority. But the exception here is that the agent bears the duty to
indemnify the principal where the renunciation is detrimental to the principal. Even in
this case, the agent, the agent will be relieved from the duty of indemnification where he
cannot continue the agency undertaking without himself suffering considerable loss.
Business Law JJU, Law School
108
Self-check Questions to Chapter Four
1. Why is it said that agency is a “fiduciary” relationship?
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
__.
2. What ends does agency serve in modern commerce?
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
__________________________.
3. Explain what is meant by apparent authority by giving illustrations.
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_______________.
Business Law JJU, Law School
109
4. What are the agent’s rights and remedies against the principal? What are the
principal’s rights and remedies against the agent?
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________.
5. Identify the difference in effect between disclosed agency and undisclosed agency?
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________.
6. “The agent does not incur personal liability even if he acts in apparent authority”.
Do you agree? Explain.
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Business Law JJU, Law School
110
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________.
7. What do you think is the effect of a person’s transacting on the behalf of another
after his agency power is terminated?
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________.
8. How do the principal and the third party claim from each other rights in undisclosed
agency relationship?
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
__________________.
9. First outlining the essence of agency functions under special authorization,
enumerate the activities.
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Business Law JJU, Law School
111
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________.
10. Ato Berihun, who resides abroad, appoints Tadele to undertake the construction of a
house on the land he has got in lease in Bahir Dar. Tadele created a transaction in
writing for the construction with independent contractor Ato Mergia. Tadele has also
entered into contract with Ato Yaregal for guarding the house under construction
and the construction materials pooled on the land. Yet, Tadele concludes all these
contracts in his own name and his contracting parties do not know he is an agent.
Answer the following questions based on the facts given in the case.
i) Should there be a compliance with a formality requirement in
authorizing the agent? What form, if any?
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
___.
ii) Can Tadele bind Berihun by a contract he created with Yaregal?
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
Business Law JJU, Law School
112
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
__________________________.
iii) Is Mergia liable to Berihun for the construction of the house? How?
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
______________________________.
Business Law JJU, Law School
113
CHAPTER FIVE
LAW OF SALES
Dear distance student, this chapter deals with another important area of law that you as a
potential businessperson need to acquaint yourself with. It focuses on a crucial type of
transaction, sale, and its legal regulation. Thus, at the end of the chapter you must make
sure that you have:
- appreciated the basic elements in sale contracts;
- grasped the effect of sale contract;
- identified the identity of a ‘thing’ that is subject-matter for sale;
- explored the concepts of transfer of possession, ownership, and risk;
- gathered rights and duties of parties to sale contract; and
- Identified certain cases of like-sale transactions.
5.1. Introduction to Sales Contract and Its Formation
No body of law operates in a vacuum removed from other principles of jurisprudence. A
sales contract is governed by similar civil law principles applicable to all contracts –
offer, acceptance, capacity, performance, legality, etc – and these principles should be
reexamined when sales are studied. In regard to sales contracts, the special rules of sales
would have a prior application; when the special law of sales is silent on a given issue,
then the general principles of contract law will apply.
The objects of a sale contract we will deal with here are ordinary corporeal chattels –
tangible movable goods that can be easily transferred without any further need to register
them or the like. These types of goods are ordinary corporeal chattels in the sense that
their ownership is legally transferred upon mere transfer of possession through delivery.
As sale is a medium of transferring title; our focus here is with objects whose title passes
upon delivery. In so far of the sale of special movables, immovables, and incorporeals is
concerned, there is a separate regime of law regulating same which is, however, beyond
the scope of this module.
Business Law JJU, Law School
114
5.1.1. Meaning and Essential Elements
Sale is an exchange mechanism that has as its essence the passing of title from the seller
to the buyer for a price. Sale is a contract and the Ethiopian Civil Code (Art 2266) defines
a contract of sale as a contract whereby one of the parties, the seller, undertakes to deliver
a thing and transfer its ownership to another party, the buyer, in consideration of a price
expressed in money which the buyer undertakes to pay him. We can gather certain
fundamental characteristics that a sales transaction embodies.
i) It transfers ownership: - Ownership in economic and legal terms represents
the fullest right a person would have over a property. So, it includes the right
not only to use the thing but also to demolish, abandon, alienate, or donate
that thing. Sale gives a buyer all such powers.
ii) It is an onerous act: - A contract of sale it not a liberality; it is always made
for consideration. Parties engage in a sale transaction to get some benefit each,
not merely to bind themselves to the other parties.
iii) It is a commutative act: - The contract of sale is bilateral – the obligation it
entails is divided between the parties thereto. The obligation of one party is
taken up in consideration of the obligation of the other.
iv) Trading parties and mercantible thing: - It is needed that parties to a contract
of sale are traders in the sense that they are free from insolvency or
bankruptcy risks. They must be worth transacting in commercial terms.
Similarly, the thing that is subject mater of sale must be that within
commerce. The thing should be a mercantible one upon which an exchange
through legal sale can be effected. Traditionally, certain things are outside
commerce. At the forefront is the human person; this manifests the prohibition
of slavery or the sale of one’s own organs. You can’t sell your child or your
limbs for that mater.
v) It involves the fixing of a price: - A characteristic of the contract of sale is the
price – the monetary counterpart of the giving over of the good for sale.
Business Law JJU, Law School
115
Incidental to this is that the price must be labeled in a legal currency, that it
must be certain or ascertainable, and that it must be just – not considerably
disproportionate with the value of the good.
As a final note, one needs to distinguish a sale contract from certain similar types of
exchange modes. Such contract as hiring sale, supplies, barter, donation, transfer of rights
other than ownership, and contract of service should not be confused with sale. There is a
difference between sale proper and the other types exchange transactions.
A contract of sale may be confused with a service contract especially as regards who
supplies the basic ingredients for the manufacture of a thing that is to be delivered. Where
the party who undertakes delivery of corporeal chattels to be manufactured or produced is
also to provide the main materials necessary for the manufacture or production, the
transaction is a sale one. But if the party to whom is delivery to be made provides the
essential ingredients for the making of the thing, the contract is best described as service
and not sale. For instance, A wants a full garment. A brought the pieces of textile by his
own and hands them over to a tailor to produce the suit. This agreement is not one of sale,
but service.
Barter is also an onerous contract that is concluded with a view to transfer ownership.
But there is no monetary price in bartering, and the exchange is made between things.
Price expressed in money terms distinguishes sale from barter. Donation on the other
hand is a contract of gratuity; it is not made for consideration. One party undertakes the
obligation to transfer ownership of a thing to another. But sale is a bilateral engagement
when it comes to bearing obligations.
The transfer of rights other than ownership such as usufructs (a right to use and enjoy the
fruit, not to alienate) is in essence different from sale. Usufruct is short of the power to
alienate or dispose of a thing, which ownership contains. In sale, ownership is
transferred, not merely usufruct.
Business Law JJU, Law School
116
A contract may be concluded for hiring a thing. The intention is that the thing will be
returned back to the lessor. The contract may further provide that the tenant of the thing
will become the owner thereof upon payment of a given number of installments. Such a
contract will be assimilated to a sale contract where the said installments are paid. But the
tenant can terminate the contract by returning the thing to the original owner. A full sale
contract does not produce the effect of returning back the thing. Sale is also different
from a contract of supplies, where a party undertakes for a price to make in favor of the
other party periodical or continuous deliveries of things. This contract relates to the
delivery, not to the transfer of ownership of a thing. Price is paid for making the supply.
There are also certain “forms of sale” recognized by law. They are all forms of sale, but
assume different modes. These include sale on trial, sale by sample, sale with ownership
reserved, and sale with the right of redemption.
Sale by sample refers to the situation where a particular thing is agreed upon to be sold so
that it will also be used to conclude a sale contract in respect of the other category it
represents. The sample or pattern will operate to represent the sale of others. Thus, sale is
concluded in respect of the whole thing when the sample conforms to the description in
the contract.
Sale on trial on the other hand is a conditional sale which completes only after the thing
is taken by the prospective buyer and tried to be suitable. If the thing passes the trial, the
sale contract becomes intact. Until the trial is made, ownership resides in the prospective
seller and so risk remains with him.
Sale with ownership reserved is a contract whereby the seller reserves to himself the
ownership until the buyer pays the price of the thing he has taken possession. A sale that
transfers ownership in full is created when the buyer fully pays the price. But until then,
the risk is assumed by the buyer, and the seller may take back the thing.
Business Law JJU, Law School
117
Finally, there is a type of sale called sale with right of redemption. Right of redemption
refers to the right the seller exercises to buy the thing back. Parties can reach agreement
so much so that the seller can re-buy the thing he has sold within a defined period of
time, usually two years, subject of course to the refund of the appropriate amount of price
to the buyer.
Dear distance student, I do hope that you would have a fair understanding of the essence
of a sale contract and its various manifestations. I also believe that the comparisons made
of contracts akin to sale help you make clear distinctions between sale and these allied
contracts. Anyway, it is hoped that you have by now grasped the essential features of a
contract of sale. Let’s now turn to formation and then performance of sale contracts.
.
5.1.2. Formation of a Sale Contract
As the formative requirements we have considered in the third chapter are compulsory
upon the parties to be observed, they are needless to say applicable on any special
contract such as sale. Those essential requisites stated under Art.1678 of the Ethiopian
Civil Code are also upheld here.
Consent of both parties, capacity, object and legal formalities should always be observed
when concluding a sale contract. Consent as manifested through offer and acceptance and
which marks the mutual meeting of minds of the parties must be expressed concerning all
aspects of the sale transaction. As sale is a juridical act, the parties must be capable of
contracting. The object of the sale, the thing to be delivered and the delivery itself, should
not merely be lawful and moral but also be sufficiently defined and possible of
performance. As regards form that the contract is to assume, parties are free to adopt
whatever form they desire. They can conclude their contract in writing, orally, in signs, or
even in conduct, but the form they have agreed to adopt needs to be observed. If there is,
however, a formality requirement particularly imposed by specific sale contracts, that
should be complied with.
Business Law JJU, Law School
118
The “thing” upon which a sale contract is concluded needs to be the property of the
seller. As one cannot transfer what he does not have, a person cannot sell a thing that
does not belong to him. As sale is a mechanism of passing title, one cannot engage in sale
without first having title over the thing to be sold. Exceptionally, however, it is possible
to sell a thing belonging to a third party, as when as agent is given a special authority to
transact sale of things belonging to the principal. A sale contract normally is concluded in
relation to a presently existing thing, that which is already in existence and ready to be
handed over to the buyer during the time of concluding the contract. All the same, sale
may be concluded regarding a future thing, a thing that is to be manufactured or produced
pursuant to the sale contract itself.
We have already said that sale is made for payment of a price expressed in money terms.
But parties may fail to fix the price by themselves, and this by itself does not lead to the
annulment of the contract. Parties may legitimately refer the determination of the price to
an external situation or a third party. An external situation could be the market and the
price can be only ascertained by having regard to that revealed by the market. Certain
goods may instantly fluctuate in price at different places. Parties can have the price
ascertained by referring to the price index revealed at a certain place and time. A third
party or arbitrator chosen by the parties can also determine the price for them. Thus, it is
after all these possibilities of determining the price are exhausted that the contract may be
annulled for lack of the essential element of certainly fixed price.
5.2. Performance and Obligations of Parties to Sale Contract
The normal effect of every contract is performance. Sale contract is no exception on this
regard. Performance is realized through the imposition of certain obligations on both the
seller and the buyer. The parties to the contract of sale have their own respective
obligations to discharge. Let’s have a brief look at them.
Business Law JJU, Law School
119
5.2.1. Obligations of the Seller
The obligations of the seller bears are normally those imposed by the contract itself. The
law also imposes certain obligations of the seller either because of the silence of the
contract or due to the mandatory nature of the obligation. The most noticeable obligations
of the seller in a typical sale transaction are delivery, transferring ownership, providing
warranties, and other incidental duties.
a) Obligation to Deliver the Thing
Delivery consists in the factual handing over (the conveying) of the thing to the future
owner. Delivery effectively transfers possession in most cases. The delivery that transfers
possession over the thing can be made in three ways. One is the actual delivery of the
thing itself – the thing is physically handed over to the buyer, i.e. both the corpus and the
animus will be transferred to the future owner. The second mode of delivery is what may
be termed as constructive possession, where the buyer after agreeing to take delivery lets
the seller to hold the thing to take it at some later time. The animus (the intention) is with
buyer but the corpus (the physicals of the thing) is still in the hands of the seller. It shows
that the buyer authorizes the seller to take custody of the thing on his behalf. In this case,
the possession of the thing is deemed already passed to the buyer and the risk will be
borne by him. Thus, constructive delivery also is a mechanism of valid delivery. The
third mode is the handing over of the documents representing the thing. This also shares
some similarity with constructive delivery as the corpus is still in the seller’s hands. Such
is the case when the title deed of the thing is handed over to the buyer. Generally,
delivery doesn’t have to be mere actual/physical delivery of the thing; it also includes the
other two cases where such is made in accordance with the law.
The determination of the quantity of the thing to be delivered is usually made by the
parties in their contract. That quantity is to be complied with, and no delivery is deemed
to be valid where it deviates from the quantity stipulated in the contract. But in certain
circumstances, it is impossible or at least difficult to determine a precise quantity of
Business Law JJU, Law School
120
goods. For instance, the weight or volume may vary according to time or temperature.
Therefore, the seller will only undertake to deliver only “about a certain quantity”, as
expressed in the words of Art 2275(1) of the Ethiopian Civil Code. The consequence is
that it is for the seller to determine the exact quantity to be delivered. But, the limitation
is laid on the seller to prevent him from abusing his position in that a contractual
provision regarding fixing of quantity may be made in the sole interest of the buyer and
that the possible variations between agreed and real quantity is limited to 10% in the case
of the whole cargo of a ship and to 5% only in all other cases.
The time of delivery is also an important aspect of delivery and of course performance.
As always, a clearly stipulated time of delivery in the contract is given effect. But the
date of delivery may not be inferred from the will of the parties. In this case, the law
requires the seller to deliver the thing as soon as the buyer requires him to do so. If there
is a contractual stipulation that delivery is made over a period of time, the privilege of
fixing the exact date of delivery within such range belongs to the seller unless it appears
from the circumstances that it is for the buyer to do so. However, overall, unless provided
contractually to the contrary, delivery of the thing is legally made in simultaneity with
payment of the price so much so that the seller is not obliged to deliver the thing until
payment it made. Regarding the place of delivery, the principle, as in other cases, is that
the place of delivery is fixed in the contract. Failing this, delivery is to be made at the
place where the seller had his place of business at the time of the contract or, in the
absence of such, his normal residence. But there are exceptions to this in the case of
specific goods and certain kinds of generic goods. The place of delivery is the location of
a thing where the sale relates to a specific thing and the parties know the place the thing
is situated at the time of the contract. Similarly, delivery regarding sale of fungibles
selected from a stock or a specified supply or that of things to be made or produced in a
place known to the parties at the time when the contract is concluded is effected at such
place of the thing.
Business Law JJU, Law School
121
b) Obligation to Transfer Ownership
This obligation is evident as sale is a mechanism for the transfer of ownership and
ownership is not guaranteed by simple delivery. of course the sale we are taking about
right now is that of ordinary corporeal chattels the transfer of possession of which entails
the transfer of ownership. But that does not suffice, because title may be accompanied by
various encumbrances and the buyer must be helped to enjoy the thing he bought free
from any encumbrance.
It is a rule of legal significance that the seller shall take all the necessary steps for
transferring to the buyer unassailable rights over the thing (Art 2287, Civil Code). The
proprietary rights of the buyer may be affected because of third parties’ rights over that
thing at the time the sale contract is concluded. Thus, the buyer may face the risk of
dispossession, whether partial or total. The seller is obliged to warrant the buyer any such
dispossession which he might suffer in consequence of third parties exercising a right
they enjoyed at the time of the contract. The warranty will take different forms, from the
total/partial refund of the price (plus eventual damages) to the undertaking of settling the
situation with the third party.
As sale is a contractual transaction, parties could have an express agreement even
regarding warranty for dispossession. This means that a contractual warranty is given
priority. But, there are legal limits on the giving of such warranty. Thus, where the buyer
knows the risk of dispossession, the seller is not obliged to warrant the thing. But, the law
recognizes that the seller can expressly undertake such warranty contractually. When we
come to the contractual exclusion of warranty, on the other hand, the law suspiciously
looks at the situation and imposes certain compulsory conditions. The law states that
contractual provisions excluding or restricting warranty shall be construed narrowly. The
law even totally disallows the contractual exclusion or restriction of warranty where the
seller has intentionally concealed that a third party had a right on the thing or where
Business Law JJU, Law School
122
dispossession is due to the act of the seller. Any exclusion or restriction in such cases is
of no legal effects.
c) Warranty Against Defects and Non-conformity
A sale contract carries with it a warranty both against defects and non-conformity to the
contract. In pursuance of this, Art.2287 of the Ethiopian Civil Code reads that the seller
shall guarantee to the buyer that the thing sold conforms to the contract and is not
affected by defects. What are defects and non-conformities?
Defects relate to the quality of the thing, and involve the following cases:
- quality unsuitable for normal use or commercial exploitation;
- quality unsuitable for particular use expressly or impliedly provided in the
contract;
- deviance from the quality or specification provided expressly or impliedly in
the contract.
The first defect pertains to the unsuitability of the thing for the use normally expected or
for a commercial exploitation reasonably foreseen. This goes without any stipulation in
the contract. Thus, a television must serve audio-visual purposes, a pen must write, etc.
The second defect usually comes about because of a contractually fixed use. Quality for
particular purpose may not necessarily be identical to that of the normal quality. For
example, suppose X ordered Y, a baker, to prepare a cake that serves for wedding. Y
makes an ordinary cake. Here the particular purpose was wedding, but the cake is not
cooked in a way serving that purpose. Thus, there is a defect in the thing. Parties may
describe the quality the thing should possess irrespective of its use. This is the third
category of defect recognized by the law. For instance, you wanted Mr. Tekola, a
carpenter, to make a wooden bed for you. The purpose of the bed is quite obvious, i.e. for
sleeping. But you instructed him to do it with the decorations you wanted. Mr. Tekola
finalized a bed with no such decorations at all. There is a clear defect here, and you can
legitimately refuse to take delivery.
Business Law JJU, Law School
123
Defects could be of two types: patent and latent. Patent defects are obvious defects that
can be noticed too easily. Latent defects are those that are hidden so that they are
discovered through later examination by way of customary usage or expert inspection.
The rule of warranty is that for patent defects let the buyer beware (caveat emptor) and
for latent defects let the seller beware (caveat venditor). If the buyer takes delivery of
obviously defective thing, then the risk is his. The law expects persons to take reasonable
care of their affairs. The seller cannot be held liable on a warranty against defects which
are patent that the buyer could overlook them only as a result of gross negligence. The
seller is not liable, for a stronger reason, on a warranty against defects when it is proved
that the buyer knew of the defects. In this case, an express contractual warranty given by
the seller is of no legal effect. But even in such cases, any provision excluding or
restricting warranty is void where the seller has fraudulently concealed from the buyer
the defect in the thing. The seller is exempted from the warranty if he refrains from
engaging in deceptive conducts. In latent defects, the principle is that warranty is due.
But, it is possible to contractually exclude or restrict the warranty on hidden defects too.
The exclusion or restriction, however, does not produce any legal effect if there is faulty
conduct of the seller that conceals the defect.
The buyer will avail himself of warranty for defects only upon compliance of procedural
requirements of examination and notification. He has to undertake customary
examination of the thing at the earliest possible opportunity. Or else he has to have the
thing technically examined by an expertise, such as in a laboratory, etc. The effects of the
examination, i.e. the defects and its nature, must be communicated to the seller. It is upon
making of these two cumulative conditions that the buyer may avail himself of the
warranties attached to a sale transaction.
Non-conformity shows a discrepancy between the thing as described in the contract and
the delivered thing in terms of quantity, type, color or other similar characteristics. Non-
conformity resulting from the discrepancy involves partial delivery, or delivery of greater
or lesser quantity than undertaken in the contract to be delivered. Likewise, delivery of a
Business Law JJU, Law School
124
thing different to that provided in the contract or a thing of a different species is regarded
as non-conformity. The manners of assuming warranty and the scope of such warranty
are similar to the case of defects as we summarized above.
5.2.2. Obligations of the Buyer
The obligations of the buyer are paying the price (the main obligation), taking delivery of
the thing, and other obligation contractually imposed upon him.
a) Obligation to Pay the Price
The obligation is usually discharged quite easily by a cash payment. But as the economy
develops and the importance of commercial transaction rise, more sophisticated means of
payment also appear. For instance, cheques, bank accounts, special banking facilities,
credit card payments or even payment in foreign currencies are modes of paying the
price. Art 2304(1) of the Civil Code reads “the obligation to pay the price shall include
the obligation to take any step provided by the contract or by custom to arrange for or
guarantee the payment of price”. In a sense, the buyer must arrange the actual payment of
price and so undertake all the relevant formalities to transfer the money through orders to
the bank. For instance, he is responsible for ensuring that the money is there on the day of
the sale. He must also guarantee payment. The buyer is responsible for an effective
transfer of money to the seller. For instance, he is liable if there is insufficient cash on his
bank account when he drawn a cheque.
The place of payment is in principle that fixed in the contract. Where the contract is silent
payment is made at the address of the seller which implicitly means his business address.
In cases of simultaneity, price is paid at a place where the thing is delivered. Quite in a
similar fashion, time of payment is that stipulated in the contract which could range
between payment at the contract and postponement to a future date such as sale on credit
that is realized later than the delivery of thing. In the absence of a contractual provision,
the principle is sale for cash on delivery. Payment is simultaneous with delivery, but the
Business Law JJU, Law School
125
buyer should be granted the opportunity to examine the thing for defects or non-
conformities so as to avoid a dispute where payment has taken place and the seller
refuses to repair defects.
b) Duty to Take Delivery
Where the delivery consists in that of a thing conforming to terms of the contract, the
buyer should take it. The buyer has a duty to cooperate in the delivery process and he
may not obstruct the sale by blocking the delivery. The obligation to take delivery
includes active performance of procedures necessary or even customary for carrying out
the delivery. He has to cooperate with the seller, for example, in indicating the color, size
or other important attributes of the thing.
5.2.3. Common Obligations of the Parties
The priority is given, like always, to a contractual term that is fixed by the parties. If there
is no agreement, the law imposes certain obligations on both parties based on
circumstances. By common obligations of the parties, we don’t mean that the duty is
borne at the same time by both the seller and the buyer; we rather mean that it is possible
for both parties to assume the said categories of duties having regard to the circumstances
of the case. Thus, transfer of risk, expenses, and preservation of the thing may be borne
by either of the parties depending on differences in time, nature and other attending
circumstances.
a) Transfer of Risks
Transfer of risks is not an obligation in and by itself. It is rather a circumstance that
determines on whom certain consequential obligations should fall. Let’s first look in brief
how risk passes from one party to another, usually from the seller to the buyer.
Business Law JJU, Law School
126
The accepted principle as far as transfer of risk is concerned is the doctrine of res perit
domino, i.e. risk follows title. Stated differently, the transfer of ownership (title) is
accompanied by the transfer of risk. The sale of ordinary corporeal chattels transfers
ownership thereof merely through factual delivery because these goods are those
susceptible to the application of the property law presumption “one who is in possession
is deemed to be the owner”. But that is not all about it, and transfer of risk may occur
even where technically transfer of ownership has not yet taken place or where there is a
dispute as to the validity of the sale of the thing.
Risk involves the destroying, perishing, wearing and deterioration of a thing that is
subject matter of the sale transaction. Where the risks are transferred to the buyer,
through delivery made in accordance with the provisions of the contract and of the law,
he is obliged to pay the price notwithstanding that the thing is lost or altered in value
(Art.2323 cum 2324, Civ. C.). The buyer bears the risk of the thing’s being lost or
deteriorated from the date of taking delivery, and his obligation to the seller remains
unaffected by these circumstances. Stated a contrario, the risk remains with the seller in
so far delivery is not made appropriately and risk is not transferred. Even though delivery
might not yet have carried transfer of ownership, the rationale here is that the law wants
the risk of loss of the thing to be borne by the material possessor of the thing, irrespective
of the actual status of ownership rights.
The buyer bears risk not merely where he took delivery of the thing, but also from the
day he is late in taking delivery of the thing. Specific things are do not pose a problem
here. If the sale relates to fungible things, the delay of the buyer does not transfer risks
because it requires specifications and it is generally difficult to take delivery.
Things under voyage (on course of transport) may pose a problem in the determining the
transfer of risk. The idea here is that the risk of the voyage is for the buyer because the
transfer of risks happens on the day the thing leaves the hands of the seller, and it is
immaterial that the thing is handed over to the buyer. But the law prohibits the seller from
abusing his position by giving a damaged thing and pretending the damage happened
Business Law JJU, Law School
127
during the voyage. Fraud of the seller reserves the risk to him, and if he knew or should
have known that the thing had perished or was damaged the risk will not be transferred to
the buyer.
b) Expenses
A sale transaction could entail various expenses. Who is to bear these expenses is an
important question. The noticeable expenses here are those of forming the contract,
delivery, transport, payment, custom duties and expenses because of change in business
address of a party.
The law provides that the expenses of delivery (that includes counting, measuring and
weighing costs), transport (where delivery is carriage-free), customs duties linked to a
delay caused by the seller, and those incurred due to the change in business address by
the seller, are all borne by the seller. The buyer on his part bears the expenses of the
contract of sale itself, expenses for payment, expenses after delivery and expenses of
transport where thing is sent to other place than that of delivery. The nature of these
expenses and their appropriation shows that they are incidental to the primary obligations
and so borne by the respective parties.
c) Preservation of the Thing
The duty of preservation of the thing arises where the buyer fails to take delivery of the
thing on the one hand, and the seller makes a defective delivery refused by the buyer on
the other. Where the buyer is late in taking delivery or in paying the price, the seller bears
the duty to preserve the thing at the buyer’s expense. He is for that matter entitled to
retain the thing until the buyer indemnifies him of the expenses he incurred in preserving
the thing. But if the thing deteriorates or is damaged because of his failure to preserve, he
will be liable. Where the thing sold has been received by the buyer but he intends,
legitimately, to refuse it, he is obliged to ensure its preservation at the seller’s expense.
He is again empowered to retain the thing until the seller indemnifies him of his expenses
of preservation. His failure to preserve the thing makes him liable for the resulting
Business Law JJU, Law School
128
damage or loss of the thing. Finally, the seller and the buyer can relieve themselves of the
duty of preservation by consigning or selling the thing in accordance with general
contract principles.
5.3. Non-performance of a Sale Contract
As sale is a special type of contract, and therefore the general rules of contracts will
apply, mutates mutandis. Thus, with some adjustments, the remedies of non-performance
we have tackled in the third chapter are applicable to non-performance of sale contracts.
These are forced performance, cancellation and damages, if any.
5.3.1. Forced Performance
Dear distance student, you have to recall your reading on forced/special performance of
general contracts. Specific performance is awarded only if it is of a special interest to the
creditor and if it can be carried out without affecting the personal liberty of the debtor.
For example, if the buyer finds the thing in the market, he cannot claim that the specific
delivery of the thing by the defaulting seller is of a special interest to him. In this case,
the buyer is preferred to make a purchase in replacement if the new thing conforms to
commercial practice or such purchase can be effected without inconvenience or
considerable expense. By the same token, a seller cannot claim the forced payment of a
price from the defaulting buyer if he can sell his thing at equivalent price to someone
else. That is, where compensatory sale is possible or customary, the court will not award
a forced performance against the buyer.
5.3.2. Cancellation
This is also not a novel nation as we have dealt with in relative depth on our discussion of
contracts in general. You are expected to recall all those points we put forth there and you
can make a simple adjustment to understand cancellation in a sale contract. As a rule,
parties have to seek cancellation of the contract from a judicial body. All the same, they
Business Law JJU, Law School
129
can unilaterally declare cancellation in exceptional circumstances. There are a couple of
reasons attributable to the buyer’s claim of cancellation and there are other sets of reasons
for cancellation raised on the part the seller. There are also reasons available to both
parties.
i) Reasons for Cancellation by the Buyer
Cancellation is either judicial (by the court) or unilateral (by the buyer in this case). In
both cases, our focus is the buyer’s right to either ask the court or do it himself.
One reason is the expiry of the compulsory date fixed for delivery. The date is
compulsory if the thing has a market price on markets to which the seller can apply to
obtain it. Where this time lapses, the buyer can cancel the contract. Where the date fixed
for delivery is not compulsory, the court or the buyer may grant the seller an additional
time called grace period within which he shall perform his obligation. The contract is
cancelled as of right where the seller fails to deliver the thing within such additional time.
Another scenario that brings cancellation to the buyer is where whole ownership is not
transferred to him. That means the seller delivers thing in sale whose title is defective or
encumbered because of other persons’ rights over the thing. If the seller fails to deliver a
thing free from all encumbrances, the court can order the cancellation of the contract.
However, no cancellation is possible where the buyer knew of the encumbrance on
purchasing the thing. The law disallows cancellation in such case because parties
knowingly entering into defective transaction should not attempt to invoke that defect at
the expense of creating insecurity in transactions. Again, there will not be any
cancellation where the right with which the thing is encumbered is of a small importance
and it appears that the buyer would have bought the thing despite the encumbrance. The
intention of the law is to prohibit immaterial defects featuring during contractual
formation from manipulations intended to avoid contractual obligations; these matters are
to be objectively appreciated by the court.
Business Law JJU, Law School
130
The encumbrance may be of the nature that the buyer is totally dispossessed from the
thing he bought. If the seller was bound to warrant the buyer against the dispossession,
the contract is cancelled as of right without any court involvement. The law,
acknowledging that the buyer bought the thing for enjoying it, regards total dispossession
as defeating the whole object of the sale transaction and therefore treats the contract as
cancelled in its own right. In cases of partial dispossession, it is the court that may decide
on the cancellation. Cancellation is, however, not possible where the dispossession only
affects a part of the thing of minor importance and where it is reasonably expected the
buyer would have bought the thing had he even known of the potential dispossession.
A contract may also be cancelled (as invoked by the buyer) by the order or decision of
the court if the thing is affected by a defect against which the seller warranted the buyer.
Note once again that the thing is deemed to be defective where it does not possess the
quality required for its normal use or commercial exploitation or where it does not
possess a quality required for its particular use. Where the defect relates to part of the
thing only, the contract is cancelled for that defective part only. The contract may
however be cancelled as a whole where the defective part cannot be separated from the
whole.
ii) Reasons for Cancellation by the Seller
The failure to pay the purchase price by the buyer constitutes one reason for the seller to
invoke cancellation of the contract. The seller may himself declare cancellation in case of
non-payment of price where such right has been given to him in the contract. If there is
no express stipulation in the contract that empowers the seller to cancel the contract upon
non-payment as agreed, the seller can declare cancellation only upon expiry of a
reasonable time fixed by him in the default notice made to the buyer. The seller can also
cancel the contract where the buyer fails to pay the price within the grace period given by
the court.
Business Law JJU, Law School
131
The failure of the buyer to take delivery of the thing may somehow operate as a ground
for the seller to require judicial cancellation of the contract. If the buyer’s failure to take
delivery justifies the fear that he will not pay the price, seller can seek cancellation. This
takes into account the situation that some buyers manifest their refusal to pay the price by
failing to take delivery of the thing they purchased. Seller can also demand cancellation
where taking delivery of the thing is an essential stipulation of the contract and the buyer
fails.
iii) Reasons for Cancellation by Both Parties
Both the seller and the buyer may get the contract cancelled due to certain conditions
relevant to their respective positions, the necessary changes being made. They are
considered below.
One case involving defective performance (or non-performance) may pertain to
successive deliveries. In successive deliveries, performance does not stop at once; it
continues for some time in the future. In such case, the detective performance of the past
may operate to stop future performance. The law states that where, in contracts for
successive deliveries by reason of the non-performance or the defect of one of the
performances due by a party, the other party is justified in fearing that the future
performance will not be made or will be affected by defects, such party may require the
cancellation of the contract for the future (Art 2351(1), Civ.C). Normally the cancellation
is for the future and the past performance, though not made or defective, remains as it is.
But where the plaintiff proves that the faulty delivery affects the whole delivery by
making such deliveries, past or future, useless to him, he may ask for cancellation of the
whole.
Impossibility in performance of an obligation entitles the respective party to cancel the
contract. Impossibility is a factual state of affairs, and occurrence of facts that make the
performance of the contract impossible evidently results in the cancellation of the
contract. It is pointless for a contract whose object has totally failed to remain in effect.
Business Law JJU, Law School
132
Anticipatory breach is also a ground for the cancellation of a sale contract. Anticipatory
beach refers to the situation whereby one party unequivocally (without any doubt)
informs the other party that he will not perform the obligation on his part. The other party
can cancel the contract even if the breach is made before the due date stated in the
contract.
iv) Effects of Cancellation
Where contract is cancelled for any of the above grounds, the parties are released from
their obligations under the contract. This release does not affect the right to demand
damages where they are sustained. Where a party has performed his obligation in whole
or in part, he may claim the restitution of what he had supplied including the expenses
incurred. In the case where both parties have performed their obligations, each of them
may refuse restitution due by him until the other party has effected his. Restitution is the
return by a party of things he has taken under the contract from the other party. If the
seller is to refund the price, it must include interest from the day of reception. If the buyer
is to restore the thing to the seller, it includes profits derived from the thing.
Sometimes restitution of the thing to its previous position may be impossible as a result
of the destruction of the thing in whole or in part or as a result of damage to the thing. If
the loss or damage is due to his act or due to the act of the person for whom he is
responsible, the buyer loses his right to claim to claim restitution; otherwise the buyer
retains his right to cancel the contract along with an award of damages. The buyer cannot,
however, cancel the contact where he is unable to restore the thing because he has
assigned or transferred it or the thing has perished or has been damaged by his act.
The person required to make the restitution of the thing shall be entitled to reimbursement
of the expenses he has incurred in preventing deterioration of the property or loss unless
the expenses were rendered necessary by his own fault or by the fault of a person for
whom he is responsible. Where the expenses incurred on the thing have increased its
Business Law JJU, Law School
133
value, the person making the restitution is entitled to the reimbursement of the expenses
by the amount only of the increase in value at the time of the restitution.
A person making the restitution of the thing may remove anything he joined to the thing
which can be separated from the thing without appreciable damage to the thing.
Conversely, a person required to make the restitution is bound to indemnify the true
owner where the former has caused deterioration of the property.
5.3.3. Damages as a Remedy for Non-performance
The non-performance by a contracting party of his obligation may be economically
detrimental to the other contractant, and the seller or the buyer, whoever the victim of the
default might it be, may claim that the damages thus caused be made good by way of
compensation. Compensation is claimed whether the contract is cancelled or maintained.
It is also due where the contract has not been regularly and exactly performed.
If the contract is sustained through specific performance, damages are due merely
because of a delay in performance so that the contracting party is awarded compensation
for a time he is deprived of the enjoyment of the thing that he had counted on. He may
also have lost a good chance to resell the thing if that was his intention. On the other
hand, if the contract is cancelled, the person is deprived of the advantage that he could
legitimately expect from it. In both cases, it is proper to reestablish the equilibrium
established by the contract by remedying the upset by the failure to perform the contract.
This is done by requiring the person who has not performed his obligation or has
performed it improperly, incompletely or late, to pay damages to the other party.
The principles of claiming damages we have raised on contracts in general are also
applicable here. Leaving that part for your reading, I briefly focus on the issues of
damages specific to sale contracts.
Business Law JJU, Law School
134
Where the contractual breach is only that of being late in paying the price, the amount of
damages to be awarded is that the buyer should pay interest at the legal rate. This means
that if the contract is performed anyway even though not in time, the damage is
calculated to equal a simple interest at the legal rate, i.e. 9% on the principal. A higher
interest rate fixed for the contract as a whole will not apply to the award of damages.
The amount of damages awarded where a contract is cancelled will be fixed having
regard to whether a thing has a current price. Current price refers to the price practiced on
the market which would be the normal place of business for the buyer or the seller. The
amount of damages is equal to the difference between the contractual price and the
current price. The current price is the one that prevails on the day when a party could
exercise his right to declare unilateral cancellation or on the day following the date of
judicial declaration of cancellation. The defaulting party is also to pay normal expenses
linked to a purchase in replacement or compensatory sale as the case may be.
The situation is treated differently in the eyes of the law where the thing does not have a
current price. Here there is no term of reference to objectively calculate the amount of the
damages. One therefore looks at the compensation a reasonable man (in this the court)
deems appropriate. Such amount may be increased to the actual prejudice where one
party sustains damages because of intent to harm, gross negligence or grave fault
committed by the other party.
The amount of damages resulting from anticipatory breach is fixed by referring a current
price of the thing to that prevailing on the last day of the period stipulated in the contract
for the performance of the obligation. Where no time-limit for performance is fixed by
the contract, the day of reference is will be that when right to declare cancellation of the
contract could be exercised. Since anticipatory breach is usually made prior to the arrival
of the contractually fixed date of performance, the law implicitly upholds that it is fair to
calculate the damage waiting for the normal date of performance and the price in force on
that day. Nevertheless, damages cannot exceed the price actually paid for a previous
Business Law JJU, Law School
135
purchase in replacement. Nor can it exceed the difference between the price fixed in the
contract and the price actually received for a previous compensatory sale.
Finally, a scenario that could result in the award of damages is dispossession. In such
case, the seller should reimburse the buyer, in addition to any other damages, the judicial
and extra-judicial expenses of proceedings he had to institute. The exception here, i.e.
where no damages may be sought, is the expenses the buyer could have avoided had he
informed the seller of proceedings with third parties.
5.4. Some Issues About International Sale Transactions
Dear distance student, what we have so far been considering is almost entirely a domestic
law of sale. Law is very personal in the sense that it effectively applies in a jurisdiction of
a state and not somewhere outside. The Ethiopian sales law is given effect only in
Ethiopia. Nevertheless, sale is also an international affair transcending beyond the
particular boundaries of a state because of increased commercial and trade relations
between states on the globe. So, in addition to particular treaties signed between countries
regarding a transnational sale transaction, there are some general issues we can arise.
Generally, the international sales contract is drafted to accommodate buyers and sellers
with each other. The bargaining systems cover items such as market forces affecting
prices, risk factors and terms that relate to security of payments. The final agreement is
an essentially private transaction and calls for a private legal regime.
Performance of an international contract involves greater distance and longer periods of
time before the goods are delivered and payment is required than in the usual domestic
transaction. There are also purely international risks such as differences in legal
currencies, different governmental regulations, difference in language, differences in
legal system and society, etc.
Business Law JJU, Law School
136
The international sale of goods will commonly involve more than one legal relationship.
That is in addition to the basic sales agreement, there is a shipping contract and insurance
contract. Further, there is a variety of documents such as bill of lading, invoice, and
marine insurance policies. Trade problems associated with international sales contracts
arise with regard to restrictive trade devices that impede or distort trade. Classic examples
include tariffs, import quotas, import licensing procedures and complex customs
procedures.
Even though many different issues are involved in international sale contract, here we are
mainly concerned with the arrangement related to security of payment in overseas trade.
We thus focus on the documentary credit, or letter of credit as it is usually called.
Because buyers and sellers engaging in international business transactions are sometimes
separated by thousands of miles, special precautions are often taken to ensure
performance under the contract. Sellers want to avoid delivering goods for which they
might not be paid. Buyers desire the assurance that sellers will not be paid until there is
evidence that the goods have been shipped. The exporting/importing Ethiopian enterprise
does not trust its respective partner abroad. Thus, letters of credit are frequently used to
facilitate international business transactions. The letter of credit is usually opened by a
bank, and the bank serves as an intermediary and guarantees the payment.
In a simple letter-of-credit transaction, the issuing bank agrees to issue a letter of credit
and to ascertain whether the beneficiary (seller) performs certain acts. In return, the
account party (buyer) promises to reimburse the issuer for the amount paid to the
beneficiary. There may also be an advising bank that transmits information, and a paying
bank may be involved to expedite payment under the letter of credit.
Under a letter of credit, the issuer is bound to pay the beneficiary (seller or exporter)
when the beneficiary has complied with the terms and conditions of the letter of credit.
The beneficiary looks to the issuer, not to the account party (buyer or importer), when it
presents the documents required by the letter of credit. Typically, the letter of credit will
Business Law JJU, Law School
137
require that the beneficiary deliver a bill of lading to prove that shipment has been made.
Letters of credit assure beneficiaries (sellers or exporters) of payment while at the same
time assuring account parties (buyers or importers) that payment will not be made until
the beneficiary has complied with the terms and conditions of the letter of credit. Study
the following exhibit for a better understanding.
LETTER OF
CREDIT
SELLER BUYER
ISSUER
BANK
CARRIER
CARRIER
Business Law JJU, Law School
138
CHRONOLOGY OR EVENTS
1. Buyer contracts with issuer bank to issue a letter of credit; this sets forth the
bank’s obligation to pay on the letter of credit and the buyer’s obligation to pay
the bank.
2. Letter of credit is sent to seller informing seller that upon compliance with the
terms of the letter of credit (such as presentment of bill of lading), the bank will
issue a payment for the goods.
3. Seller delivers goods to carrier and receives a bill of lading.
4. Seller delivers the bill of lading to issuer bank and, if the document is proper,
receives payment.
5. Issuer bank delivers the bill of lading to the buyer
6. Buyer delivers the bill of lading to carrier.
7. Carrier delivers goods to buyer
8. Buyer settles with issuer bank.
The letter of credit is known for its virtue. The basic principle behind letters of credit is
that payment is made against the documents presented by the beneficiary and not against
the facts that the documents purport to reflect. Thus, in a letter credit transaction, the
issuer does not scrutinize the underlying contract; a letter of credit is independent of the
underlying contract between the buyer and the seller. Eliminating the need for banks
(issuers) to inquire into whether or not actual conditions have been satisfied greatly
reduces the costs of letter of credit. Moreover, the use of a letter of credit protects both
buyers and sellers.
The compliance with a letter of credit is usually simple to assure. In a letter of credit
transaction, generally at least three separate and distinct contracts are involved: the
contract between the account party (buyer) and the beneficiary (seller), the contract
Business Law JJU, Law School
139
between the issuer (bank) and the account party (buyer), and finally the letter of credit
itself, which involves the issue (bank) and the beneficiary (seller). As noted, given that
these contracts are separate and distinct, the issuer’s obligations under the letter of credit
do not concern the underlying contract between the buyer and the seller. Rather, it is the
issuer’s duty to ascertain whether the documents presented by the beneficiary (seller)
comply with the terms of the letter of credit. If the documents presented by the
beneficiary (seller) comply with the terms of the letter of credit, the issuer (bank) must
honor the letter of credit.
Sometimes, however, it is difficult to determine exactly what a letter of credit requires.
The degree of compliance required of parties by a letter of credit may vary slightly form
place to place. The Commercial Code of Ethiopia contains provisions on letter of credit
(Art.959-967). It recognizes two types of letters of credit: revocable and irrevocable.
Revocable credits are not legally binding undertakings between banks and beneficiaries.
Such credits may be modified or cancelled at any time without any notice to the
beneficiary. When the revocable letter of credit had been transmitted to a branch or
another bank, the fact of modification or cancellation of such credit must be
communicated to the branch or other bank prior to payment, negotiation or acceptance of
the credit. Otherwise, the cancellation or modification cannot have effect on the conduct
of the branches or the other bank. Revocable credit is to the disadvantage of the seller
(exporter) as he may not have recourse against issuer. Therefore, he does not seem to
consent to such a credit.
Irrevocable credit is, on the other hand, a definite undertaking by an issuing bank and is
binding. Irrevocable letter of credit, as the name indicates, cannot be modified or
cancelled, and it would constitute the full engagement of the issuer (bank) to the
beneficiary or other bona fide holders of drafts drawn under the letter that the provisions
for payment, acceptance or negotiation contained in the letter of credit will be duly
fulfilled. Thus, irrevocable letter of credit embodies a firm commitment by the issuing
bank and its issuance imposes on the issuer (bank) an obligation from which it cannot
withdraw.
Business Law JJU, Law School
140
Irrevocable letters of credit require confirmation to bind other bank. When the issuer
instructs another bank to confirm its irrevocable letter of credit and when the latter does
so, the confirmation implies a definite undertaking of the confirming (advising) bank as
from the date on which it gives confirmation. In an unconfirmed letter of credit, the
beneficiary will not have recourse against the advising bank. In the case of a confirmed
irrevocable credit, the beneficiary has double promise for payment by two banks and he
can quite legitimately enforce his claims of payment not only against the issuing bank but
also the confirming bank.
The advising bank is, juristically speaking, jointly and severally liable after its
confirmation is secured. After the shipment of goods, the documents are presented by the
seller to the advising (confirming) bank. If the documents comply with the specification
in the letter of credit, the advising bank can even immediately pay the seller and demand
payment of the goods from the issuing bank. On the other hand, the buyer is the customer
of the issuer (bank); he has no contractual relationship with the confirming (advising)
bank. Consequently, the buyer would have no rights against the advising bank and vice
versa.
Business Law JJU, Law School
141
Self- check Exercises
1. If the sale contract is silent as to the place and time of delivery, where and when
should delivery take place?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
_______________________.
2. If you go to a bank and exchange 100 USD for Ethiopian Birr, does that constitute
sale? Why or why not?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
______________________________.
3. State special matters, if any, that pertain to cancellation of a sale contract as
opposed to cancellation of contracts in general.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
Business Law JJU, Law School
142
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________.
4. Explain patent and latent defects and their respective effects.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________.
5. What does the duty to transfer “unassailable rights” refer to?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
______________________________.
Business Law JJU, Law School
143
6. There are cases where warranty for defects cannot be contractually excluded.
Identify.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
________________________.
7. There are cases where contractual silence regarding warranty for defects legally
excludes the warranty. Identify.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
_________________________.
8. How do you distinguish contract of supplies from a sale contract?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
Business Law JJU, Law School
144
__________________________________________________________________
_______________________________.
9. What is the remedy available to the buyer is case he faces dispossession from the
thing?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
______________________________.
10. What is non-conformity?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
___________________________.
11. A purchased a mobile cell from B, a dealer. There were many defects in the cell
which rendered it unfit for use. A sued B for breach of warranty. B raised the
defense that the defects were latent and unknown to him and could not have
reasonably been discovered. Could B avoid liability on the said ground?
Business Law JJU, Law School
145
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________.
12. X contracted to sell 70 head of beef cattle of Birr 150 per hundredweight to Y.Y
made a Birr 5000 down payment. Before delivery, X heard a rumor that Y was in
poor financial condition, and X demanded that he receive full payment before
delivering the animals. Y told X that the balance would be paid on delivery, based
on the weight of the cattle delivered. X refused to deliver the cattle and sold them
to a third party. Y filed a suit. X claimed that Y’s refusal to pay was an
anticipatory breach of the contract. Discuss whether X was correct and what
action he could have taken on the basis of the rumor?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________.
Business Law JJU, Law School
146
13. A bank issued a letter of credit in favor of A to cover the sale of 100,000
computers. The letter of credit specified that the computers would be transported
by ship. A shipped the computers by air. Payment on the letter of credit was
dishonored because the shipment by air did not fulfill the precise terms of the
letter of credit. Should a court compel payment? Explain.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
Business Law JJU, Law School
147
CHAPTER SIX
INTRODUCTION TO COMMERCIAL LAW
Commercial law is a broad area of law. Our concern here is only with the fundamental
principles as particularly enshrined in the Commercial Code of Ethiopia. You will have a
brief look at the law of traders and business organizations, insurance and negotiable
instruments. At the end of this chapter, you must be able to:
- distinguish traders from non-traders.
- differentiate the business organizations that can be formed in Ethiopia,
- define insurance and insurable interest
- state the significance of insurance transactions
- describe negotiable instrument and negotiability
- identify the different types of negotiable instruments and their resenting features.
6.1. Law of Traders and Business Organizations
6.1.1. Traders
Who are traders? This is the foremost question that may come to one’s mind. Traders are
persons who carry on trading activities professionally and for gain. Their professional
career is indicative of the fact that these persons engage in trade as a means of earning
livelihood. Obviously, traders pursue profit-making ends. The law has expressly stated in
a seemingly limitative list, the activities that are regarded as trading. Article 5 of the
Ethiopian Commercial Code contains twenty-one activities in which traders can engage
in.
Thus, not all persons who operate a given task for profit may be necessarily regarded as
traders. For example, persons who engage in agricultural production, cattle breading,
Business Law JJU, Law School
148
fishery and persons who operate activities at the level of handcrafts are not treated as
traders even if they derive profits out of their activities, and they don’t have the rights and
duties of traders. This shows that the type of activity, not necessarily a profit generating
one, is considered for categorizing a professional pursuer as a trader or not.
There are some persons who from the outset cannot engage in trading activities or at least
engage subject to fulfillment of certain conditions, not because the activities they engage
in are non-trading. Incapable persons, foreigners, associations, among others, are group
of persons who cannot engage in commercial activities. Incapable human beings such as
minors and persons with interdiction are denied the capacity to carry out acts of civil life,
and trade is at the top of juridical acts. Therefore, persons with incapacity cannot operate
trade personally by the application of the law of physical personality. Foreigners on their
part cannot directly go into trade matters as nationals. First, there are activities reserved
to nationals, and foreigners are totally enjoined from participating in those sectors.
Secondly, they need to secure work permit before embarking upon trading ventures.
However, for a poor nation like ours, foreign investment is necessary and the
government’s successive grant of investment permit to foreigner’s evidence to this fact.
Associations, on the other hand, are organizations formed to operate non-profit making
activities. Religious, social or many other non-governmental organizations acquire legal
personality upon registration but are not traders, for the mere reason that they pursue end
other than the realization of commercial surpluses.
A trader can be both a physical person and a juridical person. Both human beings and
corporate entities are regarded as traders when they take part in the activities earmarked
by the law as trading ones. Thus, a trader is not to merely mean individual merchants, and
the corporate form of trading is also legitimately recognized.
Traders have certain obligations not borne by non-trading persons. They are generally
required to be registered, to obtain business license and to keep books and accounts. No
trader can engage in commercial activities unless first registered in the commercial
register. The government tries to avoid the huge potential abuse in this sensitive area by
Business Law JJU, Law School
149
overseeing the potential and actual conduct of the traders by, among other things,
requiring registration. A similar end may be served by requiring the trader to secure a
business license form the authorities. A crucial obligation, especially from the view point
of government revenue, is the maintenance of proper and accurate books of account.
Business sector is the principal area from which the government generates revenue
through taxation to operate its multiple functions. Computations of tax liability are by and
large dependent accurate financial records by the concerned trader.
6.1.2. Law of Business Organizations
Among the two basic forms of doing business, i.e. individually or through an
incorporated body, the latter form can be split into various sub-forms. The corporate
form of doing business we deal with right now is the private one, meaning business forms
taken up by non-state entrepreneurs and that are governed by the commercial law. A
corporate form of business undertaking is also available to the public in a slightly
different form from the private counterpart. Public enterprises and cooperatives are the
public forms of engaging in commerce by way of a corporate body. Anyway, one scheme
of operating business may be chosen over another for a variety of reasons.
Business organization is defined under the Commercial Code as an association arising
out of a partnership agreement. The word “association” is not used here to equate
business organizations to non-profit making entities; it is used here to mean grouping of
people. A business organization is, therefore, a grouping of business persons that comes
out of the partnership agreement. A partnership agreement exhibits certain features and
contains certain elements. According to article 211 of the Commercial Code, it is defined
as a contract whereby two or more persons who intend to join together and to cooperate
undertake to bring together contributions for the purpose of carrying out activities of an
economic nature and of participating in the profits and losses arising out thereof, if any.
Let’s try to dissect the statement in order to understand a partnership agreement.
The partnership agreement is a contract in the strict sense of the term. As a contract,
multilateral instrument, it should satisfy all the legal requisites we raised on general
principles of contract law and it produces all the effects of a contract. It binds together the
Business Law JJU, Law School
150
cooperators and contributors and it is backed by the sanction of law for enforcement. As a
contract again, two or more persons are needed and this means that a single person cannot
establish a business organization in Ethiopia. Parties to the partnership agreement should
be willing to work together for common goal. The extent of collaboration depends on the
nature of the business organization. In companies, personality of the contractants is less
important than that in partnerships. The persons also undertake to make contributions that
later constitute the business organization. The kind of contribution may depend upon the
interest of the parties and the need for investment in the business organization. Cash
contributions are the obvious modes. But in kind contributions, or even skill
(knowledge), are possible in so far as they are susceptible to monetary valuation.
Business organizations are established for the purpose of carrying out activities of
economic nature and the partnership agreement should also reveal this. That is to say,
persons organize them selves in the form we are talking about to strengthen their
economic power, to collect more profit. In other words, a business organization cannot be
established for purpose other than profit making. The contracting parties further
undertake to participate in both the profit and the loss that arise out of their operation, as
the case may be. The contract cannot exclude members from either the profit or loss or
both. Mind you here that the case of limited liability is conceptually different and it is
generally recognized in companies.
The Ethiopian law recognizes six types of business organizations: three types of
partnerships, two types of companies and a joint venture. Partnerships are associations of
persons and the personality of members does greatly matter. Companies are associations
of capital and the personality traits of shareholders are not important to the existence of
the company. Joint ventures are unique forms of business organization. Let’s have a
cursory look at them.
a) Partnerships
Partnerships would have their own legal personality upon registration and publicity. But
such personality is greatly dependent on the mutual understanding between the partners
Business Law JJU, Law School
151
so much so that the withdrawal of one partner may cause the dissolution of the
partnership as a whole. There are three types of partnerships: ordinary, general and
limited partnerships.
Ordinary partnerships are corporate forms of doing business in non-commercial
activities. A commercial business organization is the one that picks up one of the
activities listed under Article 5 of the Commercial Code. A business engaging in those
activities cannot be run in the form of ordinary partnerships. An ordinary partnership may
be set up to operate other activities that do not make their doer a trader. Most of the
provisions of ordinary partnerships are informal and flexible, compared to the provisions
governing general and limited partnerships. Partners in an ordinary partnership are,
however, all jointly and severally liable for the debts of the partnership. But partners may
avoid the joint and several liability by contractually stipulating to the contrary.
General partnership is a commercial business organization in which all partners occupy
the same position vis-à-vis third parties. All partners are jointly and severally liable to
third parties, and they cannot even avoid this obligation by a contractual term. All of the
partners can be managers of the partnership. Creditors will have recourse against the
partners only after they exhaust the possibilities of recovery from the partnership.
A limited partnership comprises two categories of partners: general partners and limited
partners. The general partners of a limited partnership assume similar obligation as that of
partners of a general partnership. General partners are jointly and severally liable for the
debts and commitments of the partnership where the assets of the partnership cannot
cover the debts and commitments. This group of partners act as managers of the limited
partnership. Limited partners, on the other hand, are partners that cannot be held
responsible for the debts of the partnership beyond their original contribution. They
cannot also take part in the management for that is inconsistent with their exemption from
liability.
Business Law JJU, Law School
152
b) Companies
The company is the best way of doing business in a corporate form. it is characterized by
an acquisition of capital from a relatively wider segment of the society. What is needed is
capital and not persons, and thus members are not expected to take part in the operations
of the company. Ownership belongs to dispersed shareholders while management and
control is in the hands of professional managers. The basic virtue of the company form is
the full recognition of limited liability. No contributor (shareholder) is held liable for the
debts of the company beyond his contribution, and he does not risk losing his personal
property because of liability incurred by the company. The life of a company is not
dependent on the life of the shareholders, unlike partnerships. The company exists and
operates independently of, and in fact remotely from, shareholders and the company
continues despite withdrawal or death of shareholders.
We have two types of companies: share companies and private limited companies. Both
have their partnership agreement expressed in what are termed as memorandum of
association and articles of association. They also have their capital divided into shares,
and they issue shares, even though shares of a very different nature. They are always
commercial business organizations in the sense that they engage only in one of the
activities legally recognized trading ones. They also have differences.
The minimum capital requirement is significantly different. A private limited company
has capital ceiling but sharecompany can raise capital to an unlimited amount. The
number of shareholders for a share company is minimum five while private limited
companies can be formed by fewer people up to two. But the latter have a ceiling on the
number of shareholders, 20, while there is no limitation on the maximum number of
shareholders in share companies. Share companies are authorized to raise capital through
a subscription of shares to the public and pool together large sums of money for the
capital of the company. Private limited companies cannot offer shares for public
subscription.
Business Law JJU, Law School
153
Share companies can issue transferable shares and other transferable securities. They can
issue various classes of shares that can be negotiated easily. They can enter into loans by
issuing debentures. Private limited companies cannot issue such documents. In share
companies, important decisions are made by the general meeting of share holders. But in
private limited companies, the possibility or importance of such meeting is doubtful as
the line between ownership and management is often blurred.
c) Joint Ventures
Joint ventures in investment law parlance refer to the collaboration between two persons
(usually where the government is a party) already in another business. Under the
Ethiopian Commercial Code, a joint venture is a secret business organization. The
existence of a joint venture cannot be disclosed to third parties. The organization is
known only to the venturers. The agreement forming a joint venture need not be made in
writing. A joint venture need not be registered and publicized by any way. Accordingly, a
joint venture cannot be a person; it cannot sue and cannot be sued. Third parties only
know the manager of the joint venture. The manager is responsible for all faults and
liabilities that may emerge because of the business. The powers of the manger and
liability of other partners will be determined in their internal mutual agreement.
6.2. Law of Insurance
6.2.1. General
Insurance is a social security scheme that developed because of the existence of risks.
Risks are evident especially in the business world where persons may be exposed to huge
losses as a result of the materialization of the risk. Such a phenomenon may discourage
people from venturing on sectors that may entail risk or the business sector might have
been generally endangered. Insurance policy had succeeded in responding to the
abovementioned problem.
Business Law JJU, Law School
154
A person or an organization may merely assume a risk of some kind that may or may not
happen. Whether the risk happens or not is, however, not certain. No body knows when,
how and to what extent the risk may materialize. If this fact was known beforehand,
every one would have avoided it. It the uncertainty and fear of unfortunate moment may
hamper commerce or industry. The uncertainty surrounding potential losses is referred to
as risk. An insurance coverage for the risk will encourage people to conduct business
with out the fear of the occurrence of the risk. There are many virtues of insurance.
Insurance makes a person work with out fear and thus increase production and
productivity. Individuals perform more in a risk free or risk controlled environment.
Insurance helps to budget money for unknown loss. If a person is insured, he pays money
to the insurance company at a continuous interval. The periodic payment, called
premium, can be taken as a budgeting in advance for an uncertain risk.
Most importantly, insurance distributes risk among different people. People under a
certain risk make payments in advance so as to address the risk in case it materializes.
The public will make a cumulatively huge contribution to the insurer, and the insured
who suffered the actualized risk would be redressed and put to his position he was before
the materialization of the risk. Because the insured has got paid from the fund pooled
together by the public and we can say that the risk is dispersed on the people generally.
The distributed burden would be too easy for members of the community to bear, but
would have been very devastating on the individual persons in the absence of insurance.
Insurance has become a significant force in the industrial sector where there is an active
movement of labor and where equally risk exists. Insurance protects workers against
work related hazards. While the workers enjoy work with out fear, that will be very
beneficial to the employer for more work is to be performed and production increased.
The gigantic insurance companies create employment opportunity. Their financial and
social status makes them great contributors to the employment sector of a nation.
Business Law JJU, Law School
155
6.2.2. Insurable Interest
Any party purchasing insurance must have a “sufficient interest” in the insured item to
obtain a valid policy. Insurance laws determine sufficiency of items for insurance
coverage. A person is said to have insurable interest where he has a vested interest in the
subject matter of insurance to whom the advantage may arise or prejudice may happen.
There must be an economic link to the claim of insurance.
A person should have some kind of relation to or concern in the subject matter of the
insurance. Insurance protects the relation or economic concern on a thing. We say that
there is an insurable interest if the occurrence of a given peril assumed to affect the
concern on the subject matter of insurance proved to affect the economic interest of an
insured. The insured should be benefited from the existence of a thing or an interest
insured or should be prejudiced by its destruction upon materialization of the risk.
6.2.3. Insurance Policy and Rights and Duties of Parties
Insurance policy is basically a contract, but a special contract. It is defined under Article
654(1) the of the Commercial Code as a contract whereby a person called the insurer,
undertakes against payment of one or more premiums to pay to a person, called the
beneficiary, a sum of money where a specified risk materializes. As a contract, an
insurance policy should satisfy all essential requirements of a valid contract. In addition,
it must exhibit the special features attached to it by the provisions of the Ethiopian
Commercial Code.
Accordingly a contract of insurance must be made in writing. This is so because the law
says that the contract should be supported by a written document called an insurance
policy, which, as is mentioned in the definition is the contract itself (Art 657 (21). We can
say that the law has specifically imposed a writing requirement in the creation of an
insurance contract, and that must be observed. The insurance policy also is to contain the
facts stated in Article 658. These are:
Business Law JJU, Law School
156
- the place and date of the contract;
- the names and addresses of the parties;
- the items, liability or person insured;
- the nature of the risks insured;
- the amount of the guarantee;
- the amount of the premium; and
- the term for which the contract is made.
In insurance contracts, the person guaranteeing against a given risk is called the insurer.
In Ethiopia, only share companies can be insurers because financial activities, viz
banking and insurance, are run only in the form of share companies. The person seeking
an assurance against a definite risk is the insured, or the beneficiary to use the Code’s
terminology. The insured may subscribe insurance policy for his own benefit or for the
benefit of other person(s), i.e. the beneficiary of the policy may be the insured or a third
party.
The insurance policy must specify the subject matter of the insurance that contains an
insurable interest. Insurable subject matter could be a property exposed to peril (such as
car, building, machinery), liability to third parties, persons themselves including their life
and illness or accidents.
The insurance of property refers to both corporeals and intangibles. Physical assets are
obviously proper subject matters for insurance policy. Equally, intangible claims such as
rights and credits (receivables) to be collected may be insured. Even though these do not
have a material existence, there is a risk that they may not be recovered or received and
thus they constitute insurable interest. A person may face a liability to third parties. He
Business Law JJU, Law School
157
may extra-contractually fall into a liability scenario and this is a risk. A person can cover
such risk with an insurance policy so that he normally undertakes his activities without
much fear of liability.
Other subject matters of insurance are persons. Persons insure themselves for a variety of
reasons. For example, a person’s death may seriously affect his descendant’s or others
whom he supports. Life insurance policy provides such person to give financial security
in advance to persons he supports. The life of the insured is an insurable interest for
ultimate beneficiaries whose livelihood is dependent on the earnings of the insured.
Likewise, a person may insure himself against defined accidents or illnesses for his own
benefit or for the benefit of others. An accident may cause a serious and permanent
bodily injury and may thus reduce the working and earning potentials. Illness may cause
same. Insurance is a good security for such risks. The insurance of illnesses or/and
accidents usually includes their consequences including death.
The insurance policy contains certain basic rights and obligations from which parties
cannot even contractually derogate. Both the insurer and the insured do bear some duties
to one another. The insurer guarantees the insured against the risks specified in the
policy, and he must pay the agreed amount within the time specified in the policy or
when the risk insured against occurs at the time specified in the policy. This duty of the
insurer is not affected even if the losses or damages insured occurred due to the fault of a
person for whom the insured is responsible, and the obligation remains valid regardless of
establishing such link. But the insurer is automatically exempted from the duty if the
losses or damages covered by the policy are caused by the negligent or intentional fault
of the insured himself.
The main duties of the insured under an insurance policy are the payment of a fixed
premium and the disclosure of material facts. Insurance is not a gratuitous contract; it is a
contract made for consideration and each of the parties performs obligations. Thus, the
insured pays a fixed sum, called premium, which is usually paid on a time interval. The
insured is equally obliged to disclose exactly all the material facts within his knowledge.
Business Law JJU, Law School
158
This is an essence of an insurance policy and no contract continues without making exact
statements of all the facts. By material facts, we mean that the insurer appreciates the
risks based on them and consents to enter into the policy based on that. Thus, any
concealment or false statement made by the insured that make the insurer wrongly
appreciate risks, and that lead the latter to enter into the policy which otherwise he would
not have done, would nullify the policy.
6.3. Some Remarks about Law of Negotiable Instruments
A negotiable instrument is any document incorporating a right to an entitlement in such a
manner that it be not possible to enforce or to transfer a right separately from the
instrument (Art.715 (1), Comm.C). A negotiable instrument is a special but simple
document that gives the possessor a right to the entitlement as expressed in the instrument
by the presentment of the instrument to the debtor. The right cannot be claimed without
the delivery of the instrument. The instrument is said to be negotiable because it can be
transferred (with the full rights) from one person to the other by mere delivery or,
sometimes, by endorsement.
The Ethiopian law recognizes three categories of negotiable instruments: commercial
instruments, transferable securities, and documents of title to goods. Transferable
securities are mechanisms of holding and negotiating certain types of rights and such
include shares and debentures. Documents of title to goods represent right over goods
that are on shipment. A bill of lading, a truck way bill and an airway bill are the
examples.
Commercial instruments are the most noticeable types of negotiable instruments. They
are documents that embody an entitlement to a specific sum of money. We will have
some issues regarding these categories of negotiable instruments below.
The vast number of commercial transactions that take place daily in the modern business
world would be inconceivable without commercial paper (instruments). Commercial
paper is any written promise or order to pay a sum of money. Bills of exchange (drafts),
promissory notes and cheques are typical examples. Commercial paper is transferred
Business Law JJU, Law School
159
more readily than ordinary contract rights, and persons who acquire it are normally
subject to less risk than the ordinary assignee of a contract right. Commercial paper at the
beginning grew out of commercial necessity, and was used in accordance with practices
set by individual merchants. But later on, it gained attention from the legal system and its
importance has resulted in the emergence and development of separate legal regime.
Instruments function in two ways – as a substitute for money and as a credit device.
Debtors sometimes use currency, but for convenience and safety they often use
instruments instead. For example, an instrument is being used when a debt is paid by
cheque. The substitute-for-money function of instruments developed in the middle ages.
Merchants deposited their precious metals with goldsmiths to avoid the dangers of loss or
theft. When they needed funds to pay for the goods they were buying, they gave the seller
a written order addressed to the goldsmith. This authorized the goldsmith to deliver part
(or all) of the precious metals to the seller. These orders, called bills of exchange, were
sometimes used as a substitute for money. Today, people use cheques and other types of
instruments in the same way.
Instruments may represent an extension of credit. When a buyer gives a seller a
promissory note, the terms of which provide that it is payable within sixty days, the seller
has essentially extended sixty days of credit to the buyer. The credit aspect of instruments
was developed in the Middle Ages soon after bills of exchange began to be used as
substitutes for money. Merchant buyers were able to give to sellers bills of exchange that
were not payable until future date. Because the seller would wait until maturity date to
collect, this was a form of extending credit to the buyer.
For an instrument to operate practically as either a substitute for money, credit device, or
both, it is essential that the paper be easily transferable without danger of being
uncollectible. This is the function that characterizes negotiable instruments.
The Ethiopian Commercial Code specifies four types commercial instruments: bills of
exchange (drafts), cheques, promissory notes and traveler’s cheques. The instruments are
frequently divided into two: orders to pay (drafts and cheques) and promises to pay
Business Law JJU, Law School
160
(promissory notes). The instruments may also have different natures based on the form of
transfer. They may be specified, to bearer or to order documents.
Instrument which is payable to bearer may be transferred by delivery alone; the bearer
simply hands to another party. The holder of an instrument in a specified name
establishes his right, upon delivery, to the entitlement as expressed in the instrument by
his designation as beneficiary therein and in the register held by the person issuing the
said instrument. Instruments to order may be transferred by endorsement and delivery of
the instrument to the beneficiary under the transfer.
A draft (bill of exchange) is an unconditional written order that involves three parties.
The party creating it, the drawer, orders another party, the drawee, to pay money usually
to a third party, the payee. The drawee must be obligated to the drawer either by
agreement or through a debtor-creditor relationship for the drawee to be obligated to the
drawer to honor the order. A cheque is simply a bill of exchange drawn on a banker. In
the case of cheque, the drawee is a banker. It is also an instrument to order.
The promissory note is a written promise between two parties. One party is the maker of
the promise to pay and the other is the payee, or the one to whom the promise is made. A
promissory note, which is often referred to as a note, can be made payable at a definite
time or on demand. It can name a specific payee or merely be payable to bearer.
The requirements for negotiability of these instruments are: be in writing, signed by the
maker or the drawer, be an unconditional promise or order to pay, state a fixed sum of
money, be payable at sight (on demand) or at a fixed date. They are payable to order or to
bearer, unless it is cheque which is always to order.
Unconditionality of promise or order: - A negotiable instrument’s utility as a substitute
for money or a credit device would be dramatically reduced if it had conditional promises
attached to it. It would be expensive and time-consuming to investigate conditional
promises or orders, and therefore the transferability of the instrument would be greatly
Business Law JJU, Law School
161
restricted. Substantial administrative costs also would be required to process conditional
promises. Furthermore, the payer or any holder of the instrument would risk the
possibility that the condition would not occur.
A fixed amount of money: - Negotiable instruments must state with certainty a fixed
amount of money to be paid at any time the instrument is payable, a requirement that
promises clarity and certainty in determining the value of the instrument. Any promise to
pay an amount to be determined in the future in risky, because the value of money
(purchasing power) fluctuates. Also, if the instrument’s value were stated in terms of
goods or services, it would be too difficult to ascertain the market value of those goods
and services at the time the instrument was to be paid.
Promise or order: - For an instrument to be negotiable, it must contain an express order
or promise to pay. A mere acknowledgement of the debt, which might logically imply a
promise, is not sufficient because the promise must be affirmative, written undertaking.
But, if such words as “to be paid on demand” or “due on demand” are added, the need for
affirmative promise is satisfied.
The transfer of entitlements a negotiable instrument embodies are transferred by
negotiation. Negotiation is the transfer of an instrument in such form that the transferee
(the person to whom the document is transferred) becomes a holder. A transfer by
negotiation creates a holder who, at the very least, receives the rights of the previous
possessor. A transfer by negotiation, unlike an assignment, can make it possible for a
holder to receive more rights in the instrument than the prior possessor had. A holder who
receives greater rights is known as a holder in due course. Such holder acquires that
privileged status on the instrument because of his good faith possession. There are two
methods of negotiating an instrument so that the receiver becomes a holder: it depends on
whether the instrument is to order or to bearer.
If an instrument is payable to bearer, it is negotiated by delivery – by transfer into
another person’s possession. The use of bearer paper involves more risk through loss or
Business Law JJU, Law School
162
theft than the use of order paper because any one in possession, irrespective of the
manner of acquisition of the instrument, is entitled to the sum the instrument represents.
Order paper contains the name of a payee capable of endorsing. If an instrument is
payable to order, it is negotiated by delivery with any necessary endorsements. An
endorsement is a signature with or without additional words or statements. It is most
often written on the back of the instrument itself. If there is no space on the instrument,
endorsements can be written on a separate piece of paper called allogne. The allogne
must be fixed to the instrument to become a part of the instrument.
Exhibits
The following exhibits may make your understanding of the types of commercial
instruments clearer as they demonstrate what the commercial instruments look like on the
paper.
Exhibit 1
Bills of Exchange
Date:_____
ABC TRADING ( Drawee)
Payable to the order of Mr. A ( Payee)
Sum in money: 10,000 birr
The time of payment: may 15, 2013
Name: Mr. B ( Drawer)
Place: Harar
Signature:________
Date of issue
Exhibit 2
Business Law JJU, Law School
163
Promissory Note
Date:_____
The undersigned person promises to pay Mr. B a sum of
5000 birr on July 6th
of 2013.
Name: Mr. A ( Maker)
Place: Harar
Signature:________
Date of issue
Exhibit 3
DASHEN BANK ( Drawee)
Date:_____
Payable to the order of Mr. A ( Payee)
Sum in money: 10,000 birr
Name: Mr. B ( Drawer)
Signature:________
Date of issue
Business Law JJU, Law School
164
Self-check Questions
1. How would you distinguish traders from ordinary persons?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________.
2. The Ethiopian Commercial Code, which is still in force, contains an exhaustive
list of trading activities. But many ways of doing business have emerged since its
promulgation. Do you think these ‘new’ ways of doing business cannot do not
have a law in force for their regulation? Explain.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________.
3. Financial business in Ethiopia is not only reserved to nationals but also can only
be undertaken in the form of share company. Why such a restriction?
Business Law JJU, Law School
165
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
______________________________________.
4. “Private limited companies in Ethiopia have the combined virtues of privacy of
partnerships and permanence of share companies”. Explain.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
___________________________________.
5. Joint ventures are secret profit-making institutions so much so that they do not
have legal personality. What purpose does the law contemplate when it recognizes
such form of business organizations?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
Business Law JJU, Law School
166
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
________________________________________.
6. Insurance is an indispensable social service sector. Discuss the rationale behind
the emergence of an insurance scheme.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
_______________________________.
7. What requirements must be met for an instrument to be negotiable?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
_______________________.
8. A note has two original parties. Who are they? A cheque has three original
parties. Who are they?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
Business Law JJU, Law School
167
__________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________.
9. What are the differences between instruments to bearer and to order?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
________________________________________.
10. The following note is written by Admassu Kibebew on the back of an envelope:
“I, Admassu Kibebew, promise to pay Maeregu Tesfaye or bearer Birr 1000 on
demand.’ Is this a negotiable instrument? Discuss fully.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________.
Business Law JJU, Law School
168
CHAPTER SEVEN
INTRODUCTION TO LABOR LAW
7.1. Definition
Employment relation is established through a contract of employment and it shall be
deemed formed where a person (the employee) agrees, directly or indirectly, to
perform work for and under the authority of another (the employer) for a definite or
indefinite period or piece work in return for wages. This definition includes the
following elements:
Agreement: is the basis for employment relation and this automatically excludes forced
labor from the ambit of employment relations. Hence a person cannot be compelled to
enter into an employment relation. In other words, employment relation is a voluntary
engagement. Nevertheless, it is important to note that agreement to employment relation
may be expressed directly /personally negotiation or indirectly/through intermediaries.
Thus, the agreement may be expressed personally or indirectly through employment
agencies.
Performance of work: the other element under the definition is the agreement from the
side of the employer is “to perform work for the employer”. The employee will be
required to render personal service for the benefit of the employer. Unlike a contract of
sale where the seller delivers something tangible to the buyer, in the present case, the
employee is making his service available (i.e. something intangible) to the benefit of the
employer. Although the employee may express his/her agreement indirectly, his/her
service is to be provided personally. S/he cannot, as of right, delegate another person to
render service in his/her behalf.
Under the authority of the employer: The employee will be required to render the said
service within the frame work of the instruction of the employer. This in effect means the
employer will possess the prerogative to direct, supervise and control the manner and
performance of the employee. Consequently, the employer will have the power to
determine what work to be done; when to be done; where to be done; how to be done and
with whom to be done.
It is important to note, however, that the authority granted to the employer over the
employee is not meant and intended to establish a master and servant relationship. On the
Business Law JJU, Law School
169
contrary, it is within the framework of the terms of the contract that the scope of the
authority of the employer over the employee will be determined.
Working under the authority of the employer differentiates an employee from an
independent contractor. An independent contractor performs work for the benefit of
his/her client but in performing such work s/he is not under the strict direction of the
client. The client in such cases is interested on the result and not on the manner how the
result was achieved. For example, if a client seeks the service of a tailor to make him a
three pieces suit, he will not have an interest where and how it is made so long as the
agreed date and quality of the product is maintained. But in case of an employer, he is not
only interested on the result but also on the manner of arriving at such result. Therefore it
is safe to conclude that where the “employer” has no or minimal authority over his
“employee” the relationship between them is client-independent contractor relationship
not employer-employee.
Length of employment: As regards to duration, a contract of employment could be
entered into either for definite period (for six months, for one year etc), or for indefinite
period (i.e. for the life of the company), or for a specific assignment (to unload sacks of
grain from a truck).
Wage: As the employee is committing himself/herself to render personal service for the
benefit and under the authority of the employer, the employer will have a corresponding
duty to perform. It will be expected and required to pay wage to the employee. Hence.
employment relation is not a pro bono service. On the contrary, it is a service in return for
wages. The mode of payment for wage could be in cash or in kind though ordinarily
payment is effected through cash. As regards to the interval of payment, it could be in
daily, weekly, bi-monthly, monthly etc. basis or it could be assessed on piece rate. The
manner or the mode of payment will not have any effect on the relationship of the parties.
From the above discussions, we tried to highlight the elements of a contract of
employment. If and when these elements are cumulatively satisfied, the status of the
parties will be held as employer and employee relationship.
7.2. Formation
Individual employment relation, means is, a contractual relation between an employee
and his/her employer in their individual capacity.
Business Law JJU, Law School
170
To understand who an employee is for purposes of the labor proclamation, it is better to
read Art.2 (3) conjointly read with Art.4 (1) of the same proclamation.
It must be underlined that employer under the labor law is any natural or legal person
which is engaged in any lawful activity, be it profit making or otherwise; whereas
employer under the civil service is a status assigned to an exclusively federal legal organ
established by a legal instrument and fully or partially financed by government budget.
Employment relations under the labour law and under the Civil Service have their own
peculiar features. In the labour law setting, the legal instrument is limiting itself towards
stipulating minimum conditions of labour providing sufficient room for flexibility for
further bargain by the parties either through contract or collective bargaining. Under the
Civil Service, however, conditions of work are rigorously regulated by law and there is
little or no room for negotiation. In this sense most (if not all) the work conditions spelt
out in the Civil Service instruments are not only minimum but also the maximum. Such
basic distinctions should be emphatically stated in class discussions at this stage.
As regards to forms of contract, the labor law regime in principle does not require any
special form for contractual validity. It is under exceptional cases that it requires written
form (see article 5 of the proclamation). The Civil service regime on its part requires
written instrument in all cases. As a contract of employment is a contract with public
administration, the civil code requires a special form for the purpose (see Art.1724 C.C.)
Once a contract of employment is duly formed, the parties are expected to spell out their
respective rights and obligations under the contract exhaustively. Nevertheless, the laws
have also incorporated implied terms to the parties through legislation. This is enshrined
under Articles 12-14 of the labor proclamation. The duty to provide work and the agreed
wage to the employee is among the most important obligations of the employer. On the
other hand, the employee is duty bound to provide personal and faithful service with due
diligence.
The principle of non-discrimination among employees on the basis different protected
grounds has been strictly regulated under the labor proclamation. This principle has also
been enshrined under the two important ILO Conventions to which Ethiopia is a party
and the FDRE constitution.
Business Law JJU, Law School
171
As the main element in a contract of employment has been the consent of the parties to
the contract, they are at liberty to modify the terms of their contract and to suspend it if
and when the need arises so long as their consent have been externally and clearly
manifested as required by the law (see article 15 of the labor proclamation).
7.3. Suspension
Suspension is a situation where the employee will not be required to provide service to
the employer and the employer will not be obligated to pay wages and other benefits to
the employee. Nonetheless, their contractual engagement remains intact. Therefore,
suspension is a grey area in the sense that it has attributes of termination on the one hand
and of employment relation on the other hand.
A contract of employment may be suspended for a variety of reasons like, Voluntary
arrangement of the parties; Societal interest; Due to reasons beyond the control of the
employer; Due to disciplinary reasons.
Normally, as soon as the duration for suspension expires, the employee will be reinstated
to his/her previous employment. But there may also be circumstances where suspension
may be transformed into termination. For instance, in case of disciplinary suspension
(e.g. if the outcome of the investigation shows a serious misconduct attributed to the
employee), the contract of the suspended employee may be terminated. In case of
suspension for reasons beyond the control of the employer, particularly suspension due to
economic reasons,(e.g. if the undertaking cannot resume operation within ninety days)
suspension will be transformed into termination.
7.4. Termination
Termination of a contract of employment and its effects are important issues to be
discussed in this course. The labor proclamations spels out grounds of termination in their
respective regimes of employment.
Under the LP grounds of termination could be categorized into the following:
termination by law (Art.24)
termination by the agreement of the parties (Art.25)
termination at the initiation of the employer-(dismissal)-(Arts.27, 28, 29 & 30)
- Without notice or summary dismissal (Art.27)
Business Law JJU, Law School
172
- With notice or ordinary dismissal (Art.28)
- -Group termination or lay off (Arts.29&30)
-termination at the initiation of the employee-(resignation)-(Arts.31, 32)
- -Resignation with notice/ordinary resignation (Art.31)
- -Resignation without notice (constructive dismissal) (Art.32)
7.5. Effects of Lawful Termination
If a contract of employment is terminated in accordance with the stipulation of the law
and the parties are separated for good, there will be some consequences which will follow
the termination. Most of the consequences are attached with the ground for termination
while few others are available to all terminations. These are the following:
7.5.1. Certificate of Service
This is a document to be issued by the employer which testifies how long the employee
had been employed at the employer; the position he/she held; and the wage he/she was
earning while employed. (Art.12 (7) LP & Art.87 FCSP). Actually, this document may
be requested and issued while the employee has been still employed (i.e. even without
termination), in practice however, employees request for it after termination. It would be
helpful for the employees in their effort to look for other employment.
This document is available free of charge to all terminations except for termination due to
death of the employee as it will not have a purpose to be served in cases where the
termination is the result of death.
Reason for termination is not an essential element to be spelt out in such document. At
times reason of termination may be unhelpful to the employee’s future effort for
employment. For example, if the contract of employment was terminated due to the
serious misdeed of the employee, mentioning such ground of termination in the
certificate may negatively affect the employability of the individual. This seems the main
reason why mentioning the reason for termination is not to be mentioned. Nevertheless, if
the employee is willing and ready to write favourable terms to the employee, the law does
not seem to have any objection.
Business Law JJU, Law School
173
7.5.2 Payment instead of unutilized annual leave
In principle it is prohibited to convert annual leave into cash. However, if the contract of
employment is terminated prior to the utilization of the annual leave, the employee is
entitled to his pay for the leave he has not taken. As annual leave cannot be postponed for
more than two years, the payment for this cannot be in excess of two years annual leave
converted into cash.
7.5.3 Severance payment
Unlike Certificate of Service and payment instead of annual leave which are available to
almost all grounds of termination, severance payment is available to employees whose
contract of employment is terminated on specified grounds.
The most important limitation is, an employee who is entitled to pension payment
immediately after termination is denied of severance payment.
If the enterprise has already established a provident fund on the basis of work rule or
collective agreement which is more beneficial to the employee than the severance
payment available to him/her, the provident fund will be payable and severance payment
will be denied in such cases. Once the employee is entitled to severance payment, the
amount of such payment will be determined on the amount of wage the individual was
earning prior to termination and his/her length of service. It is interesting to note that the
FCSP and the LP have slight difference with respect to determining the amount of the
severance payment.(Refer Arts. 88(1)(a) and Art 40(1) respectively).
7.5.4 Compensation
There are some grounds of termination which produce entitlements of compensation to
employees who have been separated on the basis of that particular ground. These
entitlements are applicable only to employees under the labor law regime.
Employees whose contract of employment have been terminated due to “the permanent
cessation of operation of the undertaking because of bankruptcy or any other cause”
(Art.24 (4) or due to lay off (Art.29) are entitled to compensation. Moreover, employees
who resigned on an extra ordinary procedure (Art.32) are also beneficiaries of such
compensation.
Business Law JJU, Law School
174
7.5.5 Period of limitation
The duration of time within which the entitlements are to be claimed is also relevant. In
principle, the labor proclamation tends to fix short durations after the expiry of which the
claim may be barred by limitation.(refer Art.162)
In addition to fixing short of period of limitation, the law obligates the employer to effect
all payments due to the employee within seven working days from the time of
termination.(refer.Arts.36-38). It is interesting to note that the FCSP does not possess
similar stipulations except in cases of disciplinary measures.
7.6. Unlawful termination and its effects
Any termination which fails to observe the substantive or procedural requirements of
termination shall be held unlawful. (Refer Arts.14 (1) (c), 23(1) & 42 of Labour
Proclamation.
The remedy for unlawful termination is not one and the same in all cases. It rather
depends on the nature of the unlawfulness. Although, in substantial majority of the cases,
it will be the employer who will engage in unlawful terminations, it is also possible that
the employee could commit the same. Usually employers terminate employment
contracts without having lawful reason for so doing. At other times, they may have lawful
reasons for termination at their disposal, but they may not follow the requisite procedure
of termination (such as failure to provide notice where the law requires prior notice
(Art.28 & 29) or provision of inadequate notice (Art.35) or failure to observe form &
content of notice (Art.34)). All the same, broadly speaking, all of them are unlawful
terminations. However the law tends to treat them in different manners.
Generally, reinstatement(Arts.26(2)& 43(1)), compensation together with severance
payment(Art.43(2),(3)(4) &39(1)(b)), payment inleu of notice period(Art.44 & 45),
fine(Art.14(1)(c)&184(2)(c) are the remedies stipulated by law for unlawful terminations.
Business Law JJU, Law School
175
7.7. Special categories of Employees
The legislature has provided special treatment to some categories of employees. The
rational for the special treatment is associated with the specific condition the employee is
in. We will try to examine these features one by one.
7.7.1. Probationary employees
At the commencement of a contract of employment, the employer is entitled to set a
probationary period (i.e. trial period). The purpose of probation is to test the suitability of
the employee to a post in which she is intended to be assigned. Within the trial period, the
employer is entitled to dismiss the employee without any procedure if the employer is
convinced that the employee is unfit for the post.
In this connection, it is held that “whenever a person is dismissed for unfitness, it is
sufficient that the employer honestly believes on reasonable grounds that the person is
unfit. It is not necessary for the employer to prove that she is in fact incompetent.”
7.7.2. Apprentice
This is a situation through which the employer agrees to provide a person (i.e. the
apprentice) complete and systematic training and the apprentice in return agrees to obey
the instruction given to carry out the training.
Strictly speaking, such an arrangement is not an employment relationship because the
main interest of the employer in this relationship is not to obtain service it is rather to
provide training to the apprentice. On the other hand, the main interest of the apprentice,
in this relationship, is not also to receive wage. It is rather to acquire skill. Incidentally,
however, the employer will obtain service from the apprentice and the apprentice will
receive stipend. These facts assimilate apprenticeship arrangement with employment
relation.
An apprenticeship agreement is an appropriate route in transferring skill in those trades
where skill could be acquired through “learning by doing” mechanism. Traditionally,
those skills were being transferred through family line and it was members of the family
who were exposed to such an opportunity. Through passage of time and the development
of industrialization, however, contractual arrangement becomes the main channel for
transfer of skills in such areas of trade.
Business Law JJU, Law School
176
An apprenticeship arrangement is only available for the employment regime under the
labour law while civil service regime does not have such an arrangement. Even under the
labour employment regime, it is strictly regulated in the sense that it must be made in
writing and be attested by the Ministry (Art. 48(3))
7.7.3 Young employees
These are employees between the age of 14 and 18. Legally speaking, persons below the
age of 18 are minors and due to this status they are not allowed to enter into juridical acts
personally. As we all know, entering into a contract of employment is a juridical act.
Hence, it must be noted that the issue of young employees is an exception to the general
rule. Actually, it must be further noted that this is not the only exception in this respect.
At the age of fourteen, a minor may be emancipated. (Art.312 (2) of Revised Family
Code) Furthermore, a minor may make a valid will at the age of 16. (Art.295 (2))
Marriage is also possible at the age of 16. (Art.7 (2))
Young employees, owing to their tender physical and mental makeup, are treated
differently under the labor law. Their differential treatment is manifested in the following
terms of employment.
a) As regards to length of working hours and its timing:
Normal working hours seven hours per day (refer Arts.61 (1) & 90)
It is prohibited to employ young employees on:
- Night work (i.e. between 10pm-12am)
-Weekly rest days
-Overtime work
-Public holidays
b) As regards to types of work
No employment for young workers in the transporting of passengers and goods by
road, rail air and internal water;
No employment for young workers in dock sides and warehouses involving heavy
lifting;
No employment for young workers in electric power generation and transmission
lines;
Business Law JJU, Law School
177
No employment for young workers in underground works (such as mines
&quarries)
No employment for young workers in sewerage systems and digging tunnels.
7.7.4. Female employees
It is well known that women have special and irreplaceable reproductive role in society.
Because of this, their biological make up requires special care and attention. Moreover,
most traditional cultural attitudes in society tend to discriminate against women in many
respects. As an expression of these discriminatory practices, their share in the work force
in most countries has been incomparable with their number in society. Hence in order to
do away with such inequitable outcome many modern legal systems have already
incorporated the principle of “non discrimination on the basis of sex” in their basic laws
and practices. The problem with this “sameness” model is that “it fails to address the
reality that women’s lives are different from men’s. It aspires to an assimilationist model
that takes male role as a norm and aims to encourage women to be just like men. But in
order to achieve genuine equality, it is necessary to break away from the idea that men’s
lives are the norm and recognize the women’s lives are different.
Because of this, the principle of non discrimination, though necessary, is not sufficient by
itself to bring about equitable outcomes in this respect. Thus in order to bring about
equity the principle of non discrimination must be complimented by another equally
important principle so called “affirmative action”. Unless and until these two principles
are reinforced each other, past misdeeds and previous marginalization may not be
rectified and thereby true equality will not be attained.
In this connection, the Ethiopian legal system appears to be on the right track. The FDRE
constitution has already incorporated both principles.
The law tries to regulate the situation of female employees from two angles. The first
type of regulation is providing flat protection available to all females by virtue of being
female.” Women shall not be discriminated against as regards employment and payment,
on the basis of their sex” (Art.87 (1) Labour Proclamation). The other type of regulation
is providing special provisions for females under particular circumstances such as
pregnancy and maternity. (refer Arts. 87(3), (4),(5) &88 of Labour Proclamation).
Business Law JJU, Law School
178
7.7.5. Employees with disability
Studies have verified that over 600 million people worldwide have a physical, sensory,
intellectual or mental impairment in one form or another. This equals approximately 10%
of the world’s population. People with disabilities can be found in every country, with
over two-thirds of them living in the developing world. The denial of employment
opportunities to people with disabilities forms one of the root causes of poverty and
exclusion of many members of this group.
The issue of disability is something that deserves serious attention in Ethiopia. Recent
Ethiopian legal instruments have incorporated relevant provisions with a view to
widening the employment opportunity of persons with disability. A case in point is the
FDRE constitution which stipulates, “The State shall, within available means, allocate
resources to provide rehabilitation and assistance to the physically and mentally
disabled, the aged, and to children who are left without parents or guardian” (Art.41
(5). Proclamation No.568/2008 has also important provisions for persons with disability.
The principle of “reasonable accommodation” for persons with disability seems to have
been incorporated in this Proclamation (Art.6 of the Proclamation).
The principle of non discrimination on grounds of disability has also been expressly
inserted under the FCSP (Art.13 (1)). Though not as express as the FCSP, the LP
prohibits discrimination among employees “…on the basis of nationality, sex, religion,
political outlook or any other condition.”(Art.14 (1) (f) emphasis added) It may be
logical to assume that the phrase “…any other condition” may be construed to include
disability as a protected ground.
7.7.6. Non Ethiopian employees
Every country has an express or implied policy on how non nationals are to avail
themselves to its domestic labor market. As expression of this sovereign authority, the
Ethiopian legislature lays down conditions on the basis of which foreign nationals may be
employed in Ethiopia. (refer. Art.174 LP & Art.15 & 22(2) FCSP). Ethiopian law seems
to give priority of employment to its nationals which is in consistent with the general
practice of states worldwide. It is when a particular type of service is not available in the
domestic market that a foreigner may be employed. Moreover, employment of foreign
Business Law JJU, Law School
179
national is temporary and for limited duration. It must also be noted that there are specific
areas of employment where foreigners may not have access to employment such as
defense, security and foreign affairs.
As a requirement, for a foreigner to be lawfully employed in Ethiopia, he/she needs to
possess double permits.(namely; Residence Permit & Work Permit) The Power to issue
Residence Permit is vested on the Security, Immigration and Refugee Affairs Authority;
while Work Permit is to be issued by the Ministry of Labour and Social Affairs.(Art.174
LP)
7.8. Legally stipulated minimum working conditions
Minimum labor conditions are related, but not limited, to prescribing minimum wage;
limiting daily/weekly working hours; provision of paid leaves; employment security;
maintenance of safe and healthy working condition and compensation for employment
injury.
7.8.1. Minimum Wage
Many jurisdictions have succeeded in prescribing minimum hourly/monthly wages to
employees working within their territory. Others leave this issue to the contracting
parties. The Ethiopian employment regime seems to adopt a hybrid of the two
approaches. The civil service regime has prescribed a minimum monthly wage for those
working in the civil service; while the labor law regime has left the issue to the parties
themselves.
The problem associated with such an approach is the invalidity of considering labor as a
commodity whose price is to be determined against supply and demand. The ILO
Conference under the annex for its Constitution reaffirms that “labour is not a
commodity” (Annex-I (a)). Furthermore countries like the US who claim to be the most
faithful exponents of free market economy see nothing wrong in determining minimum
hourly wage by law.
7.8.2. Employment security
Another item for minimum working condition is trying to protect the employee from
unjustified dismissal. Employment, for a worker, is not only a source of revenue but also
an engagement for career development and an expression of human dignity.
Traditionally, in contract of employment, both parties were to remain engaged so long as
Business Law JJU, Law School
180
both of them are willing to remain engaged. If either of the parties did not want to
continue with the engagement, either was entitled to put an end to it. Compelling the
employee to remain employed against his/her will was tantamount to legalizing slavery or
forced labor.
Modern employment relation has slightly deviated from such an understanding. Although
the employee is still at liberty to terminate his/her contract of employment with cause or
without cause subject to prior notice, (Art.31 LP), such entitlement is not widely
available to the employer. This is an aspect of expression for ensuring employment
security to the employee.
7.8.3. Normal Working hours
By normal working hours, we mean those periods in a day or in a week when the
employee regularly renders service to the benefit of his/her employer. Historically,
determination of working hour was left to the parties’ bargain. An attempt to limit
working hours by law was being held an interference of the state into a private domain.
Through passage of time, however, it becomes a general practice to fix maximum hours
of work by law and/or by collective agreement. In fact, limitation of maximum working
hours became one of the most important concerns of labor laws of various jurisdictions.
In Ethiopia, under the Labour Proclamation, however, “normal hours of work shall not
exceed eight hours a day or forty eight hours a week” (Art.61 (1))
In order to ensure the reliable application of this limitation, the law has further introduced
additional safety valves. First of all, it declared that overtime work is in principle
prohibited. It is only in cases where exceptional circumstances expressly stated by law
have occurred that overtime work is allowed. (Arts.66 & 67 LP; Art.34 FCSP). Secondly,
even if conditions for overtime work are met, the rate of payment for overtime work is
being made expensive partly to discourage the employer from requiring overtime work.
(Art.68 LP). Thirdly, an employer who “causes workers to work beyond the maximum
working hours set forth by or contravenes in any manner the provisions relating to
working hours is liable to fine”(Art.184(1)(a) LP).
Business Law JJU, Law School
181
Related with these, the laws grant a certain amount of paid leaves in the form of annual
leave. It is believed that the purpose of annual leave is to enable an employee get rest
with payment and resume work with renewed strength thereafter.
Then comes Labour proclamation No.64/1975 which stipulated 14 working days of
annual leave for the first year of service and an additional one working day for every
additional year of service. The labor proclamation provides 14 working days as an initial
leave for the first year of service, and one additional working day for every additional
year of service with no maximum limit (Art.77 LP).
Sick leaves and public holidays are also items of minimum working conditions.
Currently, the present labour proclamation incorporated the stipulations of the previous
labor proclamation with respect to sick leave. Accordingly, Sick leave is six months in
duration out of which the first month was with full wage payment; the next two months
with half pay and the last three months with no wage payment (Art.38). Public holidays
are also nonworking days and at the same time paid holidays.
7.8.4. Safe and Healthy working conditions
Industrial activities are full of risks. Risks could be either to life, health, property or the
environment or to all. The Risk may express itself in the form of accident, occupational
disease or environmental pollution. More often than not, employees are the most exposed
sector of society to the risk.
Many jurisdictions adopted employer’s liability for employment injury cases. The
Ethiopian legal system has had also expressly incorporated this principle ever since the
promulgation of the Civil Code in 1960 (Arts.2548-2559).
The reason for such a paradigm shift has been more of economic and equity. In economic
terms, when an employer is held liable to cover the costs of employment injury, it will
transfer such cost into society by thinly distributing this expenditure in the price of the
product or services which is made available by the employer. Hence it is in a better
position than the employee to pass off the cost to the consumers. Furthermore as the
employee sustains injury while at the disposal and service of the employer, it is
economical justified and equitable if it is held liable because if it benefits from the
service of the employee, it should compensate when loss occurs. Finally, under the
Business Law JJU, Law School
182
“deeper pocket” principle, the employer is an economically better position to cover such
cost even if it fails to pass it off to society.
Be that as it may, employer’s liability in this connection has two levels (namely; at the
level of prevention and at the remedial stage).
7.8.4.1. Preventive measures
At the level of prevention, the employer is duty bound to prevent preventable risks. For
this purpose, it is required to provide safety equipments and train how and when to make
use of them (Art.92 LP). Nevertheless, it is worth noting that the employee has also a
corresponding duty at the level of prevention. He/she is required to make use of the
protective tools appropriately and at appropriate time and place (Art.93 LP). Furthermore,
he/she is obligated to obey all health and safety instructions. Hence prevention demands
the care of both parties (i.e. bilateral care).
It must be admitted that prevention may not be successful all the time. Even with utmost
care, it is likely that employment injury may occur. Thus, regulating prevention, though
necessary is not sufficient in this regard. With this view in mind, the law comes out with
provisions necessary in regulating the remedial stage.
7.8.4.2. Remedial measures
By remedial stage what we mean is, taking compensatory measures after the damage has
already been sustained. This stage, in actual effect, is pin pointing the modalities for loss
distribution. Once industrial accident or occupational disease is sustained, the employer is
expected to cover cost of medication including the cost for any necessary prosthetic or
orthopedic appliances. Hence employer’s liability is not limited to the stage of
prevention. It rather covers the remedial stage also so long as the injury is associated with
the employment. This will take us to identifying what employment injury is.
7.8.4.3. Exemption from liability
As indicated earlier, employer’s liability is limited to employment injury cases.
Employment injuries as indicated above are predominantly injuries sustained at the place
and time of work and injuries somehow related to work. Thus, the employer is not an all
time (i.e. twenty four hours) insurer of the employee as regular working hours is only
eight hours per day. Even for injuries sustained at the time and place of employment,
Business Law JJU, Law School
183
there are exceptional situations where the employer can validly avoid liability. A case in
point is where the employee intentionally caused the injury on her/himself.
Although it may be difficult for the employer to show that the employee intentionally
caused the injury on her/himself, the law has laid down presumptions in its favour.
Among the presumptions are, when the employee does not obey safety instructions of the
employer or when the employee reported to duty under the influence of alcohol or chat
and sustained the injury while in such circumstances. The employer will be exempted
from liability and the damage will rest where it falls.
It has been stated earlier that one of the statutory obligations of an employee is to report
for duty in fit physical and mental condition (Art.13 (4) &14(2) (c) LP). Thus when an
employee reports for duty under the influence of intoxication, s/he, in effect, is violating
one of his/her primary obligations. This seems the reason why such an employee is
denied of employment injury benefit.
7.8.4.4. Extent of liability
Once a certain injury is held to be employment injury and the employer has no ground to
invoke in view of avoiding liability, the next step will be determining the scope of its
liability. Although the scope of liability is closely related to the degree of injury sustained
by the employee, there are common obligations which are applicable to all injuries. These
are:
a) Immediate obligation: As soon as the employee is known to have sustained
employment injury, the first step the employee is expected to do is:
-provision of first aid service to the injured employee;
-transporting the injured employee to the nearest medical facility.
- notifying the appropriate government organ about the incident.
b) Medical expenses: Subsequent obligation imposed on the employer will be, covering
the following costs of medical expense:
-costs of medical and surgical care;
-hospital and pharmaceutical costs;
-cost of artificial facilities for the injured when recommended by Medical Board.
Business Law JJU, Law School
184
7.8.4.5. Disability Benefits
The employer’s liability is not limited to cost of medication. It will further be obligated to
provide disability benefit to the employee. The amount of the disability benefit is to
depend on the degree and duration of disability.
Ordinarily, disability may be temporary or permanent. It may also be total or partial; the
worst scenario, of course, is death.
The law has regulated these different scenarios differently. For the purpose of the labour
Proclamation, temporary disability is a reduction in working capacity that may last for a
maximum duration of twelve months starting from the date of the occurrence of the
injury. It is interesting to note that the FCSP does not have fixed time limit for temporary
disability except that it is fully paid. Be that as it may, for this kind of injury, the
employer, in addition to covering the medical expenses of the employee, is also obligated
to make payment to such an employee. The mode of payment is a periodical payment and
the amount will be full wage for the first three months; 75% of the employee’s monthly
wage for each of the next three months; and 50% of the monthly wage for each of the
remaining six months.
For instance, let us assume an employee who was earning Birr600/month sustained
temporary disability which lasted for eight months. His disability payment will be
Birr600/month for the first three months; Birr 450/month for the next three months and
finally Birr300/month for the last six months. It is worth noting that such payment is
exempted from income tax(Art.112 LP) Nevertheless, the employee may be denied of
these payments if s/he fails to observe doctor’s advice or behaves in a manner that
prolonged his/her time of recovery.
In cases where the injury resulted in permanent disability, the employer will be obligated
to provide lump sum compensation to the injured. The maximum payment available for
an employee who suffers total permanent disability due to employment injury is a sum
equal to five times of the employee’s annual wage(Art.109(3)(a) LP). The employer’s
liability, therefore, is both limited and liquidated. If the injury sustained resulted in
permanent but partial disablement, the above mentioned payment shall be calculated in
proportion to the degree of the disability and reduced accordingly.
Business Law JJU, Law School
185
As indicated in the case of temporary disability benefit, the permanent disability benefit
is also exempted from tax. In connection with this, it is important to note that an
employee will not be entitled to permanent disability benefit if s/he has already a pension
scheme or an insurance scheme arranged in advance by the employer.
For instance, in public enterprises or the civil service sector, if an employee suffered
permanent injury of serious nature, he/she will automatically be pensioned and thereby
benefit from the government pension scheme. In such cases the employee will not be
entitled from the compensation scheme as he cannot benefit from two sources for a single
injury. The same principle applies where the employer arranged an insurance scheme for
the benefit of the employee.
Finally, if an employee dies due to employment injury, the employer will be obliged to
pay dependent’s benefit to the dependents of the deceased. The amount of such payment
will be the employee’s five years wage to be paid in the form of lump sum. Furthermore,
the employer will cover the funeral expenses for the deceased employee.
Who are the deceased’s dependents? They are nominated by the law itself and these are:
the employee’s widow/widower;
children of the deceased who are under the age of eighteen;
any parent of the deceased who was being supported by the same.
From the above explanation, it is not all dependents of the deceased who will be entitled
to the dependent’s benefit. It is only the close relatives, nominated beneficiaries, of the
deceased who will benefit. Although the widow/widower’s benefit is automatic, the other
beneficiaries have additional conditions attached to them in order to benefit. For example,
the children of the deceased should have been under eighteen years of age at the time of
the claim. In case of parents also, it must be shown that they were being supported by the
deceased; if they had independent means of livelihood, they will not be beneficiaries of
the dependent’s payment.
Where the deceased left widow, children and parents behind, the dependent’s benefit (i.e.
the deceased’s five years wage) shall be shared among them on the following basis:
Widow-50%
Children-10 %( each)
Parents-10 %( each)
Business Law JJU, Law School
186
All these benefits are provided to the beneficiaries free of incomes tax.
Self check questions
1. What distinguishes worker from independent contractor?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________.
2. What are the reasons contract of employment may be suspended for?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________.
3. Discuss the grounds of termination of employment contract.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________.
4. What is the effect of lawful termination of employment contract?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
5. What special categories of employees do you know?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
Business Law JJU, Law School
187

INTRODUCTION.doc

  • 1.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 1 INTRODUCTION This course introduces the basic knowledge of law to business students. Business law, by nature is the collection of many law courses. At this level, the module consists of the main law courses that are relevant in the business activities that students are expected to know. To this end, the first chapter introduces students with law and the legal environment of businesses. The second chapter is about the law of personality. The third chapter is concerned about the law of contracts and the fourth one concerns about the law of agency. The fifth chapter dictates the law of sales contract and the sixth one is introduction to commercial law. The last chapter introduces the basic provisions of the labor law. “Business law” refers to the whole regulatory environment in which individuals or ‘organizations’ engage regularly for the purpose of securing commercial returns. It is a legal regime with the object of shaping the behavior of “actors” in business transactions. There is a vested interest for the law, like any other human relationships it claims to regulate, to step into the work-for-profit areas in order to ensure that commercial interactions are conducted in a proper manner. The legal regulation of business is even more sensitive because engagement in business is an extension of a constitutional right to property so that there must be a mechanism of the law that enables individuals to be shielded against unwelcoming practices that prejudice their right without of course affecting the rights of others. The law of commerce is indispensable not only from the view point of individual right to property but also because it constitutes a fundamental economic unit of a nation’s economic performance and status as a whole. In this sense, business law makes a huge contribution to the strong economic wellbeing of a state and to the accompanying betterment of society’s economic position. The legal framework that governs business activities prescribes the conduct required of business-persons in their commercial life, and solves business disputes in the ultimate aim of keeping the tranquility of the business environment.
  • 2.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 2 The Ethiopian “law of business” would also have as its object the advancement of the above interests. This module centers upon the Ethiopian law with the fair treatment of the relevant fundamental principles of law that are generally accepted in the business world. It is particularly concerned with such visible areas as contracts, agency, sales, commercial instruments and insurance among other things. These areas substantially impinge upon economic sphere of interactions and, therefore, important for business people and other actors. The course is designed to equip students with fundamental legal tools when deal with business matters. You would be enabled to overcome various business challenges involving legal questions in your future professional careers. It is hoped that you are already well aware of general business ideals. Therefore, it suffices that you possess basic knowledge in economic and business principles. You are going to be briefly introduced about the law in this module. The structure of the module is such that first considerations about law in general are made. Then follows the exploration of the legal regime whereby legal transactions emerge, the law of personality. The law of contracts, a relatively wider and indispensable area for you as a businessperson, comes next. Special types of contracts, agency and sale, are also separately treated because of their fundamental importance to the business world and will appear in the module in that order. Principles of modern commercial law, as contained in the 1960 Commercial Code of Ethiopia would mark the completion of this peace of writing. Traders and business organizations, insurance and negotiable instruments are addressed under this part. The module contains a number of self-check and summary questions at the end of each chapter. You are strongly advised to attempt all those questions and check your understanding of the matters covered in this module. Well come to business law. I wish you good study.
  • 3.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 3 CHAPTER ONE INTRODUCTION TO LAW AND THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS The successful completion and study of this chapter is expected to be accompanied by the attainment of the following objectives: - Distinguishing between/among the various schools of juridical thought that evidence the absence of a generally agreeable definition of the word “law”; - Noticing that law is more understood in terms of its features and functions rather than interims of what it is; - Specifically internalizing the functions law performs in a society and those of business law in particular; - Identifying the important legal matters in business interactions, - Analyzing the pros and cons of resolving disputes in business by courts versus alternative dispute resolution techniques. 1.1. Meaning of Law and Schools of Jurisprudential Thought What is Law? Can you guess what essential points should be taken into account to define law? Defining the term ‘law’ is not an easy task because the term changes from time to time and different scholars define the term variously. Definition of the term may vary due to the different types of purposes sought to be achieved. Definitions given to the term law are as many as legal theories. Jurists have defined law differently from different point of views. It has been called Dhama in Hindu jurisprudence and “Hukum” in Islamic system. Romans called it jus and
  • 4.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 4 in Germany and France, it is called as Recht and Droit respectively [N.V. PARANJAPE; 2001: 133]. According to Black’s Law Dictionary [Garner; 2004: 900] law consists of rules of action or conduct. These rules are issued by an authority. In addition, these rules have binding force and are obeyed and followed by citizens. Sanction or other legal consequence may help the law to be abided by citizens. From the pragmatic point of view, American jurist, Benjanin Nation Cordazo defines law as “a principle or rule of conduct so established as to justify a production with reasonable certainty that it will be enforced by the courts if its authority is challenged.” [Steven; 2003: 8]. According to Holmes “the prophecies of what the courts will do in fact, and nothing more pretentious, are what I mean by the law”. It is observable from these definitions that courts play great role in applying as well as creating the law. From the sociological perspective, Max Weber suggests that an order will be called law if it is externally guaranteed by the probability that coercion (physical or psychological), to bring about conformity or avenge violation will be applied by a staff of people holding themselves especially ready for that purpose [Steven; 2003: 8]. He argues that law has three features that distinguish it from other normative orders such as custom or convention [[Steven; 2003: 9]: a) There must be a pressure that comes from external in the form of actions or threats of action by others regardless of the person wants to boy the law or not; b) These external actions or threats of action always involve coercion or force; c) Individuals whose official role is to enforce the law must enforce the coercive action. He refers to state particularly when he talks about officials who enforce the law because they are state officials who are empowered to do that.
  • 5.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 5 In general, law may be described in terms of legal order tacitly or formally accepted by the society and enforced. A body of binding rules sufficient compliance of them is ensured by some mechanism accepted by community is called law [Paton; 1967]. 1.2. The Features of Law i) Generality The most obvious feature of law is its generality. Law is a general statement regarding a possible human conduct. Any valid legal norm is applicable to all the subjects in the author’s territory. Law is not meant to shape the behavior of a certain category of persons and leave others; every one is subject to the application of any duty existed law, saving extremely exceptional circumstances (such as exemption from legal liability to a certain degree because of immunity provisions). For instance, laws passed by the Ethiopian legislator (the House of Peoples Representatives) demands all Ethiopians to comply with it, irrespective of race, language, religion, social status, sex and political outlook. The generality of laws also implies that a law is applicable to all similar cases, and it does not leave others and govern some. ii) Normativity One of the distinctive features of law is that it is a normative statement. This accords with the philosophical discourse on the dichotomy between the “is” and the “ought”. The characterization of law as a normative statement refers to the “ought” aspect of the discourse, the statement of what should be rather than what is. Law is not a factual statement (description is not in the nature of law); it is rather a prescriptive tool which purports to shape human behavior in the future. iii) Establishment in Permanence The coming into force of law presupposes, at least presumably, its indefinite existence in the future. It is unusual to fix a time-limit for the application of law. A frequently changing law creates social instability and more prone to losing legitimacy. This does not mean, however, that laws live forever. They have to be reasonably flexible to accommodate changing social realities. Change in societal circumstances is normally a
  • 6.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 6 gradual process and the corollary gradual remolding of laws cannot be regarded as resulting in an unstable phenomenon. Laws violate the virtue of permanence and create instability when they change quickly and unnecessarily without having regard to the status of the situation it is meant to govern. Law might exist exceptionally for temporary application. The possibility of the declaration of state of emergency explains such a circumstance. The law declaring the emergency situation remains in force until the matter that called for the declaration of emergency secedes. But overall, law is to be established in permanence and a time frame would be fixed only in exceptional circumstances. iv) Intimacy with Human Behavior and State Law is a social norm and its ultimate concern is regulation of the social behavior of human beings. The claim of law would naturally be made by men with respect to or as against each other. Law cannot be employed to govern relationships of other animate or inanimate things as among themselves; it is not concerned with a claim between humans and other things either. The intimacy of the law and the state is far from question. In reality, one cannot conceive of one without the other (they are two inseparable aspects of the same system). One cannot have validity or legitimacy without the other. Indeed, the state is itself brought into life by law and cannot continue in that status without using law. The law on the other hand would have life and produce the desired effects only by the backing of centrally organized state machinery. v) Strongly Institutionalized We have said above that law is backed by an established system of a state. The state is known for its strong institutionalization and this provides the law with institutionalized system of enforcement. The state is constituted by centrally established institutions of legislature, executive and judiciary entrusted with the tasks of law making, law
  • 7.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 7 enforcement and interpretation of laws respectively. The combined operation of these organs sanctions the law by a strong force. 1.3. Law as Distinguished from Other Social Norms Law is a social norm, but not the only one. There are also other values of normative significance in a society. The features we have seen in the forgoing sub-topic generally characterize law as a social norm. Some of these features are exclusively concerned with law while some are shared by other social norms. Now we came to the questions: what are these other social norms? And what makes law different from them? This “other social norms” category is filled perhaps by ethics, morality, culture, religion, and the like. These ethical, moral, or religious values are normative in the sense that they, just like law, prescribe what should be and what should not be and accordingly shape the social behavior of man. To this extent, law possesses an identical attribute to that of ethics, morality or religion. Nevertheless, there are conspicuous differences between law and other social norms, as provided below. One important issue that differentiates law from the other social norms is mechanism of their enforcement. Law is backed by a strong sanction of the state and would be institutionally enforced. Ethical/moral/religious norms on the other hand lack such external and effective enforcement mechanism. Their observance is more often than not demanded in point of conscience than through external organ. Individuals can breach these norms with impunity and the most they would suffer is moral guilt. Second, scope of application is a distinguishing mark between law and the “other social norm” category. Law enjoys uniform and nationwide application. But the other social norms are peculiar to particular groups and therefore suffer from extremely localized (restricted) application. There could be a number of religions, cultures or customary practices in a state; none of them would have norms that apply beyond their own peculiarities.
  • 8.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 8 Law can still be identified vis-à-vis other normative values of the society on the basis of the mechanism by which it is created and changed. Law originates from a centrally established and clearly defined institutional framework. The existence of clear institutionalized system would make it easy to bring law into effect and to amend it. Non- legal norms, on the other hand, do not normally have an easily traceable institutional origin for they are not made in an organized way. They come into existence through a practice by a concerned group over a relatively longer time in a scattered and uncentralized manner. The development of these non-legal norms out of unclear and gradual process makes it equally difficult to amend them. They are not amenable to easy and fast amendment for they are rigidly established. A further important factor that can be regarded as a virtue of law over non-legal norms is the exhaustiveness and clarity embedded in law. Law would be exhaustively proclaimed (mostly written) and sufficiently clear. The conduct it purports to command or prohibit and the consequences of behaving otherwise would be fixed in advance. Normative rules of ethics, morality, or religion are, on the other hand, barely exhaustive and known for their manifest lack of clarity. And mostly non-legal norms do not determine consequences of breach in advance. Since they are mostly unwritten, they are surrounded by a cloud of vagueness and obscurity. 1.4. Functions of Law Dear distance learner, have you ever doubted the importance of law in a society? Do you think that the secure condition in which you accomplish your tasks would be there had law not been there and prevailed? I hope you say not! Yes, laws perform various functions in a society. They are the powerful weapons to attain diversified societal needs. Laws are not ends in themselves, but rather they are the most effective and reliable means at the disposal of the society. The simple and common sense response you might make is perhaps that law is an instrumentality for maintaining order and security. Imagine what would happened if there
  • 9.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 9 were no law to curtail the conduct of gang of robbers breaking into your abode and taking away the property you have gained over time through exerting your energy and investing your money. Think also of a reckless conduct that sets fire to a building in which you run your business affairs which results in a looting of essential documents. I hope you openly unwelcome such a situation. In the absence of law, persons might excessively and arbitrarily behave and you would also be discouraged to undertake proper business activities for fear of the risk of losing it some day. So, laws, especially criminal laws, would become indispensable tools to stop unwelcoming conducts and to create peace and stability for proper life of the society. It is important to note that haw delves into almost every social interaction. It regulates the way a particular relationship is to be created, maintained and broken. Law is not limited to mere maintenance of peace and order; it also steps in to govern detailed individual interactions. Laws of family for instance are concerned with the regulation of the institution of marriage and matrimonial affairs. Contract and property laws administer contractual bonds and property relationships of individuals respectively. Business laws, on the other hand, intend to shape behavior in commercial transactions and ensure the interaction is conducted in healthy and effective manner. Law protects citizens from arbitrary and excessive governmental actions. That body of law which sets out structure of the state and the relationship the government of that state would have with citizens is referred to as constitutional law. The powers and functions of the government are usually defined by a constitution, and this law restrains undue governmental encroachment in the affairs of subjects. Human rights provisions are typical examples in this regard – that they call upon the government to either act or refrain from acting in the protection and enforcement of human rights. Law of constitution can function in such a way that the various organs constituting the government discharge their tasks in an atmosphere of harmony and transparency. The principle of checks and balances incorporated into most republican constitutions reveals the possibility of review of actions or decisions of the legislative, executive or judicial bodies by one another.
  • 10.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 10 Laws are also instrumental in fighting harmful traditional practices (HTPS). Early marriage has been the widespread practice in many parts of Ethiopia. Marriage is a big affair upon which family, the fundamental unit of the society, is found. Yet, such purpose is served only if spouses are psychologically and biologically developed enough. Ignorant of such fact, most Ethiopian parents force their teenage children (especially girls) to marry while they are in fragile mental and physical conditions, exposing them to various economic, social and biological problems. The same is true of Female Genital Mutilation (FGM). The law is a typical tool in reducing, and ultimately eradicating, these harmful traditional practices. Law also pays a prominent role in improving the life of the society through the encouragement of innovation and creativity. Law encourages individuals to engage in innovative tasks by granting them rights to exclusive enjoyment of their inventions via issuing patents, copyrights, trademarks and the like. These mechanisms bestow inventors and authors of new ideas with economic and moral benefits, thereby helping society to make use if better means of life. 1.5. Classifications of Laws and Nature of Business Law The body of law is huge. To study it one must break it down by means of classification. Classification of laws is the systematization of the law based on the subject matter for the purpose of finding the relevant law more easily and determining whether different legal rules were required depending on their area of application. No single classification system can cover the large of mass of legal information. Consequently, those systems that have been devised tend to overlap. Moreover, they are, of necessity, arbitrary in some respects. A discussion of the best known classifications of law follows.
  • 11.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 11 Public versus Private Law Public law addresses the relationship between persons and their government, and between various governments. They are public in the sense that the interest of the public at large is at stake as represented by the government. Criminal law and constitutional law, for example, are generally classified as public law, because they deal with persons and their relationships to government. Criminal acts, though they may involve only one victim, are seen as offenses against the society as a whole and prohibited by governments for the purposes of protecting the public. Constitutional law is a public law because it involves question of whether the government (federal, state or local in a federal setting, or the central government in a unitary system) has the power to act in a particular fashion. Often the issue is whether a law or a decision of a governmental authority, duly passed and made, exceeds the limits set on the government. Private law governs direct dealings between persons. When persons deal or affect other persons, such as in a contractual relationship, the law governing these relationships is classified as private law. Private law may ultimately advance societal interests as a whole, but its immediate concern is with individual transactions that affect the legal positions of the transacting persons. Agency, law of commercial paper, trade and business organizations, sales, torts, insurance and any other area of business law is essentially classified as private law Substantive and Procedural Law Substantive law includes all laws that define, describe, regulate and create legal rights and obligations. This body of law establishes acts and situations producing effect at law. For instance, a rule stating that promises are enforced only when each party has received something of value from the other party is part of substantive law. So, too, is a rule stating that a person who has injured another through negligence must pay damages. Most of the bodies of law we have highlighted above, both public and private, are substantive laws. Substantive law tells us what our rights are.
  • 12.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 12 Procedural law sets out the methods of enforcing the rights established by substantive law. Questions about how a lawsuit should begin, what documents need to be filed, which court will hear the suit, which witnesses can be called, how the judicial proceedings is conducted, and so on are all questions of procedural law. In brief procedural law tells us how to exercise substantive heights. Civil procedure, criminal procedure and evidence are typical examples. Dear distance learner, you have to bear in mind that the importance of the distinction between substantive and procedural law is more than academic. This is so because the result of a case may well depend upon the determination that the rule is substantive rather than procedural. Civil versus Criminal Law Civil law is concerned with the duties that exist between persons or between citizens and their government (the latter as a ordinary legal person), excluding the duty not to commit crimes. Contract law, for example, is part of civil law. The whole body of tort law, which has to do with the infringement, in the absence of contract, by the person of the legally recognized rights of another is an area of civil law. Criminal law, in contrast to civil law, is concerned with wrongs committed against the public as a whole. Criminal law is always public where as civil law is sometimes public and sometimes private. In a criminal case, the government seeks to impose a penalty on an allegedly guilty person. Dear distance friend, I hope you have understood the nature and purpose of the above classification attempts. I would like you to have thorough look to the classification once again and identify the position of our subject matter, business law. You see that the various areas of law that greatly touch with business (such as contracts, partnerships, commercial instruments, traders and business organizations, agency, sales and insurance) constitute the private legal regime rather than public, substantive rather than procedural, and civil rather than criminal.
  • 13.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 13 1.6. Sources of Law In general, when we say source of law, we meant that from where the law derives its binding force and its contents. Source of a law may be formal or material. We have seen that material source of law is that from which the law derived the matter, i.e. the content. A formal source of law is that from which a rule of law derives its force and validity. We discussed that custom is material source of law because the law derives its contents from the custom. Custom is a set of social attitudes that the society regarded as part of law and enforced. Custom, to be regarded as source of law, it must be reasonable; be consistent with a written law; be observed as of right; it should have been continuously in existence from the time immemorial; and be certain. According to the historical school, custom can change, or modify the law. Analytical theory considers custom derives its binding force from the recognition of state. Under Ethiopian law, custom is applicable where the law refers it, and when the judge interprets the law. We have also seen that religion is the material source of Ethiopian law. The other source of law that we have dealt is legislation. Legislation are enacted by the formal deliberations of the legislature. The legislature derives its power to make laws from the Constitution. Laws are made to implement the principles incorporated in the Constitution. Any law that contradicts the provisions of the Constitution is null and void. Thus, the constitution is one of the sources of Ethiopian law. Agreements and treaties are also other important source of our law, particularly the constitution of 1995. Codes are also important source of our law, starting from Fewse Menfesawi down to the recent codes, like the 2000 Revised Family Code. We have also discussed that proclamations, regulations and directives issued are sources of our laws. Further court decisions are sources of our law. We have seen that the old Judgments are the sources of the 1960 civil code. In addition, the 2000 Revised Family Code of the Federal government is also sourced from the decisions that are rendered by our courts.
  • 14.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 14 The Supreme Court of the Federal government has still the power to pass decisions that will be used in future by other courts to solve practical disputes. 1.7. Out-of-Court Settlement and its Virtues in Business Traditionally, every dispute involving legal questions, civil or criminal, has been determined formally by the regular law courts. Nowadays, however, this trend is a bit changing, for variety reasons, in favor of what we call alterative dispute resolution (ADR) for civil cases. ADR techniques provide a viable and preferable alternative, as its naming can tell, to court proceedings in the swift disposition of legal matters. Business-persons prefer one or the other of the two dispute disposition alternatives for a couple of reasons. In particular, they indulge themselves in using out-of-court settlement mechanism because of certain virtues. Court settlement is conducted in an extremely formalistic manner and is surrounded by legal/procedural technicalities. Entrepreneurs would choose simple means of dispute disposition and such is effectively provided by ADR. Secondly, adjudication by courts entails greater cost litigation and consumes time and energy because the number of court cases filling the dockets (court schedules listing the cases to be tried) grows every year and continues to grow. Such a backlog of court cases awaiting trial and subsequently accompanied by delayed resolution is very unwelcoming to business world that deals in the fast-paced commercial transactions. Third, a final judicial disposition of a legal dispute is usually accompanied by a winning and losing spirit. Court settlement is solely driven by letters of the law and never admits give and take circumstances. So, ultimately a judgment that satisfies one of the litigants and that disappoints the other is rendered. This in turn will create an adverse relationship between the disputants and potential beneficial relationship between these very disputants would be jeopardized. Out of court settlement, on the other hand, is based on the concept of reciprocity (give and take) so that both litigants would go home satisfied and future relationship is possible. So, out-of court settlement is non-adversarial in nature. Methods of ADR range from neighbors sitting down over a cup of coffee to work out their differences to huge multinational corporations agreeing to resolve a dispute through a
  • 15.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 15 formal hearing before a panel of experts. In what follows, we look at the numerous methods used for settling disputes outside the court system. 1.7.1. Negotiation, Conciliation and Mediation Negotiation, mediation and conciliation possess certain important common characteristics when seen vis-à-vis arbitration. These are all forms of ADR that are non-adversarial in nature. In other words, the primary goal in these procedures is not to determine which side is more at fault or which side should win or lose but to search for common grounds of agreement. Still, each has its own features that distinguish it from the other. Let us see them one by one in brief. i) Negotiation In this process, the parties come together informally, with or without attorneys to represent them. In such an informal setting, the parties air their differences and try to reach a settlement or resolution without the involvement of independent third parties. Because no third parties are involved and because of the informal set-up, negotiation provides the simplest and swift opportunity of dispute disposition outside the court structure. It has to be noted here that the presence of an attorney to represent one or both of the parties dose not in any way imply the involvement of an independent third party. Attorneys, if any at all, get involved in the dispute by representative capacity stepping into the foot and taking the place of the party they represent and hence they are regarded as parties to the dispute. Even if a lawsuit has been initiated, the parties may continue to negotiate their differences at any time during the ligation process and settle their dispute. ii) Conciliation Conciliation is a mechanism of dispute resolution in a friendly and unantagonistic manner in which a third party, the conciliator, assists the parties to a dispute in reconciling their differences. Conciliation is often employed when disputants refuse to face each other in direct negotiations; accordingly, the conciliator plays a facilitatory role in that he/she helps to schedule negotiating forums and carries offers forth and back between the
  • 16.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 16 parties. Technically, conciliators are not to recommend solutions; practically, however, they often do. But the final decision is taken up the parties themselves. iii) Mediation In this process too, it is the parties who must reach a final agreement but being assisted by the influential role of an independent third party, the mediator. The procedure of mediation allows the mediator to propose solutions for the parties to consider. The parties may select the mediator on the basis of the person’s reputation for fairness and impartiality. The mediator may by a volunteer from the community and need not be a lawyer. Usually, a mediator will charge a fee for his or her services (which can be split between the parties). In mediation, the mediator talks face to face with the parties and allows them to discuss their disagreement in an informal atmosphere. There are a few procedural rules established flexibly by the mediator and/or the parties for the proper conduct of the mediation proceedings. The absence of legal procedures and the unattractiveness of the service fee discourage lawyers from participating in most mediation programs and thus legal terminology is frequently avoided. 1.7.2. Arbitration Arbitration is a bit more formal and court-like method of ADR. The peculiar feature of arbitration is that a third party hearing the dispute decides the issue. Unlike in the above three cases where the parties themselves settle their dispute although a third party may assist them in doing so. Depending on the circumstances and parties’ wishes, the decision rendered by an arbitrator may be legally binding on the parties, or it may be non-binding. This implies that arbitration proceedings make use of ordinary laws of the land (Art.3325(1) of the Civ.C) but such use is compromised with the ultimate end of reaching an amicable solution. The arbitrator may also be called upon to prove something without deciding the legal questions involved in the dispute (Art.3325 (2), Civ.C). In arbitration,
  • 17.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 17 the arbitrator practically becomes a private judge even though he/she does not have to be a lawyer. Frequently, arbitration proceedings are conducted by a panel of experts from different walks of life. Any commercial matter can be invariably submitted to arbitration. Parties may present their dispute to arbitration on the following two possibilities. The parties can agree to settle their differences through arbitration rather than the court system when a dispute arises (Art.3328 (1)). In the majority of cases, however, disputes are resolved via arbitration because of an arbitration clause in a contract entered into before the dispute arose (Art.3328 (2)). An arbitration clause provides that any disputes arising under the contract will be resolved by arbitration. The arbitration process – The arbitrator may be give the power at the beginning of the arbitration process to establish rules that will govern the proceedings. Typically, these rules are much less restrictive than those governing formal litigation. Regardless of who establishes the rules, the arbitrator will apply them during the course of the hearing. In the typical hearing format, the parties begin as they would at a trial by presenting opening arguments to the arbitrator and stating what remedies should or should not be granted. After the opening statements have been made, evidence is presented. Witnesses may be called and examined by both sides. After all the evidence has been presented, the parties give their closing arguments. On the completion of closing arguments, the arbitrator closes the hearing. After each side has had an opportunity to present evidence and to argue its case, the arbitrator will reach a decision. The final decision of the arbitrator is called an award, even if no money is conferred on a party as a result of the proceedings. The role of the court in arbitration proceedings can be noticed at both pre-arbitration and post-arbitration stages. In pre-arbitration stages, the court may involve to resolve issues of arbitrability – the determination of whether the dispute can be brought to arbitration, not the consideration of the dispute on its merits. The court usually settles the matter by
  • 18.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 18 compromising public policy and freedom of contract. At the post-arbitration level, the court would have its hands in the arbitration for setting aside an arbitral award when that is warranted. The court may nullify or render an award ineffective when it violates public policy, contravenes public morality, or where similar public interest is at a stake.
  • 19.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 19 Self-check Questions 1. Discuss why a consensual definition of law has been difficult and why the various schools of legal thought diverge on the conception of law. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________. 2. Identify the basic features of law first, and then outline features that distinguish it from non-legal norms. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________. 3. What specific functions does business law perform in the society? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________. 4. What is the difference between the positivist and the Marxist legal ideology? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________.
  • 20.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 20 5. Where do you find business law in the broader classification of law? Exhaustively discuss all the appropriate places it may occupy. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________. 6. Discuss the virtues of out of court settlement of disputes over court adjudication. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________.
  • 21.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 21 CHAPTER TWO LAW OF PRESONALITY This section introduces the basic concept in law – the law of persons. Here is where all legal claims start and produce the intended legal effects. A student who successfully completes the study of this part should be able to: - distinguish the legal meaning of person from its literal meaning; - explain the purpose of granting an individual or a fictitious being with personality; - discuss the acquisition and termination of personality; - identify the attributes of personality; - analyze capacity and incapacity of physical persons. 2.1. The Concept of Personality and its Effect The term person in law is different from its conventional meaning. Personality in law refers to the authority accorded to a being (individual or organization) by law so that the latter would be able to enter into various transactions having effect at law. In other words, humans and fictitious entities cannot perform juridical acts without being recognized as persons before the law. In order to acquire rights and bear duties that are enforceable by the machinery of a legal system, one needs to possess personality first. It is only beings that are persons in the eyes of the law who can conduct legally binding transactions. The term person in its ordinary sense refers to human beings only and not for any legal purposes other than mere linguistic purpose. But for the purposes of the law, not only individual human beings assume personality upon fulfillment of certain prescribed conditions, but also artificial creations of the law are granted personality. Personality is a fundamental concept in law because no dealings of legal significance would produce effects without it. It answers the basic question who the subjects of the law are. Only subjects of the law can enjoy the rights that the law confers upon them and
  • 22.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 22 only they can discharge the duties it imposes upon them. Thus, the normal effect of personality is the ability to be a party to legal transactions and perform various juridical acts (acts having effect at law) having effect of law. Personality is granted to two categories of beings and accordingly is of types. One is physical or natural personality that is possessed by human beings. In the past, not all human beings were subjects of the law. For instance, slaves were regarded as mere chattels of their masters and did not have any rights or duties of their own. They were objects of legal transactions rather than subjects of the law. So, during those times, personality was conferred upon non-slaves. But these days, with the abolition of slavery and its strict prohibition, virtually all human beings possess personality and perform juridical acts. The other type of personality is that accorded to beings that do not have material existence. Associations, companies, organizations, partnerships, corporations or even the state are only perceived by the law to exist. These fictitious entities are exclusive innovations of the law and accordingly given personality because of the necessities of modern complex legal transactions. 2. 2. Beginning and Termination of Artificial Personality There could be numerous mechanisms through which moral persons will begin to have legal life. Of these mechanisms, the famous ones are issuance of a specific legislation, effecting registration and requirements of publicity. For instance, public enterprises will start to have personality upon the enactment of establishment regulations with no other conditions attached to it. On the other hand, private business organizations need to be registered with a competent public authority in order to acquire legal personality. They should also comply with publicity requirements. So, acquisition of personality by business organizations is realized by meeting the requirements of both registration and publicity, and only as a consequence of such they can validly undertake acts of civil life. The same way personality begins will it mostly end. That is to say, just like artificial personality commences through issuance of statutes or effecting registration and
  • 23.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 23 publicity, it ends through the enactment of dissolving law or the striking out of name of the entity from the public registry. To terminate the legal personality of a public enterprise, regulations would be issued and these would serve the purpose of ending the legal life of the enterprise. Ordinary business organizations would cease to have legal life when they are canceled from the registry and/or through the revocation of the license issued to them as evidence of personality. Artificial personality may also end as a matter of fact where the object for which the entity is established becomes impossible to achieve or where that organization is dissolved because of bankruptcy. In all the above cases, the fictitious beings would die out and they can no more be parties to transactions having effect at law. Any act done by these beings after their personality has terminated is deemed never to have happened for all legal purposes. 2.3. Attributes of Legal Personality Being recognized as a person by the law makes the person possess certain attributes. The most noticeable of these attributes are given below. i) Having a name: - It may be very simple to coin a name and call a certain being by that. But names do really affect the legal position of a person because they are mechanisms of identifying the civil identity of a specific person in the society and of legally conferring/imposing upon it powers and disabilities. Furthermore, since use of a name can modify the legal status of a person, the law provides for protective mechanisms against abuse and usurpation of the name by others. Generally, it is through name as a manifestation of civil identity that a person in the eyes of the law can become a party to a legal transaction, and thus it is a fundamental attribute of personality. ii) To sue and be sued (in one's name):- To sue is to bring a legal action against another, and, conversely, to be sued is to face a legal action brought against oneself by another. In both cases, one attends a law court where rights and duties are often modified through judgments. Because they involve alteration of one's legal position and determination of liability, suits should be brought by and against the concerned person in its own name.
  • 24.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 24 For instance, if three people (A, B and C) form a company and the latter has satisfied the requirements of law for the acquisition of personality, it brings legal actions against others in the name of the company and not in the name of the owners. Similarly, others institute a legal action against the company in the name of the company and not in the name of A, B, or C (the owners). Thus, a distinction is drawn between the liability of the company and the individual persons forming it. iii) Entering into contractual relations: - Since a legal person is an entity that can be a party to legal transactions, it can enter into various contracts in its own name. A company can conclude a contract with another company or with a human being, and the rights acquired as well as the liabilities incurred because of the contract belong to the company itself, and not to the owners. It is this legal person itself that is either the creditor or the debtor of a third party contractant. iv) Ownership and administration of property: - A legal person can exercise all property rights to the exclusion of others and enjoys ownership and administration right over all chattels belonging to it. Property belonging to a legal person is distinct from the property of its owners, i.e. they belong to essentially different patrimonies. v) Obligation to pay taxes: - A legal person is liable to pay taxes on taxable benefits and gains. Since it is authorized to own and administer property and since it can carry on business, a legal person pays taxes on its property and income in the same way human beings do. While it is generally true that fictitious beings possess all the above features on their own behalf, there are also some other points we need to take note of here. We know that moral or juridical persons do not have a physical existence, and so they are without the natural faculties of thinking, deciding or moving. That means they necessarily undertake through human agents when they carry out the above affairs. They use human mind and decision when they coin the name by which they are identified; they bring suits and defend same being represented by human beings; it is again human agents that exercise property
  • 25.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 25 ownership and administration, and sign a contract on the behalf of the legal person. But all such acts performed by the human agent through representation are deemed to have been directly undertaken by the legal person, and the rights and duties arising therefrom would bind the legal person and not the human agent. Individuals only facilitate transactions and they then step-out of the legal consequences. The conferring of personality upon moral persons and accordingly authorizing them to own property and conduct business in their own name give rise to the concept of limited liability. The fact that the property and patrimony of the legal person is distinct from that of its owners means that the legal person is liable to the extent of its property only. The liability does not extend to the property/patrimony of the owners. 2.4. Commencement of Physical Personality Dear distance learner, the personality of natural persons begins through a couple of ways. There is a rule which is generally regarded as the starting point of personality, and there is also an exception to such rule where personality commences. Discussion follows below of the rule first and then the exception. 2.4.1. The Rule Most legal systems accept birth as a time when personality of a human being begins. Similarly, Art.1 of the Ethiopian Civil Code provides “the human person is the subject of rights from its birth…”. Birth refers to the complete extrusion of the baby from its mother's womb either in a natural way or by a medical operation. In this sense, the beginnings of natural and legal existence are simultaneous. Birth alone is a sufficient condition to confer personality under the Ethiopian law, and no other requirements are attached to it.
  • 26.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 26 2.4.2. The Exception Because personality begins at birth as a matter of principle, an unborn body is not a person in the eyes of the law and can have no rights. But this general rule is excepted in that personality may be granted to a merely conceived baby without waiting for its birth for some purposes. As an exception, personality of a fetus should be restrictively construed and it is applicable only in certain circumstances. The circumstance generally revolves around the interest of the unborn child. The law has invented this fiction only for the purpose of enabling the child (if it is born) to take a benefit in all matters affecting its interest. This conception is based on the justification that a child who has already lost its father while being in its mother's womb should not be subjected to further pain of losing a benefit which it would have secured had it been born before its father's death. So, when there is an interest of the baby at stake, the unborn baby in the womb should be regarded as already born and should be allowed to take advantage of the interest. The granting of personality to a fetus is subject to compliance with three cumulative requirements. According to Art 2 of the Ethiopian Civil Code, “a child merely conceived is considered as though born where its interest so requires provided it is born alive and viable”. Thus, the three conditions are: the interest of the child must justify the grant of personality, the child must be born alive, and it must be viable. These conditions are cumulative in the sense that the missing of one suffices to deny the fetus personality. In most cases, the interest of the unborn baby comes into the fore where a father dies before the birth of the child leaving behind property. If a baby has to wait until birth to acquire personality, i.e. if Art 1 of the Civil Code is strictly applied, it will definitely lose the succession to its father's property because succession constitutes a juristic act and being a beneficiary when it opens necessarily requires personality. Opening of succession is legally made at the death of the father and the property would devolve upon those having the capacity and the right to succeed at such time.
  • 27.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 27 It is to be noted here that the merely conceived baby will be given personality (before birth) only for the purpose of the particular interest that called for the personality. That means an unborn child would be recognized as person only to benefit from the interest at hand, and it has to wait until birth to acquire personality for all other juridical acts. Acquisition of personality for a particular interest does not entitle one to exercise it across the board, and in effect personality at conception is significantly reduced. Besides the interest of the child, there remain two conditions: alive birth and viability. In order to be considered as a person, the baby must be born alive so much so that, for instance, personality will never be granted if the fetus is aborted. Viability refers to the ability to live or the potential of surviving. This is to exclude from the ambit of personality impotent newly born babies or those incapable of surviving because of some congenital factors. The law takes certain presumptions to settle questions of what baby is viable and what is not. The law irrebutably presumes that a child that lives for 48 hours after its birth is viable, so that no contrary evidence can be admitted to disprove this presumption. The law also provides for another presumption in the negative that a child that dies before 48 hours after its birth is deemed to be not viable. But this presumption is rebuttable in that it can be shown to the contrary by proving the child was viable. But we cannot challenge the non-viability of the child by using deficiency in constitution as evidence. That is to say, if a child dies before 48 hours following its birth due to a disease he caught in its mother's womb or due to other congenital biological deficiencies, it will be conclusively deemed not viable. However, external factors that may have caused the death of the child before 48 hours can be used to disprove the presumption of non-viability. If, for instance, the baby dies on the 43rd hour after its birth because of mishandling by nurses or by hunger or due to a car accident that occurred while it was being taken home from hospital, all such can be employed to challenge the above presumption by proving that the baby would not have died had it not been for the extraneous factors..
  • 28.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 28 2.5. Capacity and Incapacity of Physical Persons Capacity is a natural consequence of being recognized as a person before the law and it refers to the authority to enjoy and exercise rights and duties by oneself. However, even if personality is a necessary condition for capacity, it is not a sufficient one to enable one to personally carry out juridical acts and certain conditions may incapacitate an individual still possessing personality. Capacity or incapacity is usually thought of regarding two aspects: holding rights and duties, and exercising rights and duties. The principle governing the holding of rights and duties by physical person is that as soon as personality begins all rights and duties are held by an individual. This means that as far as the holding or enjoyment of rights is concerned, capacity is not only the rule but an absolute rule. It can be inferred from Art. 1 of the Civil Code that entitlement to rights and duties under the civil law belongs to all individuals by the fact of birth without any other condition attached to such holding. Capacity is the rule even in the case of exercising rights and duties a physical person holds. Since holding rights and duties is meaningless without the authority to exercise same, the full exercise of rights and duties in principle coincides with their holding. In the same way that all physical persons enjoy rights and duties, they are capable of exercising the same by themselves. But in certain circumstances it deems compelling, the law may explicitly declare that person is considered incapable to exercise rights and duties. Since capacity is presumed in the exercise of rights and duties (incapacity is very exceptional), the burden of proving the existence of incapacity falls on the party who claims the incapacity. Thus, in all acts of civil life physical persons may be assumed that they are dealing with equals who not only hold but also exercise the same rights and duties as theirs. Dear distance friend, you learned above that a physical person may be exceptionally enjoined from personally exercising rights and duties because of existence of certain conditions expressly recognized by the law. But even in such case, the prohibition is not
  • 29.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 29 total, i.e. the person is not prohibited from exercising rights and duties altogether but only his personal exercise is disallowed. He or she can still exercise rights and duties through another person by way of representation. So, the effect of incapacity in exercising rights and duties is that the exercise would be entrusted to a third person. Let’s now see in brief the legally prescribed conditions of incapacity and their corresponding representation institutions. Some of the conditions are protective of the interests of the incapable person (e.g. minority, judicial interdiction) while others are either preventive or punitive of certain conduct (e.g. foreign citizenship, legal interdiction). a) Minority: - Minority in civil law is an incapacitating condition that occurs because of age. A person below the age of 18 years is called a minor and is incapable of exercising rights and duties by him/herself. The law intends that these persons have immature intellectual faculty and lack the proper degree of appreciation when they transact acts of civil life. The law interferes to protect minors from exploitation by others. Accordingly, any civil act undertaken by the minor without authority is subject to invalidation. A minor may, however, validly perform acts of daily life, i.e. simple and small matters that are quite frequently done and that do not significantly affect the legal position of the minor. There are two institutions of representation recognized by the law to exercise rights and duties on the behalf of the minor. One is guardianship, which is entrusted with the task of running the personality affairs of the minor. Personality interests include food, clothing, shelter, and schooling, and generally refer to the proper physical and psychological well being and growth of the minor. The guardian is responsible for such interests of the child. The other representative institution is the office of tutorship. Tutor is answerable for the protection and management of the minor's economic (pecuniary) interests such as securing income, investing same, running business, administering property and the like. The incapacity arising as a result of minority may terminate through a couple of ways. A minor obviously assumes capacity to exercise rights and duties him/herself when he/she attains the age of majority (18 years). The incapacity of a minor may also come to an end
  • 30.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 30 through emancipation even if the person is still below the age of eighteen. A minor may conclude marriage in exceptional circumstances approved by the appropriate public body, and we call this situation emancipation. This phenomenon suffices to end the incapacity of the minor and releases him/her from the authorities of the guardian and the tutor. b) Judicial Interdiction: - This is a court judgment that declares a person as incapable because of mental conditions. The law steps in to protect the interests of persons with deteriorated mental functioning as a consequence of insanity, infirmity, senility and the like. Insane persons are believed to be unable to understand the nature and consequences of their actions because they have got a mental disease. Infirm persons are those with serious physical deformities so that such deformities will have the ultimate substantial reduction in mental functioning. For example, if a person is simultaneously deaf-mute and blind, he/she is deemed to be infirm. Senility is deterioration in mental faculty because of old age. The court can declare the interdiction of the above persons with mental deficiencies. Judicially interdicted persons will lose the authority to exercise rights and duties as of the date of their interdiction. But they, just like minors, exercise rights and duties they hold through guardians if the interest pertains to the personality of the incapable and through tutors where the interest is a proprietary one. Note that the offices of guardian and tutor have certain general features in cases of both minority and judicial interdiction. 1. The offices are compulsory – it is a civil duty to become a tutor or a guardian and no consent is needed. 2. The offices are in principle non-remunerative. A guardian or a tutor gives the service for free. 3. The tutor/guardian must be a capable person. It is clear that an incapable person cannot exercise representing others rights and duties that he/she cannot personally exercise.
  • 31.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 31 4. The essence of the distinction between the offices of guardianship and tutorship is the type of activity undertaken and it does not mean that two different persons should hold the offices. Both functions can be assumed by a single person. 5. The offices are strictly personal in the sense that they cannot be delegated to the exercise of third party or they cannot be transferred to next of kin through inheritance. c) Legal interdiction: - This is an incapacity imposed by the law. A person will be legally interdicted as a result of the pronouncement of a legally prescribed punishment for the violation of criminal law. The prescribed sentence will deny the person the capacity to carryout economic affairs. A legally interdicted person retains capacity over his personality interests and thus no guardian is necessary. A tutor may represent the legally interdicted person to exercise the latter’s pecuniary rights/duties. The assumption of the office of tutorship is, unlike that of minority or judicial interdiction, voluntary. The evident reason is that a person who lost his privilege because of commission of a crime should not be favored by compelling others to assume the role of tutorship on his behalf. d) Foreign Nationality: - This is a special incapacity because a person is prevented from exercising specified categories of rights. For instance, the law states that a foreigner cannot take part in governmental administrations. Likewise, a foreigner cannot (whether personally or through an agent) own an immovable in Ethiopia, nor can he enter certain investment fields reserved to Ethiopians. 2.6. Termination of Physical Personality Article 1 of the Ethiopian Civil Code also provides for the way personality of individuals ends. It states that human person is the subject of rights from birth to death, meaning personality ends at death. In this case too, natural death and legal death of a person are co-existent.
  • 32.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 32 Declaration of absence can, through interpretation, also result in termination of physical personality. The law says that if a person's whereabouts are not known for a certain period defined by the law, a judicial declaration of absence having the effect of death for all legal purposes may be made. Among the effects of death are found the opening of succession of the person and the remarriage of her/his spouse. But most importantly, absence with an effect of death will end personality of the absence.
  • 33.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 33 Self-check Questions 1. Why is the knowledge of law of personality so important to a businessman or a manger? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ _____________________________. 2. What are the differentiating points between artificial persons and physical persons? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________. 3. What is the effect of a civil act performed by a judicially interdicted person? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________
  • 34.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 34 __________________________________________________________________ _______________________. 4. Does the establishment of a partnership by, for instance, identifying the partners, paying the capital and concluding the memorandum of association mark the beginning of personality for that partnership? Why or why not? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________. 5. Work out the following case by making correct reasoning: A and B are spouses. They have a merely conceived baby who is expected to be born after four months. On the last day of the sixth month of pregnancy of his wife, Ato A, the husband, died due to car accident leaving behind a good deal of property. The mother gave birth to a female baby who died only after 50 hours. (a) When does the baby begin to have personality and for what purpose? _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________
  • 35.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 35 _____________________________________________________________________ _________________________________. (b) Would there be a difference regarding personality of the baby if the father 10 hours after the birth of his child and the baby dies 20 hours later because of deficiency in development? Explain. _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________.
  • 36.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 36 CHAPTER THREE THE LAW OF CONTRACTS This area is crucial for businesspeople and managers. Contracts are matters of daily life especially in commerce. Thus, the knowledge of fundamental principles of contract law is of much help in commercial success. Dear distance learner, up on completing this chapter you, among other things, will be able to: - Accurately point out the nature of a civil obligation; - Comprehend the essential principles of contracts; - Identify and appreciating the essential requisites in the formation of contracts; - Notice the effects of contracts; - Explore issues of performance of contracts; - Explain non-performance and identify the remedies. 3.1. The concept of Obligations There are all sorts of obligations imposed upon human beings: moral, religious or social duties. In the area of social obligations, a special category is that of legal obligations which will have a binding effect as opposed to the category known as natural obligations that are not compulsory or binding on the parties. The conceptual foundation of legal obligation traces as far back to ancient Roman law which defines obligation as a means of an undertaking or legally binding relationships where one party promises the other party to perform some acts or to do something. Legal obligations can be further split into penal and civil obligations. The specific concern here is with civil obligations existing between private citizens. Civil obligation is a general reference to juridical acts having distinct legal effects that exist between two or more persons in their private relationships concerning something that one party must undertake towards the other party. This sort of obligation involves a
  • 37.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 37 legal tie between the persons it exists and it is fully enforceable by means of a legal action under the protection and sanction of the state. A civil obligation consists of a juridical relation between two persons, of whom the one entitled to demand performance on the obligation is called creditor and the one who is obliged to perform is called debtor. Thus, the obligation and its correlative right take the name of debt and credit respectively. One of the parties occupies the active position of creditorship and the other assumes the passive status of debtorship. Every obligation has a corresponding right, but the nature of the right that corresponds to a civil obligation and enjoyed by the creditor is particularly a personal right, i.e., it is a right against a designated person(s) or a defined class of persons, as opposed to real rights which are enforceable against any one at all. An obligation exists between persons, be they physical or artificial, while a real right involves the association of a person with a thing and the person can pursue this thing into whosever hands it falls. It is also the essence of obligations that there is a cause from which the obligation proceeds, persons between whom it exists, and something which is the object of it. The sources of obligations are generally law and contract. In contract, the will of the parties forms the basis of the obligation; in the absence of a contract, an obligation cannot arise except by virtue of the law and therefore all non-contractual obligations have the law as their sole source. The obligations originating exclusively from the law may be further founded on civil wrongs or unjust enrichment. Thus, obligations usually emerge contractually by the natural agreement of the parties or by the law when the legislator provides so in particular cases of torts and unjust enrichment. But it is beyond the scope of this study to discus non-contractual obligations and our focus is on contracts only. 3.2. Essential Notions of Contracts Dear distance learner, in this section you will be introduced with certain fundamental quasi-philosophical concepts of contracts including the definition given by the Ethiopian
  • 38.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 38 law. You are strongly advised to exert your utmost effort to grasp these concepts because the whole discussion of contracts centers upon these notions in one way or another. The Ethiopian Civil Code, a systematized legislative document covering substantial areas of the civil law, is predominantly influenced by the Romano-Germanic civil law tradition, and accordingly shares much of the jurisprudential aspects of this super legal tradition particularly in the area of contacts. The Civil Code's draftsmanship with a Romano- Germanic jurisprudential background has established in contractual matters the theory of the autonomy of will. This theory derives from the philosophy of economic liberalism, and embodies three major consequences: (1) Contractual freedom: there is no obligation to contract; the contracting parties are free to determine the scope of their contract; there is no special form for contracts because consent is sufficient. (2) Enforceability of contracts: a contract has the force of a law between parties. The contract is compulsory even for the judge as he has to decide disputes by referring solely to the provisions stipulated by the parties in their contract. (3) The relative effect of contracts: a contract has no bearing on third parties, or parties outside that contractual engagement remain unaffected. The above notions can be explained further by considering definitional attempts. There are also other ideas related to contracts. Contract is a binding agreement; it is a promise or set of promises for the breach of which the law gives a remedy, or the performance of which the law in some way recognizes as a duty. A comprehensive definition incorporating important elements is given under Art.1675 of the Ethiopian Civil Code. It states “a contract is an agreement whereby two or more persons as between themselves create, vary or extinguish obligations of a proprietary nature''. The contractual elements that emerge out from dissecting the definition and other related issues are stated below.
  • 39.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 39 A) Contracts are agreements – they are based on compulsory exchange of consent. There must be an agreement as to every aspect of the contract, and this agreement must be meant to be legally binding. And, conversely, there are agreements which do not give rise to a legal bond and therefore not contracts. For instance, acts of courtesy, a ‘‘gentlemen’s agreement’’, a free performance of service, or even a consensual relationship between neighbors to help each other, are not contracts even if they are agreements. Therefore, we can conclude that while all contracts are agreements, the vice versa is not true. B) A contract needs at least two persons for its existence – there cannot be a one-one contract. The contract is not a unilateral legal instrument which is an expression of a single person's wishes. Such matters as a will drawing an order of succession, the acknowledgement of a natural child, or the resignation made by an employee are all unilateral expressions of a person's intention to generate juridical obligations. But none of these are contracts because a contract cannot emerge by a single person's actions; contracts are bi-party juridical acts that exist between two persons to the minimum. C) Privity – a fundamental aspect of contractual liberty is the concept of privity of contracts. This is the principle of relative effect of contracts so much so that third parties are not concerned by the contracts made by other persons. The phrase “as between themselves” in the definitional provisions of the Ethiopian Civil Code reveals the concept in that it is only parties to a contract who are entitled to the benefits or burdened with the liabilities that arise from the contract, and not third parties. In this regard, a contract is distinguishable from other collective legal instruments which may be imposed on persons who did not take part in them. A decision taken by a general assembly of shareholders, for instance, does create a binding obligation on the partners of the company through the operation of the majority rule even though they had opposed the obligation. The basis of a contractual obligation is the equality of the parties, an important aspect of which is its affirmation of individual liberties. Thus, the right to enter into a contract is also the right not to enter into a contract.
  • 40.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 40 D) The object of contracts is the establishment and performance of an obligation – an obligation is a legal tie (as defined previously), an action of being bound by a duty, and here it is a freely imposed or accepted duty. Being the instrumentality of establishing a legal bond, entering into a contract entitles the contracting parties to claim the assistance of public force, in the guise of the courts and their officials, to obtain the performance of this contract. E) Contracts can be concluded for the creation, variation and extinguishment of obligations: An obligation may be created anew, may be amended in the course of its performance, and finishes one day. These three purposes can be achieved by entering into a contract in each case. The parties can, through the instrumentality of contracts, not only create legal bonds that had not existed before but also vary existing contracts between them or, if they want to, can totally extinguish obligation that had previously been in existence. F) Contracts strictly speaking only concern proprietary, or better, patrimonial issues: they are legal means of modifying economic positions of persons – that is why the law regards contracts as concerned with ''obligations of a proprietary nature''. Thus, agreements in respect of personal status, such as consent to marriage, divorce, or filiations, are not contracts because they are not pecuniary matters in their strict sense. Agreements regarding personality obey different, special legal regimes. It does not mean that certain patrimonial obligations do not derive from such status-bound situations, such as the payment of alimony. But it means that they are not governed by the general law of contracts. G) There are conspicuously abundant types of contracts in economic interactions of persons: For instance, we can consider the following lists (which is by no means limitative):- - Onerous contracts in which both parties undertake towards one another an obligation (e.g. sales contract), and gratuitous contracts in which only
  • 41.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 41 one of the parties undertakes an obligation towards the other party (e.g. contract of donation). - Adhesive contracts where one party can only accept or reject what the other party proposes to him, and freely negotiated contracts. - Private contracts where only the parties have signed, and authenticated contracts concluded and registered before a court or a notary. - Contracts in consideration of the personal traits of a contracting party, and anonymous contracts which are '' personality trait'' free and standard for any contracting party. We can cite numerous other examples of contracts that can be validly concluded. 3.3. Formation of a Contract Dear distance colleague, I hope you have understood from the previous introductory part that contracts emerge out from the free will of the contracting parties. But it may be the case that such free will would be exercised improperly so that the economic interest that is the subject matter of a contract may be prejudiced. A party may enter into a contract because the other party may have improperly induced him to do so. So, there are two interests at stake here: one is that free will must be reasonably made and must be legitimate in the circumstances; the other is that the formed contract should be enabled to produce the economic effect it was intended for. A striking balance between the interests is reached by the law through the imposition of certain non-derogable requirements in contractual undertakings. There is a vested interest for the law, being cognizant of the possibility of abuse or prejudice of freedom to contract and of the significance of contracts as instruments of economic performance, to intervene in contractual affairs and set certain standards. The law regulates contracts in two ways. On the one hand, there are provisions of the law that are deemed mandatory such as those regarding formation of contracts from which contracting parties cannot deviate because of the need to ensure the free exercise of contractual liberty and due to public policy reasons. On the other, the law provides for permissive rules that serve the purpose of
  • 42.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 42 filling the gap that may be left by the contracting parties. Parties are free to determine whatever they like on such regard but the law steps in so as to fulfill the contract should the parties fail to do so. Accordingly, the law has regarded formative requirements as essential and, therefore, compulsory upon the parties to comply with. You will learn about these essential requisites of concluding a contract in the sections that follow. Article 1678 of the Ethiopian Civil Code states that no valid contract shall exist unless:- a) the parties are capable of contracting and give their consent sustainable at law; b) the object of contract is sufficiently defined, and is possible and lawful; c) the contract is made in the form prescribed by law, if any. Four mandatory conditions are evident in the provision above: capacity, consent, object and formality. Let us turn ourselves on to briefly exploring their nature and scope. 3.3.1. Capacity Much is said on legal capacity of a person to perform juridical acts. As contract is a juridical act, remembering what is discussed in the foregoing chapter enables you easily understand requirement of capacity in the formation of a contract. The law of contracts itself does not address the issue of capacity, which means it suffices to look into the general rules of capacity we addressed in the previous chapter. It is fairly enough to reiterate here that either because the person has to be protected (minors, judicially interdicted persons) or because he undergoes a prohibition (legally interdicted persons, foreigners) the law decides that they cannot enter a contract. They are incapable of binding themselves to somebody else. But if they do conclude a contract, the sanction is the nullity of the contract as claimed by a person whose incapacity is proved.
  • 43.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 43 3.3.2. Consent Consent is a defect-free mutual agreement by the contracting parties. It is a manifestation of freedom of contract, and therefore is the basis upon which rests the entire law of contractual obligations. Consent carries a double aspect: first, the parties must agree on the scope of their undertaking (there must be an agreement on each and every important detail) and, second, there must be a willingness on the part of the contractants to make their undertaking legally binding. It is only when this double condition is present that the effectiveness of the binding nature of the obligation is guaranteed by the civil law. The existence or otherwise of these aspects and their consequential bearing on the validity or otherwise of a contract is to be scrutinized by judges taking into account the circumstances of the case. Regarding the first element, for instance, the court is to examine whether or not all details are essential in that lack of consent on one detail might render the whole contract ineffective. Certain details may be insignificant so that the presence or otherwise of consent will not have a bearing on the contract as a whole and on the overall status of the contracting parties. Furthermore, the parties need not necessarily express certain details in their contract so much so that one should not hastily conclude these details are totally omitted from the contract and no corresponding consent is given. The mere absence of some details does not mean that parties have not consented to them, for consent is broad enough to be said existent having regard to custom, equity and good faith. The element of intention to be bound is an important psychological aspect that relates to the contract as a whole. It refers to the state of mind of the contracting parties to create a legally binding instrument. The mutual assent of the parties is deemed to have final legal force only if it is accompanied by a genuinely made intentio obligandi (intention to be bound). Mere intention to be bound existing only in the subjective state of mind of the parties does not suffice for the purposes of the law. An intention which is not expressed in the contract makes the ascertainment of its existence by the courts very difficult as the determination of a state of mind of a person is so complex matter. The law requires the
  • 44.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 44 intention to be bound to be declared so that the willingness of the parties is externally manifested and this is deemed to simplify the work of the courts and to reduce the possibility of disputes. Whether the declaration of intention is express or tacit is not a question here, but only whether the declared intentio obligandi can be objectively established. Further analysis of how consent is to be expressed is given below. 3.3.2.1. Offer and Acceptance Ordinarily, mutual assent is evidenced by a contractual offer and acceptance. One party offers a certain bargain to another party, who then accepts that bargain. The parties are required to manifest to each other their mutual assent to the same bargain. A contract is therefore the meeting of the offer with an acceptance. The two stages of offer and acceptance are sometimes much more slow to develop into a final contract. There may have been a number of exchanges between the parties where conflicting offers and acceptances were exchanged over a period of time and where, during the negotiation process, an agreement was achieved only on certain terms and not on others. The meeting of the consent of the parties may be fragmented over time before all these part agreements finally come together to form a global contract. Regard is to be had to the final offer and acceptance that truly manifests the mutual consent of the parties for it is only a finally made offer and acceptance that bind the parties. Offer An offer is a firm and definite (precise) proposal made by the offeror (the party who takes the initiative to conclude a contract) to enter into a contractual engagement regarding a particular subject matter. It expresses the willingness of the offeror to create a binding obligation. Three elements are necessary for an offer to be effective at law: serious intention (firm proposal), certainty or definiteness, and communication. An offer is firm when the offeror has a serious intention to become bound by the offer. But such serious intent is not determined by the subjective intentions, beliefs, and
  • 45.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 45 assumptions of the offeror. It is determined by what a reasonable person in the position of the person to whom the offer is addressed would conclude the offeror's words and actions meant. Offers made in obvious anger or undue excitement does not meet the intention test. Because these offers are not effective in the eyes of the law, acceptance does not create a contract. For instance, suppose A and B ride every morning to a school in A's 50,000 Birr worth car. One cold morning, both persons get into the car, but A cannot start the car. A yells in anger that he will sell the car to anyone for Birr 10,000. The next morning B brought 10,000 Birr to take the car. Given these facts, a reasonable person, taking into account A's frustration and the obvious difference in value between the market price of the car and the proposed purchase price, would declare that his offer was not made firmly and that B did not have a contract. There are various proposals that are not legal offers. The concept of firm intention can be further clarified by distinguishing between offers and numerous kinds of non-offers. As such, social invitations, expressions of opinion, or statements of motive all do not evidence an intention to enter into a binding agreement. If someone invites you to a dinner and later on tells you that he has cancelled the invitation because he has got another appointment, you can't invoke the law of contracts to enforce the promise because such social relationships are not normally intended to be legally binding. Suppose again that you wanted a doctor to operate on your broken legs, and the doctor, after making the operation, tells you that your legs would probably heal a few days later. If your legs do not heal after a month, you can't win a suit against the doctor for breach of contract because the doctor did not make an offer to heal your legs in two or three days but merely expressed an opinion as to when the legs would heal. Likewise, if A says he plans to sell his stock in XY S.C. for Birr 5000 per share, a contract is not created if you accept and tender the 5000 Birr per share for the stock. A has merely expressed his motive to enter into a future contract for the sale of the stock, and no contract is formed, because a reasonable person would conclude that A was only thinking about selling his stock, not promising to sell.
  • 46.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 46 Another obvious non-offer category is constituted by advertisements, catalogues, price lists and circulars. In general, these cases are treated not as offers to contract but as invitations to negotiate. For example, a seller's price list is not an offer to sell at that price; it merely invites the buyer to offer to buy at that price. In preliminary negotiations, a request or invitation to negotiate is not an offer. It only expresses a willingness to discuss the possibility of entering into a contract. Similarly, when construction work is to be done for the government and private firms, contractors are invited to submit bids. The invitation to submit bids is not an offer, and a contractor does not bind the government or private firm by submitting a bid. (But the bids that the contractors submit are offers.) In some cases, what appears to be an offer is not sufficient to serve as a basis for the formation of a contract. Particularly problematic in this respect are “offers” to sell goods at auctions. In an auction, a seller 'offers' goods for sale but this is not a contractual offer. Instead, the seller is only expressing a willingness to sell. The seller can withdraw the goods at any time before the sale is closed by announcement or by knocking down of the auctioneer's hammer, unless the terms of the auction are explicitly stated to be without reservation (in which case the seller is obliged to accept the highest bid). In principle, there is no obligation to sell, and the seller may refuse the highest bid. The bidder is actually the offeror and the contract is formed when that bid is formally accepted. The second requirement for an effective offer involves the definiteness of its terms. An offer must have reasonably definite terms so that a court can determine if a breach had occurred and can provide a remedy. Courts are authorized to supply a missing term in a contract when the parties have clearly manifested intent to form a contract. If, in contrast, the parties have attempted to deal with a particular term of the contract but their expression of intent is too vague or uncertain to be given any precise meaning, the court will not supply a reasonable term, because to do so might conflict with the intent of the parties.
  • 47.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 47 A third requirement for an effective offer is communication of the offer to the offeree, resulting in the offeree's knowledge of the offer. Ordinarily, one cannot agree to bargain without knowing that it exists. Uncommunicated offer is no offer at all. The offer must also be addressed directly to the offeree (the person to whom the offer is directed for his/her consideration) so much so that if the offeree learns of the offeror's intentions from some other source, no legal offer results because no offer has been communicated. The manner of communication need not necessarily be in writing or oral; the law recognizes even signs and conduct as legitimate media for communication of an offer in so far as there is no doubt as to the making of the offer. Once an offer is properly made and made known to the offeree, it will be binding on the offeror. The offeror cannot engage in activities that negate the offer, and his consent has the force of law upon him. Termination of Offer An offer addressed to the offeree does not remain in force indefinitely. It will cease to have a binding effect, and the offeror would be released from the legal bond. An offer terminates generally by the action of the parties or through the operation of the law. i) Termination by the Action of the Parties An offer can be terminated by the action of the parties in any of three ways: by revocation, by rejection or by counter-offer. (a) Revocation: - refers to the offeror's act of withdrawing an offer. Revocation becomes effective where it is communicated to the offeree before the offeree knows of the offer. Revocation practically operates as a mechanism of terminating offers especially where there is a time between the making of the offer and the knowledge of the offeree. Thus, revocation of an offer sent to the offeree through post can be made by using a faster means of communication (such as telephone) so that the offeree knows of the withdrawal notice before he
  • 48.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 48 does of the offer. In so far as it carries with it the test of offeree's first knowledge, revocation may be accomplished by express repudiation or by performance of acts inconsistent with the existence of the offer, which are made known to the offeree. (b) Rejection: - this is the act of the offeree to terminate an offer. The offeree is free to accept or reject the offer. If he elects to reject the offer and communicates same to the offeror, the offer comes to an end even though the period for which the offeror agreed to keep the offer open has not expired. (c) Counter-offer:- A rejection of the original offer and the simultaneous making of a new offer by the offeree is called a counter-offer. It is required that the offeree's acceptance should match the offeror's offer exactly. Any material change in, or addition to, the terms of the original offer automatically terminates that offer and substitutes a counter-offer. The counter-offer, of course, need not be accepted; but if the original offeror does accept the terms of the counter-offer, a valid contract is created (Art 1694 of the Civil Code). ii) Termination by Operation of Law The power of the offeree to transform the offer into a binding legal obligation can be terminated by operation of the law through the occurrence of the following events: lapse of time; death or incompetence of the offeror or the offeree. a) Lapse of time: - An offer terminates automatically by law when the period of time specified in the offer has passed. Such is the case with offers in which a time-limit has been stipulated. The time-limit specified in an offer normally begins to run when the offer is actually received by the offeree, not when it is sent or drawn up. When the offer is delayed (e.g. through misdelivery of mail), the period begins to run from the date the offeree would have received the offer, but only if the offeree knows or should know that the offer is delayed.
  • 49.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 49 If no time for acceptance is specified in the offer, the offer terminates at the end of a reasonable period of time. What constitutes a reasonable period depends on the subject matter of the contract, business and market conditions, and other relevant circumstances. An offer to sell farm produce, for example, will terminate sooner than an offer to sell farm equipment because farm produce is perishable and subject to greater fluctuations in market value. b) Death or Incompetence of Either party: - An offeree's power of acceptance is terminated when the offeror or offeree dies or is deprived of legal capacity to enter into the proposed contract. An offer is personal to both parties and cannot pass to the descendant’s heirs, guardian, or estate. Furthermore, this rule applies whether or not the other party had notice of the death or incompetence. Acceptance Acceptance is a voluntary act by the offeree that shows assent to the terms of an offer. It refers to the pure and simple agreement given by the offeree to the offeror. In other words, acceptance must be absolute and unconditional in the sense that one must accept just what is offered. This is the mirror image rule which requires acceptance to mirror (reflect back) the full images of the offer. So, acceptance must unequivocally conform to the terms of the offer; it must agree in the manner, at the place, and within the time set forth in the offer. If the acceptance is subject to new conditions or if the terms of the acceptance materially change the original, the acceptance may be deemed a counter-offer that implicitly rejects the original offer. Acceptance must be communicated, and, conversely, uncommunicated acceptance is no acceptance. Just as for the offer, the communication of acceptance does not call for any special formality. The only requirement, similar to the case of offer, is to have no doubt as to the intention to undertake an obligation. Thus, acceptance can be communicated expressly or tacitly. The express acceptance may be oral or in writing. The tacit acceptance results from signs normally in use or conduct such that there is no doubt as to
  • 50.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 50 consent. The above lenient approach to form of acceptance is, however, excepted where the offeror stipulates a special form of acceptance in the offer. Such a specific term is deemed to be part and parcel of the offer itself, and therefore acceptance, by definition, must conform to the special form demanded by the offer. If, for example, the offer states that acceptance is to be made in writing, the offeree is deemed not to have accepted the offer purely and simply if he communicates his assent orally or through conduct. Dear student, do you think acceptance can be effectively made when the offeree keeps silent? Silence is a borderline and problematic concept with regard to acceptance and communication thereof. “Silence” in the legal sense of the word has to be defined. It should not be confused with the simple absence of verbal or written expression, because an outward behavior other than speech can be equivalent to a tacit acceptance. In other words, silence is the total absence of any form of expression, be it verbal, written or behavioral. The grand rule is that silence does not constitute acceptance, and this is set out in Article 1682 of the Ethiopian Civil Code. This principle has a logical explanation deriving from the basic ideal of contractual liberty. If silence is to amount to acceptance, a converse situation that imposes upon offeree to resort to mechanisms of express rejection is created. This would make life unbearable for all of us, who are constantly subjected to a stream of unsolicited offers. It would place the burden of evidence of rejection on the client and be unreasonable. It in effect means that freedom not to contract is significantly restricted and creates insecurity. Thus, to protect contractual freedom, which also includes a freedom not contract, it is traditionally established that silence cannot amount to acceptance and that some form of outward expression is needed. The above traditional rule is, however, not without exception. According to Art.1683 of the Civil Code, certain persons are required by law or by concession to conclude certain contracts on terms stipulated in advance with anyone who makes an offer to them. The explanation of this exception goes like this. Certain activities may constitute public utility and are indispensable for the descent life of the community. Moreover, it is probably the
  • 51.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 51 case that these activities provide limited or no alternatives, and perhaps monopolistically held, with the consumer of such goods or services vulnerable to denial of consumption. The modern conception of the duty of the state requires the latter to supply “public utility” services to citizens. The state discharges such function through granting certain economic operators the privilege to undertake the activities, and at the same time imposing upon them the duty to accept any offer from the public, by either a special law (e.g. establishment regulations for Ethiopian telecom) or a concession concluded between the government and a private company. The protection accorded to the public lies in the fact that the terms of the would-be contract are fixed in advance by the relevant law or contract of concession. There is no negotiation possible; it is a contract of adhesion for the client (consumer) and an imposed contract for the supplier of the service if forced to accept clients. It is also noteworthy that although the supplier of the service, the terms of the contract may not necessarily be profitable for the client. Since the law or concession requires the offeree to accept the offer, silence in such a case clearly amounts to an acceptance. The moment at which the contract is concluded is upon the receipt of the offer. It must be stressed that the contract is thus concluded through an offer, and not through the acceptance. This means that not only does silence not reject an offer but also acceptance is not necessary. The second exception to the general rule that silence does not amount to acceptance is provided by Art.1684 of the Civil Code in cases of pre-existing business relations. This is a concern of contracting parties who have pre-existing or ongoing business relations and have previously concluded a contract. If one of the parties proposes the renewal of an expired contract, the modification of an existing contract or conclusion of another contract supplementing the first, silence on the part of the other party results in acceptance. To be a bit specific, for example, an offer to enter into a subsidiary contract that supports the previous contract or to conclude a complementary contract that addresses a lacuna or omitted element from the first contract, can be accepted through silence. Nevertheless, in respect of offers relating to pre-existing business relations and their silent acceptance, the law additionally imposes the observance of certain formalities:
  • 52.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 52 the offer must be made in a special document stating expressly that the offer will be considered accepted if no rejection is made within a specified time, or absent such time, reasonable period of time. A ‘special document’ is a document which is specific to the contract and to the party concerned, and cannot be a general document sent to every body every time. This shows that the law is taking a cautionary approach in derogating from the principle of silence as not constituting an acceptance by adopting a restrictive application of the exception. In connection with this question of silent acceptance, the law also addresses issues of invoices (Art.1685) and general business terms (Art.1686). An invoice is merely a supportive document drawn up by the seller and addressed to the buyer evidencing the delivery of goods in a sales contract. It may be the case that the invoice contains terms not agreed upon by the parties. The law thus, having regard to the unilateral drawing up of the invoice, declares that particulars entered into an invoice are acceptable only if they conform to a prior agreement or if they have been expressly approved, and they cannot be accepted through silence. Regarding general terms of business, very often a trader drafts his terms of business for all future contracts by using a special pre-written form, stating various specific clauses which he wants because they are in his interest. Conversely, such clauses are not at the advantage of the other party, who is not necessarily a trader. Such contracts of adhesion frequently give cause for suspicion, and the law has rightly provided that such clauses would be inadmissible unless they are expressly known and approved by the other party, or unless they are prescribed or approved by the public authorities. A timely and definitive acceptance completes the contract. The issue as to when and where the contract is fully created can be easily settled if the parties are present because no difference would be there in place or time of offer and acceptance. A difficulty would, however, arise if the contract is to be entered into between absent parties. The parties will be at different places and they may enter into a contract using certain media of communication. Determination of place of formation of a contract is important because it solves the problem of, for instance, jurisdiction, applicable law and form of the contract.
  • 53.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 53 Ascertainment of the time when the contract begins to have a legal force where a time- gap exists between offer and acceptance settles issues relating to rate and amount of contractual interest, limitation of actions, and transfer of ownership, amongst others. For absent parties who conclude a contract by sending a letter using the mailbox, Art 1692 (1) of the Ethiopian Civil Code provides that the time and place of conclusion of the contract is when and where the offeree sends his acceptance. The date of contract will be the date of expedition of the acceptance, and it’s popularly known as the theory of emission or the dispatch theory. Certain legal systems prefer the time and place of reception by the offeror of the acceptance; this is the theory of reception. The solution afforded by the dispatch theory advantages the accepting party because in case of a dispute it will be his local court that exercises jurisdiction and his local law that applies. The situation is slightly different if the absent parties intend to conclude a contract over a telephone conversation and fail to specify the place of the contract. Art 1692(2) states that the contract shall be deemed to be made at the place where the person was called. Here, the place chosen is not the place from where a party sends his acceptance, but the place where he was called, i.e. the place chosen by the caller. It seems that the caller is the offeror and the person who is called is the offeree. Finally, even if the law has not expressly covered other modern means of communication such as faxes and internet mailing, we can extend the provision on telephone call to these cases because of their substantial similarity to phone call. One point finally should be noted: termination of acceptance. Even if we have said above (especially dispatch theory) that the making of acceptance completes a contract, Art. 1693(2) opens a right for the accepting party to withdraw his acceptance. The timely withdrawal of an acceptance amounts to destroy a contract which was validly formed unlike the case of withdrawing an offer. Timely withdrawal of acceptance that terminates the binding effect of the contract is that made before the acceptance reaches the offeror, in which case one could say that the theory of reception is reborn in respect of the withdrawal of an acceptance.
  • 54.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 54 3.3.2.2. Vices of Consent Vices of consent are defects that vitiate the validity of consent so that consent fails to be given freely and in full knowledge of the obligations. The theory of the vices of consent has to answer a double and, to a certain extent, contradictory requirement. Its objective is on the one hand to ensure justice by avoiding that persons are trapped against their will by given contractual obligations. On the other hand, it is necessary to ensure that contracts concluded do remain secure – too liberal an approach of the possible defects of contracts would bring about a great measure of legal uncertainty. Article 1696 provides for a classical list of defects in consent – mistake, fraud and duress. The law also adds to the above traditional “vice of consent” category the borderline problems of unconscionable contracts. While the vices of consent proper address a psychological issue, unconscionability is an economic vice consisting in the discrepancy between the real value of the obligations subscribed and their contractual valuation. Art. 1710 of the Civil Code provides for a different nature and scope in the case of unconscionable contracts. The sanction of a vice of consent is relative nullity. This means that where it is established, this type of contractual defect may only be raised by the person it intends to protect. If the contract is voidable, it remains that this must be decided by a court ruling, and the mere fact that the vice exists does not automatically nullify the contract. 1. Mistake A mistake is ordinarily understood as an erroneous belief in the truth of a situation or in the existence or otherwise of something, when in fact the contrary is the case. In its legal context, there are certain qualifications attached to mistake and only certain types of mistake are admissible in order to avoid too much contractual insecurity. Mistake constitutes a vice of consent, and therefore a ground for nullifying a contract, only when it bears a double, cumulative nature. These natures are, first, the mistake must be decisive, and, second, it must carry on a fundamental element of the contract.
  • 55.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 55 Decisiveness is a subjective test that requires the mistaken party to establish that he wouldn’t have entered into the contract had he known the truth or reality. But this must be a credible belief, and not an unbelievable mistake. Decisiveness is not sufficient on its own, and an additional objective criterion is inserted to evaluate mistake as a contractual vice, i.e., it must be fundamental. An element of contract is to be regarded as an important component of the agreement if it relates, for instance, to the identity or qualifications of the parties, the object of the contract, the cause of the obligation and the like. I) Mistake as to the Nature or Object of the Contract An admissible mistake may relate to the legal nature of the contract. A buyer thinks that he concludes a sale of a house, while he ended up in concluding only a lease contract. This is a fundamental mistake and can be regarded as vice of consent. Mistake as to the object of a contract is taken to refer to a situation where the extent of the performance promised by the party is substantially greater or the extent of the benefit expected by the party is substantially smaller than what he truly wanted. The issue is generally about the determination of the scope of the performance. II) Mistake as to the Person In this case the mistake carries either on the identity or on the qualifications expected of the other party. The identity or qualification has to be a necessary element of the contract either in general opinion or having regard to the circumstances. For example, if A wanted to make a deal with a famous musician who entertains his guests at a party, and if he later on discovered that the contracting party has the same name but nothing to do with the famous artist, the mistake becomes fundamental. Likewise, if a person intends to conclude a contract for the construction of a house with a highly educated civil engineer but mistakably reaches an agreement with uneducated construction worker, there is a mistake as to the qualification of the party and as such fundamental.
  • 56.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 56 Some mistakes may be non-essential in that they can be either neglected or corrected, and the contract remains valid. Mistake regarding motive of the contractant is non- fundamental and does not give rise to the invalidation of a contract because motive is something kept in the mind of party and not communicated to the other. Arithmetical errors also produce the same effect (do not invalidate a contract); they are simply corrected rather than invalidating the contract. A claim of mistake to invalidate a contract is subject to the requirement of good faith. A contracting party who made a mistake cannot base his defense on it in a manner contrary to good faith. The contract remains unaffected should the other party wish to have the contract implemented by making the mistake good. The bad faith of the mistaken party is most appropriately sanctioned. When a mistaken party invokes a mistake and succeeds in invalidating the contract, he has to make good the damage that may be sustained by the other party. The mistake normally evokes from the claimant, and the other innocent party should not suffer from his mistake – of course unless the other contracting party knew or should have known of the mistake. 2. Fraud Fraud is another vice recognized by the law vitiating the consent of a contracting party. Although it is a tort, it also affects the genuineness of the innocent party’s consent to a contract. The transaction is not voluntary in the sense of involving mutual assent. When an innocent party is fraudulently induced to enter into a contract, the contract normally can be avoided because that party has not voluntarily consented to its terms. Normally, the innocent party can either rescind the contract and be restored to his/her original position or enforce the contract and seek damages for any injuries resulting from the fraud.
  • 57.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 57 Dear student, having said this as an introduction, let’s turn ourselves to the substance of fraud, i.e. the question of what really constitutes fraud in the eyes of the law that entitles a party to avoid effects of a contract. But remember that we are not here to deal with every detail concerning fraud but only the major ones. The important elements of fraud under the Ethiopian law are deceitful practices, intent to deceive, and the innocent party’s justifiable reliance on the fraudulent practice. Thus, mere false statements intended to deceive the other party to enter into a contract do not constitute fraud because they lack “deceitful practice”. Likewise, deceptive silence (non-disclosure of facts) would not amount to fraud. With regard to false statements and silence, every person is expected to exercise care and judgment when entering into contracts and the law will not come to the aid to one who simply makes an unwise bargain. Exceptionally, however, the making of false statements and failure to disclose important facts constitute fraud if the parties have a relationship of trust and confidence, called a fiduciary relationship. In such a relationship, if one party knows any facts that materially affect the other’s interests, he must disclose them, and, similarly, a party must refrain from providing a false statement that materially affects the other party. An attorney, for example, has a duty not only to disclose material facts but also to make truthful disclosures to a client. Such relationships include those between partners in a partnership, guardians and wards, employers and employees, and the like. In the absence of the above relationships of trust and confidence, no false statement or silence would constitute silence. There must additionally exist a “deceitful practice” that requires certain acts or conduct of the faulty. For instance, if the used car salesman manipulates the odometer, i.e. the car accessory showing the number of kilometers the car has so far traveled, so that it shows 50,000 kms instead of the real 150,000 kms, he has engaged in a deceitful practice to encourage the buyer in thinking this is a car with few kilometers, and so in a better condition – and more expensive. If, however, the salesman says that the car has traveled 40,000 kms but did not manipulate the odometer, it is a simple lie (a mere false statement) and the client can check easily, and therefore no fraud is committed.
  • 58.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 58 The presence of knowledge on the part of the faulty party that facts have been falsely and deceitfully represented it also an essential element of fraud. Guilty knowledge signifies that there was intent to deceive and hence fraud and it could be committed intentionally or negligently. In the absence of a negligent or intentional state of mind, it is difficult to conceive of a culpable conduct constituting fraud. Finally, fraud is completed when an innocent party justifiably relies on the trick designed by the other party. If a deceitful practice thoughtfully made can be easily detected, one cannot be justified in relying upon that practice. Fraud is deemed to exist and constitutes a defect in consent not merely by resorting to a practice with intent to deceive but when accompanied by the corresponding reasonable absence of knowledge on the part of the contractant affected. Dear distance student, so far attempt is made to highlight upon the fraud committed by one contracting party against the other. What if the fraud is committed by a third party, a person who is not a party to the contract? One must first mention to eliminate the case where a fraud is committed by the person legally representing the contracting party, i.e. where an agent commits a fraudulent act in the course of concluding a contract as part of his agency authorization. In such a case, at least in respect of the plaintiff (the person who claims fraud has been committed against him), the perpetrator is the person represented. Apart from such, the fraud committed by a third party and not by a contracting party has no incidence on the validity of the contract. This is normally justified by the principle of privity of contracts. The exception to this rule is where a party to the contract knew or should have known of the contract. This helps the victim to avail him/herself of a covert agreement between the party and the third party to set up the deceit. The normal consequences of fraud are invalidation and the claim of damages. Fraud vitiates consent and results in a relative nullity of the contract – the contract will be invalidated when a fraud is claimed and established by the affected party and where the court declares the invalidation. But because fraud necessarily entails fault, the duty of making damages good is perhaps another logical sanction. The victim of the fraud can
  • 59.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 59 also claim the payment of damages apart from or in addition to invalidation. If the party who is the author of the fraud sustains damage because of invalidation by the innocent party, he cannot claim damages because it was him who voluntarily created the fraud and hence the risk of damages. 3. Duress Duress is an even more pressing problematic factor that can be legitimately said to have vitiated consent of a contracting party. It involves conduct of a coercive character, that is, assent to the terms of a contract is not genuine if one of the parties is forced into agreement. Forcing a party to enter into a contract by threatening the party with a wrongful act is legally defined as duress. For example, if A threatens to harm B or his family unless he (B) signs a promissory note for the money that B owes, A is guilty of duress. Duress is authored by a person and directed against the other. It cannot be said, for instance, that duress exists where a party was forced to contract because of general circumstances, such as when he had to sell his house because of the continuous decrease in price, or because of natures forces, as when he was forced to buy new sheet of metal to replace the roof destroyed by a storm. In other words, the vice of duress may only be established where the plaintiff (the person who claims his consent is vitiated by the duress) proves the intention of another person to put him under pressure to enter the contract. The threat need not necessarily be physical; it could also be psychological in the sense that it may be directed against the honor or reputation of a contracting party. Again, duress is recognized where a threat of physical or moral harm is directed against a contracting party’s nearest relatives – ascendants, descendents and spouse. Duress does not have to necessarily emanate from the other contracting party himself; it may be evoked by a third party out of the contract. What is important here is that a force that vitiates the consent of a contracting party is applied by another party, whether this other
  • 60.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 60 party is the contracting party or not. Thus, the law regards as duress a threat of harm against contracting party’s (or his ascendants’, descendants’ or spouse’s) life, person, property or honor by whoever it might be inspired. Duress should meet the requirements of ‘seriousness’ and ‘imminence’ in order to be effectively invoked to invalidate the contract, according to the reading of Art.1706 of the Ethiopian Civil Code. Seriousness refers to the gravity of the danger posed that would suffice to compel a person to conclude a contract, and it would be determined by the court having regard to the circumstances of the case. A danger is said to be imminent when it is on the verge of materialization or where there is almost no time gap between the communication of the threat and its projected materialization. Hence, there is no duress if a party signs a contract under a pressure that is fixed to happen several months later. Generally, duress must impress a reasonable person so that the existence of duress is determined by the consideration of what a reasonable man would have felt in the same circumstances. This objective standard of reasonable person is, however, variable in respect of the identity of the victim of duress. The duress is differently appreciated having regard to the age, sex and condition of the person. Thus, under this subjective evaluation stage, an old sick person will be considered more influenceable than a healthy adult, a pregnant woman more than the single woman, minors in their early teens more than a person in his late twenties. There are certain borderline cases where one cannot surely say duress exists. One is a special form of threat, that of exercising a right. In such case, a person uses a legitimate right to force the other to conclude a contract. Generally, the threatened act must be wrongful or illegal in order to be regarded as duress. Threatening to exercise a legal right is not ordinarily illegal and normally does not constitute duress. Suppose that A injures B in a car accident. The police are not called. A has no insurance for his car, but he has substantial assets. B is willing to settle the potential claim out of court for 5,000 Birr, which A refuses. After much arguing, B loses his patience and says, “If you don’t pay me 5000 Birr right now, I’m going to sue you for 15,000 Birr”. A is frightened and gives B a promissory note for 5,000 Birr. Later, A refuses to make payment. B comes back to sue A
  • 61.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 61 for the 5,000 Birr. Although A argues that he was the victim of dress, the threat of a civil suit is normally not duress. However, this is not the case of the right is abused to gain undue advantage from the circumstances, such as, in the example above, when B demands A under the threat of reporting the incident, which is also a crime, to the police to sign a promissory note for 50,000 Birr while he has sustained only a minor injury. If B succeeds in forcing A, A can later on claim duress. Another borderline case is reverential fear, where a person has a great respect for another, for instance, vis-à-vis an ascendant or a superior. In fact there is no threat or action from the ascendant or superior but simply the consequence of the normal relation between two persons bound by this type of relationship. Entering into a contract as a consequence of such relationship is in principle not a ground for invalidating a contract. But if such a relationship gives rise to that of trust and confidence between the parties, and the other party knowingly gains excessive advantage out of the contract, the party with the ‘fear’ can claim invalidation of the contract. Economic need is generally not sufficient to constitute duress, even when one party exacts a very high price for an item that the other party needs. If the party exacting the price also creates the need, however, economic duress may be found. At last, we come to a very peculiar scenario which is significantly related to duress and the above borderline cases – unconscionability. Of course, the principle in a liberal economy embodies that each party to an onerous contract (a contract concluded for consideration) will try to gain the best advantage. So, the simple fact that the contract is unbalanced and burdensome to one party is not, as a rule, a vice of consent. But public policy does exceptionally require that there be some limit on the power of individuals and businesses to dictate the terms of contracts. The Ethiopian law also decides to limit the liberal approach in favor of weaker parties who have in fact been exploited. The purpose of legislative interference here is to avoid cases if unconscionability by entitling the economically exploited party to invalidate the unconscionable contract. Unconscionability exists, and invalidates a contract, subject to the satisfaction of three
  • 62.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 62 conditions: - the existence of “substantially more favorable” advantage to the stronger party; - consent induced by the want, simplicity of mind, senility or manifest business inexperience of a contracting party; - justice requiring the invalidation of the contract. Although judges have a wide discretionary power in the appreciation of issues of unconscionability, the cumulative existence of the above three factors is deemed sufficient for the invalidation of the unconscionable contract. Here, there are certain terms used by Art.1710 (2) as elements of unconscionability that need to be defined. ’Want’ is a situation where a person lacks a commodity, in a somewhat less stringent a manner than the state of necessity. “Simplicity of mind” may refer to a minor form of mental illness or, even in the absence of such an illness, the state of mind of a young and/or an uneducated person. One can describe ‘senility’, in the context of unconscionability, as the degradation of mental capacity, which has not yet reached the stage of judicial interdiction. Finally, “manifest business inexperience” is about understanding a person who has no trading experience whatsoever, i.e. the law authorizes the judge to appreciate the economic exploitation that may be faced by a party manifestly lacking experience how to deal with economic transactions. 3.3.3. Object of Contracts Dear distance learner, you have studied the first essential elements to have a valid and binding contract; you have also seen the voidability of a contract formed without complying with those elements. These are capacity and consent of the contracting parties. This part introduces you with a third essential requisite for the formation of a valid contract. To remind you once again of the provisions of Article 1678 of the Civil Code, “no valid contract shall exist unless the object of the contract is sufficiently defined, and is possible and lawful …” By “object” one must not be confused with a thing, movable or immovable, concerned by
  • 63.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 63 the contract. The expression “object of the contract” as employed by the Ethiopian Civil Code refers to the obligations undertaken by the parties in a given category of contract. In a typical sales contract, for example, the payment of the price by the buyer and the delivery of the good by the seller are the objects (obligations) of the contract. The object of the contract is thus the legal result which the parties wish to achieve. The freedom of contract is still upheld so that the parties are free to determine the obligations in their contract. Parties have the right to define the nature and scope of the obligation they subscribe. But, failure to define the object is a critical defect, and makes the contract void and null. If the object is present, it should be determined or at least determinable. The principal faculty of determination of the object of a contract resides with the contracting parties themselves, but lacunae (gap) left by parties may be filled by making a reference to custom, good faith and equity. Generally, object must be sufficiently defined or determinable in order to create a valid contract. The object (obligation) undertaken in the contract may take one of three broad forms: to do, to give, and not to do. In obligation to do, a party undertakes to act in a way required by the other. Such obligations are themselves divided into two sub-categories. One is obligation of result in which a definite end is to be achieved under the contract, and the other is obligation of means in which a party undertakes to do his/her best to achieve the result without guaranteeing the achievement of an outcome. In obligation to give, a party undertakes to transfer a right (such as full ownership) on a thing to another party. Finally, obligations not to do are negative obligations that require a party to refrain from acting some way. Any obligation in respect of all the above scenarios needs to be defined with sufficient precision. In addition to its sufficient definition, object of a contract must be possible of execution. A contract which is impossible to perform cannot be enforced. Thus, if the parties stipulate an obligation that is impossible at the time of the conclusion of the contract, the contract is deemed as if never created. Nevertheless, the impossibility must be absolute and insuperable. An absolute impossibility is one which is general and is the same for
  • 64.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 64 any contract in the same circumstances. An insuperable impossibility is one which is completely impossible for any body, or one which is humanely impossible to achieve. Again the impossibility need not necessarily be physical; it can also cover situations of legal impossibility. For instance, it is legally impossible for a person to buy through a contract a thing which is already his property. An equally indispensable requirement with regard to object of a contract is that it should be lawful and moral. An unlawful or immoral object nullifies a contract, for it is self- contradictory for the law to recognize as legal instruments contracts with unlawful obligations. For example, an agreement for murdering a person cannot be legally enforced for its object, i.e. homicide, is a crime under the criminal law. In addition to legality, obligations should pass the test of morality. More often than not, law and morality overlap so that what is immoral is also illegal, and there is a strong ground to make the contract void. Sometimes, however, what is immoral may not be illegal. In this case immorality suffices to nullify the contract. For example, prostitution is not illegal but immoral in Ethiopia. So, an agreement of doing sexual intercourse for payment cannot be legally enforced for the object is immoral. The case of unlawful or immoral motive must be clarified here. Motives to enter into a contract are very private to the contracting party, and therefore are difficult to ascertain, and thus they are not taken into account to determine whether a contract contains unlawful or immoral object. But if the motive is manifested directly or implicitly in the contract, it will be taken into account to determine the unlawfulness or immorality of the object. For instance, if it is declared in the contract of sale of a knife that the buyer wants to use the knife for stabbing someone else, the contract is void because the motive shows an unlawful object, i.e. stabbing. 3.3.4. Form of Contracts Form is the outward appearance of the contract, and so the way the will of the parties becomes apparent. There are two extreme scenarios with regard to formality requirements – formalism and consensualism. Consensualism bases the contractual form solely in the partner’s consent, which can be purely tacit in so far as it signifies the declaration of will.
  • 65.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 65 Formalism on the other hand will only acknowledge a contract where an exterior, visible sign is made so much so that actual will of the party will be regarded as secondary in so far as the contract is expressed in a certain way. Consensualism has the virtue of stressing the individual person’s freedom to contract. Not only is it, this context, a form of human rights in economic affairs but it is also cheap, fast, simple and the manifestation of society of equals. Excessive formalism in contracts is burdensome and costly because it calls for the intervention of legal professionals or generates administrative fees and taxes at the expense of the contracting parties. It can also be abused by parties in bad faith who try to manipulate formal defects when they have no substantive defenses to support their claim. But formalism is not without merits. It protects parties from acting too fast, without thinking about their commitments. Forms tend in contemporary legislative acts to protect the weaker party in a contract, because very often there is an economic imbalance and parties are in fact unequal. A well employed form is a good preventive weapon against disputes, and its precision can greatly help the judge easily settle any litigation which may arise. The Ethiopian law takes a middle position compromising between the dangers of excessive formalism and advantages of relative consensualism. In pursuance of this, Article 1719 of the Civil Code provides that no special form is required of parties when they conclude a contract and consensualism is upheld in principle. But the law imposes a certain formality requirement. In addition, parties can impose upon themselves the compliance with a certain form. In both exceptional cases, formality must be observed and parties are not free to set aside the prescribed formal requisite. Strict compliance with a legally or contractually stipulated formality is a validity requirement (ad validitatem) and sanction for the non-observance of such requirement is the absolute nullity of the contract. The question of validity is a more fundamental a matter than the dictation of form to provide proof of the contractual obligations, i.e. ad probationem, because it is concerned with the very existence of the contract. Thus, failure to comply with the exceptionally imposed formality requirements would render a contract null and void.
  • 66.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 66 Dear distance student, we shall now see some specific cases where the law imposes a formality. But first remark must be made of contracts made in writing. Written contracts must be signed by all the parties for signature signifies the individualized consent of a party. Again, they should be attested by at least two witnesses, or in some cases they may be alternatively authenticated by a public authority. One of the formality provisions (Art.1721) states that a preliminary contract has to be concluded in the form of the main contract. Let’s assume that A, residing abroad, wants to conclude a contract of insurance with an insurer in Ethiopia and intends to authorize an agent, B, to make a deal on his behalf with the insurer. The contract of agency concluded between A and B is a preliminary contract because it paves the way for the conclusion of the contract of insurance, the main contract. Now if the insurance contract is made in writing, the contract of agency must also be made in writing. Art 1722 requires contracts for the variation of a contract to be made in the form of the main contract, i.e. the varied contract. The main contract’s form thus extends to contracts made after its conclusion. In the two cases above, the law intends to ensure consistency of form between essentially related contracts concluded between the same parties. Another contract in respect of conclusion of which the law demands a special formality is that relating to immovables. Contracts concerning immovables include sale, mortgage, usufruct, lease, and partition amongst other things. All such contracts relating to buildings and land have to be concluded in writing and need to be registered with the authorities. Immovable property involves huge capital and the law imposes a written and registration formality to ensure security of transactions regarding such an important asset. Again, contracts to which a public administration is party must be made in writing and be registered with a court or notary. The state and its administrative departments are guardians of the public interest at large and therefore must conduct their operations within an atmosphere of transparency. And transparency is best guaranteed if affairs are documented. So, we can see the advantage of imposing a writing formality whenever the state and its organs become parties to contracts.
  • 67.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 67 The law also demands a formality requirement with regard to contracts that last for a longer period of time. It is obligatory that a contract for a longer period of time be made in writing. The reason for such a requirement is obvious: unwritten agreements may not be easy to prove as witnesses may die, human memory may fade away as time passes. In order to avoid possible future dispute, the law rightly requires contracts that work for long period of time to be made in writing. For example, contract of insurance is given in the illustrative list of contracts for a longer period given by the law, for it stays for a relatively longer time. Employment contract made for an indefinite period of time also constitutes such a category. So, both insurance and employment contracts need to be made in writing. 3.4. Effect of Contracts The general effect of a validly concluded contract is its legal enforceability. Once they have created a contract between them following legitimate formation requisites, parties are obliged to comply with the terms the breach of which would entail a legal liability. Thus, as clearly stipulated under Article 1731 of the Civil Code of Ethiopia, the terms of a contract shall be binding on the parties as though they were law. A party cannot unilaterally change his mind with regard to a contract created by the mutual consent of the contracting parties. Contracts are the law of the parties from which derogation is disallowed and, as the famous English saying goes, a man’s word his bond. They are binding not only on the parties but on the judge himself (the adjudicating organ) in the sense that the judge will give effect only to the validly made terms of the contract whenever a dispute appears before him. A contract may contain ambiguous provisions; it may also have terms that apparently conflict with each other. These problematic terms may not be sufficient to invalidate a contract or otherwise render it ineffective. Here the court is authorized to remedy the defective terms through interpretation having regard to the common intention of the parties, custom, good faith and equity. But if the terms of the contract are clear even if
  • 68.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 68 they may appear to be unfair, no interpretation is allowed. The judge cannot create a contract for the parties under the guise of interpretation when the terms are clear, for this amount to binding parties with an obligation they have not intended. So, a validly formed contract will be legally binding on the parties to the extent clearly spoken by its terms or to the extent substantiated through interpretation by courts if the terms happen to be unclear. 3.4.1. Performance of Contractual Obligations Performance is the execution of the obligation as per the terms of the contract. In the normal course of things, a contractual obligation is to be discharged through performance. Indeed performance is the purpose for the contract is formed in the first place, and is deemed to be the natural consequence of a contractual engagement. It is to the interest of the law to see contracts to hit their target, and it accordingly provides for the mechanisms of ensuring such performance. (a) Performance by Whom? Who makes the performance is an important question because it helps to identify person obliged to perform a contract and to inform him of the consequences of his performance. The obvious answer to the above question is that the debtor is the one who is demanded to make performance. But performance can be validly made by anyone authorized by the debtor, by court or by the law. The debtor may authorize an agent to carry out an obligation. Likewise, a court appointed tutor can discharge an obligation on the behalf of a judicially interdicted debtor, and legal heirs can execute the debts of their deceased relative if they accept the succession. So, in principle anyone can perform the contract, and normally there is no difference whether the contract is performed by the debtor himself or by a third party. Nevertheless, personal performance by the debtor may be an essential element of the contract. In such case, no valid performance is made unless discharged by the debtor
  • 69.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 69 himself. It is of a special interest to the creditor that performance be made by the debtor himself. For example, employment contract by its nature needs performance by the employee himself. The employee cannot delegate his job to someone else because personal discharge is of special interest to the employer. But generally, where the personality of the contracting party is not important a contractual obligation may be performed by any third party. (b) Performance to Whom? This question is concerned with the party entitled to receive performance. Normally performance can be made to the creditor or a third party authorized by the creditor, by the court or by law. Performance made to unqualified person is invalid in the eyes of the law. For instance, a legally incapable creditor cannot receive payment personally, and such payment shall not be valid unless the debtor shows that the payment has benefited the creditor; the burden of proof is on the debtor. The debtor has to take utmost care when he makes the performance; otherwise he is obliged to face the risk of double (second) payment. Even though as a rule payment made to a person unqualified (unauthorized) to receive on behalf of the creditor is invalid, it becomes exceptionally valid if the debtor shows that the payment has benefited the creditor, if the creditor confirms the payment or where it is made in good faith to a person who appears without doubt to be the creditor. The performance is deemed to be made the advantage of the creditor where there is a practical enrichment or increase of his estate. With regard to the validity of a performance made to persons who undoubtedly appear to be creditors, appearance does not mean physical resemblance but rather it refers to a person who appears to be authorized to receive the payment. The debtor is discharged with respect to the true creditor if the pays in good faith to a person who has no right to receive but who unequivocally seems to be the creditor. This can be particularly exemplified when the debtor makes the performance to an apparent heir because of death of his real creditor.
  • 70.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 70 When there is doubt as to who the true creditor is, the debtor may refuse to pay and release himself by depositing the amount with the court. For instance, where there is a litigation going on among the would-be creditors which the debtor knows and makes the performance to one of the claimants, he does it at his own risk (he will bear the risk of second payment). On the other hand, where the case is pending and the debts due, any of the persons who hold themselves out to be creditors may require the debtor to deposit the amount with the court. (c) What Things (Goods or Services) are to be offered in Performance? The provisions of Article 1745 underline the requirement of identity of the object offered in performance with what was agreed in the contract. Contracts are laws for the parties, and what must be offered is exactly what they have agreed. A contracting party cannot discharge his obligation by offering his creditor something else than what he promised, even if the other thing is of an evidently greater value than the thing agreed. This way, the law gives priority to the compliance with the agreement between the parties rather than the value of the thing. Logically enough, the creditor is also entitled to refuse partial performance. This is grounded on the idea that the creditor may not be forced to grant the debtor an extended delay for performance. And conversely, the debtor is obliged to make partial performance if part of the debt is contested. The debtor must pay the non-contested part, pending dispute on the contested part, and cannot delay its payment until the dispute is resolved. The situation may be a bit complicated where the obligation is made regarding fungible things. Fungible things are those things that can replace each other without causing substantial difference, or things that are described normally in generic terms. Coffee and crops are good examples. Questions of quality and quantity might arise at the moment of performance of the contract. If the parties have specified the thing or expressly agreed on the quality and quantity of the thing, that must be complied with. But in the absence of such an express stipulation, the debtor is given a right to choose the thing to be offered in
  • 71.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 71 performance. But the thing chosen by the debtor must be of at least average quality; he can’t offer in performance a thing of lesser value. But overall, slight variations in quality (average or stipulated in the contract) or quantity must not be refused by the creditor. The creditor can either proportionately reduce his own performance or claim indemnity for the slight variation. The purpose of such a provision is to ensure that a maximum number of contracts are performed in the interest of a dynamic economy, and, conversely, that parties avoid taking the pretext of smallest non-conformity to nullify contracts. (d) Place and Time of Performance If the parties determine the place of performance, their agreement is respected. But where no place has been agreed, a permissive provision of the law stipulates that performance shall take place at the place where the debtor had his normal residence at the moment of concluding the contract. This general rule is excepted regarding specific things. If no agreement is made to the contrary, performance in respect of a definite thing shall be made at the place where such thing was situated at the time when the contract was concluded. Similarly, the time of performance can be agreed upon by the parties. Where there is no such time-limit is stipulated in the contract, performance would be made forthwith (immediately). There is no problem if the debtor performs the contract immediately after its formation. But the creditor demands performance from the other party after lapse of reasonable time. The creditor can oblige the debtor to perform the contract when he benefits by a time-limit or after he performed or offered to perform his obligations towards the debtor. (e) Other Issues Related to Performance A question may arise as to the currency of payment regarding the performance of money debts. As a rule, money debts are discharged in local currency, in the currency that is the legal tender of the country where payment is to be made, even if the amount is stated in
  • 72.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 72 the contract in a foreign currency. Still parties are at freedom to reach an agreement to the contrary, or to exclude the making of payment in local currency. Sometimes parties may leave price for determination by reference to an index made up of certain goods or services without indicating a specific amount of currency. This is indeed a usable and frequent technique which enables one to take into account monetary instability and inflation. The issue of interest and its rate is also an important matter in performance of contractual obligations. The Ethiopian Civil Code under its Article 1751 provides that the legal rate of interest that is to be paid on a debt is 9% unless the parties expressly stipulate a different rate. Even if parties can stipulate interest and fix its rate in their contract, they cannot fix the interest rate higher than 12%. Twelve percent interest rate is a maximum rate over and above which a crime of usury is committed. In case parties fail to provide a rate or fix it above 12 %, the legal interest rate ( 9%) is due on the debt and is payable. To what obligation does a given payment apply? This question arises in case several debts are due in a contract and the amount the debtor provides for payment is insufficient to cover all the debts. A given contract may give rise to costs, interests and the principal debt, and all such obligations may mature to be discharged. If the amount available for payment is inadequate to pay-off all the debts, determination of the order of payment becomes an important matter. The law lays down a rule that a partial payment is used to cover first costs, then the interest due, and finally the principal debt. This solution is intended to favor creditors in that they will get paid first the accessory elements of the debt and they will be enabled to gain extra payment as potential interest on the remaining main debt. Performance of contractual obligations usually entails expenses. Any accompanying cost while performance is made is to be covered by the debtor himself. As a rule, the duty to perform a contract and the bearing of costs of the performance are essentially related matters and are therefore naturally attributed to the debtor, the party who is obliged to perform the contract. But the contracting parties can agree on who bears the expenses of
  • 73.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 73 performance and such agreement will be effected without having regard to the suppletory provisions of the law on the issue at hand. 3.4.2. Non-performance of Contracts Non- performance of a contractual obligation refers to the breach or the non-compliance with the promise made in the contract. The breach of a contractual obligation exists when a party totally fails to carry out the obligation, if he makes fundamentally defective performance, or makes a delayed performance. The cases of defective performance (e.g. partial performance) and delayed discharge are to be closely scrutinized to decide if they really constitute non-performance. Dear student, we have time and again said that contract is the law of the contractants and will be indeed legally binding on them. That’s to say, no party can unilaterally disregard a contractual obligation and act as they wish. The binding nature of a contract is manifested by the legal liabilities imposed on the defaulting party in the event of its breach. There are remedies available to the victim of the breach and, at the same time, the defaulter cannot go with impunity. The remedies of non-performance at the disposal of the creditor are not usually to be claimed immediately after the expiry of the time fixed in the contract. The remedies usually overlook normal performance because they are based on the failure of the performance. But contracts are created to be discharged through normal performance and the law declares its utmost intention to ensure performance of the contract. Therefore, the creditor is supposed to comply with a procedural requirement before he rushes into the legal solutions. The procedural device is the giving of a default notice, so called because it is made after the normal performance failed and is directed to the failing party. The debtor may have simply forgotten the performance of the contract, or he may fail to perform because of some personal problems. Rushing into legal remedies not only defeats the purpose of the contract but frustrates innocent debtors and thereby jeopardizes the smooth relationship between the parties. Thus, the law rightly requires awakening or
  • 74.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 74 reminding the failing party to perform the contract by giving him a chance through a default notice. The notice helps one to determine if a debtor is willing or able to perform the obligation. The rule is that default notice is given before resorting to the legal remedies in cases of non-performance. But exceptionally the giving of default notice may become unnecessary. Below follows the brief overview of cases where the creditor can resort to remedies of non-performance without placing the debtor in default. The obvious case is the contrary agreement of the parties. Like many other legal provisions, the rules of contract law that require putting debtor in default are suppletory (permissive) so much so that parties can expressly exclude the necessity of giving default notice. This means that the non-performance of a contract entitles a creditor to directly avail himself of the legal remedies. A slightly different scenario is presented where the date of performance is compulsory or essential. If the debtor fails to perform the contract on such date, no need of giving a default notice. In illustration of this, suppose A concluded a contract of hiring of Velo (a bride’s clothing) with B for her sister’s marriage. The date of marriage is scheduled for April 25, 2008 and B did not deliver the Velo on that date. The time of performance is very compulsory and is indeed essential so that the delivery of the clothing after the scheduled date is purposeless. Delivery on that very date has become an essential requisite of the contract and no performance can be effective after such date. A is free to claim the remedies of non-performance without the need to put B in default. Where the obligation required of the contracting parity is not to do and the party breaches this duty by doing (acting otherwise), the creditor of the assumed obligation cannot be obliged to notify the defaulting party. The debtor has resorted to a conduct that he was supposed to refrain from under the contract, and notifying him of his violation is pointless as the risk that the contract intended to prevent has already materialized. If, for example, X concluded a contract not to compete in business with Y and if X later on
  • 75.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 75 enters competition with Y, no default notice is necessary and Y can directly invoke the remedies of non-performance. Default notice is also not necessary where a debtor has declared in writing that he would not perform his contractual obligation. The purpose of notice in the first place is to remind the debtor to perform the contract. So, requiring notice while the debtor is clearly refusing performance does not serve any purpose. So, what are these remedies that are to be claimed for non-performance either after giving notice or immediately where notice is unnecessary? Under the Ethiopian law, the other party can demand the following according to the circumstances:-  Specific performance, or  Cancellation of the contract by court or by himself, and  Damages caused to him by non-performance be made good (Article 1771 of the Civil Code). The first two remedies, i.e. specific performance and cancellation, cannot be claimed together for the invocation of one would naturally exclude the other. A party invoking specific performance cannot at the same time invoke cancellation and vice versa, because the two do not go together. But damages can be claimed in the absence of either of the other two, or in addition to either of them. In other words, the claim for making damages good can be lodged with either specific performance or cancellation. 3.4.2.1. Specific (Forced) Performance When a debtor fails to perform his obligations, the first legal remedy available to the creditor is to request the court to force the debtor to perform. Specific performance as a legal remedy is not something always awarded to the creditor whenever he demands it. The law states that forced performance of a contract shall not be ordered unless it is of a special interest to the party requiring it and the contract can be enforced without affecting
  • 76.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 76 the personal liberty of the debtor. Thus, forced performance is the outcome of two cumulative conditions: Special interest of the creditor and execution without encroaching the personal liberty of the debtor. If either of these conditions is missing, forced performance cannot be had. It may be said that the forced performance of the contract is essential to the creditor if he cannot enter into another similar contract or if he does not have alternative mechanism of fulfilling his wish. For instance, if A agreed with B to sell an object that is not found anywhere else and if B highly needs the thing, B can claim the forced performance of the contract in the event A fails to carry out his contractual obligations. But, if B can get the thing somewhere else even for substantially higher price, he can’t seek specific performance. He can however claim the difference in price to be compensated by the debtor. Personal liberty is a constitutional right (indeed a human right) that is internationally recognized and protected. So, it cannot be restricted by contractual engagements under the guise of forced performance. The non-performance of a contract is a breach of civil obligation and has got a monetary correspondent. Personal liberty is a fundamental human right that cannot be alienated from a person and cannot have a pecuniary value. Thus, non-performance of a contract and personal freedom of an individual are two separate and extremely disproportionate interests, and the occurrence of the former cannot in any way affect the later. For instance, A concludes a contract with B, a singer, to entertain customers at his grocery. B fails to show up for the performance. Now A cannot claim the forced performance of the agreement by B because this affects B’s personal liberty. It has the effect of forcing B to personally appear on the stage and perform without his will, and this undoubtedly denies B of his liberty. 3.4.2.2. Cancellation Cancellation is another remedy of non-performance available to the creditor. One has to distinguish cancellation from invalidation and termination of contracts. Both cancellation
  • 77.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 77 and invalidation presuppose a problem with the contract – the former involves non- performance and the latter arises in contracts with defective formation. But termination is a defect-free mechanism of extinguishing contractual obligations by the mutual agreement of the parties. The effect of invalidation and cancellation is the reinstatement of the parties to their former positions. The parties are as far as possible to be restored to the economic status they would have assumed had they not entered into the contract. All the three have one thing in common: they are instrumentalities of extinguishing (breaking a legal bond) obligations between the parties. Cancellation as a remedy for non-performance is in principle declared by the court. But as a matter of exception, it can also be unilaterally declared by the parties, usually the creditor. We will see the two one by one below. i) Judicial Cancellation – This refers, as just highlighted above, to the situation that the judiciary (the court) is vested with the power to render a final and definitive declaration of cancellation producing full legal effects. The purpose of submitting cancellation to the judiciary stems from the very sanctity of contractual obligations. It means that the contract is the law of the parties and they must do their best to maintain the contract rather than demean it by being able to escape its imperative provisions too easily. The non-performance of the contract must therefore be of some importance before it is made to result in the cancellation. There are certain borderline cases which may be easily remedied to uphold the contract such as partial performance, defective performance and delayed performance. All these considerations explain that cancellations call as a rule for judicial decision, and that the court is never compelled to sanction contractual defaults by ordering cancellation. Thus, the submission of a cancellation case to the court helps to avoid the rush to create contractual instability by the parties and to make only warranted cancellations. However, there are guidelines which the court takes into account while examining a cancellation case that the law has devised to minimize the subjectivity in judicial discretion. The guidelines include interest of the parties and the requirements of good
  • 78.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 78 faith, and the breach of fundamental provision of the contract. The court must see to it that the cancellation is consistent with the interest of the parties and that it is demanded by good faith considerations. The ‘fundamentality’ of the breach needs to be proved in the sense that the non-performance affects the very basis of the contract which would have led a reasonable person not to enter a contract. ii) Unilateral party cancellation – Even though the value legally attached to discharge through performance and, if that fails, to cancellation by the judiciary is great, there are certain obvious breaches of a contractual obligation that do not need ascertainment by a court. In such cases, policy dictates that the party himself should be able to cancel the contract. These exceptional scenarios are geared toward the prevention of prolonging the inevitable – circumstances so obvious that there will be no reason for the court not to grant cancellation and that unilateral cancellation saves the time, energy and resources consumed by waiting for court disposition. The law has expressly stipulated these cases, as they are exceptions after all. They are stated below. a) Essential date of performance: - This describes the circumstance whereby the performance of the contract on a stipulated date is so essential that failure of performance on such date renders the contract to that party useless as there is no opportunity for making second performance. Consider, for instance, that A and B concluded a contract for rental of car for a wedding. If B fails to provide the car on the wedding day, then performance will no more be important for A because the wedding day is an essential date of performance for him, which has already passed. b) Expiry of time limit: - This entitles a party to unilaterally cancel a contract where a fixed, rigid time for performance has been specified and performance has not taken place within this time. Three situations may be identified here. One is expiry of a contractually fixed compulsory date of performance. The second pertains to the failure to make performance despite the sending of a default notice specifying a final time-limit for
  • 79.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 79 performance. The third and the last is about the lapse of time limit fixed in the grace period that is granted by the creditor or by the court. The expiry of all these time stipulations entitles the creditor to cancel the contract himself without the need to go to the court for same. c) Anticipatory breach: - This happens where the defaulting party unequivocally declares to the other party that he will not perform the contract. A refusal communicated to the other party in writing entitles such party to declare the unilateral cancellation of the contract even if the communication is made before the arrival of the due date of the obligation. This is an alternative available to the creditor; he can use other remedies (forced performance) instead if he wants. d) Impossibility of performance: - It refers to the situation where a specific subject matter that was essential to the performance of the contract has perished. The impossibility that is relevant here is subsequent impossibility; original impossibility is excluded because a contract with an impossible object is void in the first place. 3.4.2.3. Damages Dear student, we have said that an aggrieved party can claim the alterative remedies of forced performance and cancellation in the event of non-performance of contractual obligations. But it does not stop there. There are likely damages sustained by a party because of the failure to discharge the contract by the other party. Damages may be due whether or not the other remedies are claimed. Thus, damages may be awarded even along with a claim for specific performance. a) Nature of Contractual Damages
  • 80.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 80 Contractual damages are characterized by the absence of a fault requirement. That means, the plaintiff is not expected to prove the fault of the defendant in order to obtain damages and the defendant cannot exculpate him/herself by establishing his faultlessness. This is different from the nature of tortuous damages which are fault-based as a rule. However, the defendant is entitled to assert the defense of force majeure if the non- performance is the result of force majeure, the party will be released from the payment of compensation for the resulting damage. Force majeure is a circumstance that is unforeseen and makes performance absolutely impossible. Unforeseeability and absolute impossibility are cumulative preconditions for the existence of force majeure, and the absence of one denies the failing party to claim the defense. The law makes an illustrative list of cases of force majeure. It includes the enactment of a law that prohibits the implementation of the contract; a natural catastrophe such as earthquakes, thunder and floods; on outbreak of international or civil war; or the debtor’s death or unexpected serious accident or illness. On the other hand, cases that can never constitute defense of force majeure include strike or lockout occurring in the debtor’s factory, an increase or decrease in the price of raw materials necessary for the performance of the contract, or the passing of new law which makes the debtor’s obligation more onerous. The fault of the debtor may be exceptionally taken into account. The law recognizes two cases where damages are due only when fault is established. One is when the contract relates to obligations of means, in which the debtor undertakes to do his best to achieve a result without guaranteeing the result. If the debtor in good faith has done the best within his competence and capacity, he is not the one to blame for the failure to achieve the end because failure is in the nature of the contract itself. Such contracts as those concerned with lawyer-client and physician-patient relationships create obligations of means. As such, the lawyer tries his best to win a case and not guarantee to win it, and the doctor does his best to cure the patient but not certain to cure him/her. Thus, the failure to achieve the winning or the curing as the case may be does not result in the award of damages unless fault is proved. The second scenario is about gratuitous contracts – contracts made for the exclusive advantage of one party, or contracts which create
  • 81.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 81 unilateral obligation. Contracts of donation and deposit are good examples. In such contracts, the debtor is free from the payment of damages of non-performance unless he commits fault. The exclusion of damages in these cases reveals that the party who is not benefiting from the contract in the first place should not be further penalized by the payment of compensation for damages resulting from non-performance without his fault. The degree of fault that needs to be established is not even ordinary; it should be a grave fault. Of course, what constitutes grave fault is subject to the appreciation by the judiciary of the circumstances of the case b) Extent of Damages The amount of damages that is payable for contractual non-performance is equal to the normal damages that is expected to result from the non-performance. The court fixes, as a rule, this amount having regard to all the circumstances surrounding the non- performance without the need to ascertain the actual damage sustained by the creditor. The amount of this presumed normal damage may be less than or could exceed the actual damage. The court awards such an amount unless the contrary is proved by the parties. The amount of the normal damages that is to be awarded by the court in the normal course of things may be increased to the actual if it is less or reduced to the actual if it is proved to be higher. The party, normally the creditor, can claim the increase of damages by proving that the damage he actually sustained is greeter. Conversely, the other contracting party, normally the debtor, can seek the reduction of the normal damages by establishing that the actual damage is far less. Generally, the court awards damages in the amount normally presumed to occur, but this amount may be decreased or increased if it is proved by the parties that the actual damages caused by the non-performance is less or greater than the normal damages as the case may be.
  • 82.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 82 Self-Check Questions 1. Why is capacity required in the formation of contracts? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ _______________________. 2. Discuss the difference in the effect of fraud by a third party and duress by a third party in the invalidation of a contract. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________. 3. Explain by taking two examples why some agreements are not contracts. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________.
  • 83.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 83 4. What is the difference between implied acceptance and silence? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________. 5. Why do you think is the damages that result from the invalidation of a contract because of mistake to be made good while those resulting from invalidation because of fraud not? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________. 6. Spell out the circumstance in which reverential fear may operate as a legitimate ground to invalidate a contract. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________
  • 84.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 84 __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________. 7. Why is illegal motive not regarded as a ground that nullifies a contract? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ _____________________________. 8. Cite an immoral business transaction, yet not illegal, and explain its effect on the contract created. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ _________________________________. 9. How are the problems of sticking to formality requirements and the danger of absence of formalism reconciled? What is the position of the Ethiopian law on the question of contractual formality? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________
  • 85.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 85 __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________. 10. Identify the basic constituents of performance of contracts. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________. 11. How is partial performance dealt with under the law? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________. 12. What is the importance of special interest of the creditor in awarding specific performance?
  • 86.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 86 __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________. 13. Why is cancellation of a contract as a rule to be declared by the court? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ _________. 14. Discuss the essence of contractual damages. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________. 15. Jemal sent invitations to a number of potential buyers to submit bids for some timber he wanted to sell. Two bids were received as a result; the higher bid was
  • 87.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 87 submitted by Nuru. Jemal changed his mind about selling the timber, however, and did not accept Nuru’s bid. Nuru claimed that a contract for sale existed and sued Jemal for breach. Did a contract exist? Discuss. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________. 16. Godana contracts to lease a service station for ten years. His principal income is from the sale of gasoline. Because of an oil embargo by foreign oil-producing nations, gasoline is rationed, cutting sharply into Godana’s gasoline sales. He cannot make his lease payments. Discuss if the lease contract can be cancelled because of impossibility of performance. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________.
  • 88.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 88 CHAPTER FOUR LAW OF AGENCY 4.1. General An agency relationship exists when one party, called the agent, agrees to represent or act for another party, called the principal. The principal has the right to control the agent’s conduct in matters entrusted to the agent. An agency may be engaged to accomplish a single task or to carry out several tasks. Agency relationships permeate every aspect of modern economic life. By using agents, the principal can conduct multiple business operations simultaneously in various locations. As obviously human beings cannot be physically available at different places at the same time, a person having the intent of doing business transactions at multiple places (and that is very important in modern fast paced world of commerce) is helped by agency undertakings to fill-in the gap created by the natural time and space constraints. Thus, for example, contracts that bind the principal can be made at different places with different persons at the same time. A familiar example of an agent is a corporate officer who serves in a representative capacity for the owners of the corporate entity. In this capacity, the officer has the authority to bind the principal (the corporate/juridical entity) to a contract. Indeed, agency law is essential to the existence and operation of a corporate life, because only through its agents can a corporation function and enter into contracts. Agency is the fiduciary relation that exists between two persons so that one shall act on the behalf and subject to the control of the other. The term fiduciary is at the heart of agency law. It can be used both as a noun and as an adjective. When used as a noun, it refers to a person having a duty created by his undertaking to act primarily for another’s benefit in matters connected with the undertaking. When used as an adjective, as in “fiduciary relationship”, it means that the relationship is one involving trust and confidence.
  • 89.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 89 In a principal-agent relationship, a legal bond will be created between the parties so that the agent will act on behalf and instead of the principal in negotiating and transacting business with third parties. An agent becomes empowered to perform legal acts that are binding on the principal and can bind a principal in a contract with a third person. For instance, if A is hired as a booking agent for a certain music band, A can negotiate and sign a contract for the band to appear at concerts. The contract will be binding and thus legally enforceable against the group. The authority given to an agent under Ethiopian law is termed as the power of attorney (Art.2179, Civ. C). While agency is the fiduciary civil relationship between the principal and the agent, its primary purpose is to confer on the agent the authority to transact with third parties. Thus, we would have two categories of relationships in agency undertakings: one is the initial, or the internal, relationship between the agent and the principal, and the other is the subsequent, or the external, relationship between the agent and third parties. These two categories of relationships are separate and exist in their own right, even though the second relationship somehow depends on the first so as to produce the normal effect of agency. 4.2. Sources of Agency The sources of agency under Ethiopian civil law are two: the law and contract. Even though the origin may be different, it is ultimately sanctioned by the rules of law and produces effect at law. In the majority of cases, agency undertakings originate from contracts. So, our focus in this chapter is contractual agency. However, it is important to make enumerations of agency relationships arising from the law. 4.2.1. Agency by Operation of the Law The law intervenes, in the absence of formal agreement between parties, in certain cases for reasons of public policy and to fill-in the gap created by the difficulty, and sometimes even the undesirability, of securing consent. There could also be various specific reasons
  • 90.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 90 attributable to particular cases of agency created in this way. The Ethiopian law also recognizes agency by the operation of the law in certain circumstances. One instance where agency arising from the law operates is representation of persons with legal incapacity. As you may remember from your discussion in chapter two, incapable persons such as minors, judicially interdicted persons and legally interdicted persons cannot perform juridical acts by themselves. They exercise their rights and duties only through guardians and/or tutors. The law obliges the court to appoint a guardian and/or a tutor for these kinds of persons. The guardian and/or the tutor act on the behalf of incapable person not because of prior agreement but because the law has given them the authority to do so. An agency also arises by law in cohabitation, i.e. it may occur in family relationships, as between husband and wife. For example, suppose one spouse purchases certain basic necessities and charges them to the other spouse's charge account. The law often regards the latter as liable for payment of the necessaries, either because of a social policy of promoting the general welfare of the spouse or because of a legal duty to supply necessaries to family members. Agency by operation of law may also occur in emergency situations. The law encourages the curbing of an emergency by recognizing persons who have no agency authority to contract with others to act on the behalf of other persons anyway due to the emergency. For example, a rail-road engineer may contract on behalf of his employer for medical care for an injured motorist hit by the train. Such a situation is referred to in Ethiopian law as unauthorized agency, which we will deal with later on. In some situations, a court may also out of its discretion appoint an agent, called the curator, to act on the behalf of another. The court grants an authority of agency where a person cannot himself appoint an agent for reason of being away or ill, and it must make the authorization in a manner that protects the interest of the principal.
  • 91.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 91 4.2.2. Contracts Like we cited above, the vast majority of agency relationships have their creation in contracts, i.e. agreements between the agent and the principal. The preliminary relationship is contractual in nature, and the parties to such contract can define the scope of the authority of the agent and are free to determine the details of their engagement. Since the right to properly is one of the fundamental individual rights and since agency has the effect of handing over this individual right to another person, it is normally expected that the person himself authorizes another and he himself has to decide on his economic fate to entrust the running of some (or all) of his proprietary rights to another person. 4.3. Contractual Agency in Ethiopian Law 4.3.1. Definition and Formation Agency is defined, under Article 2199 of the Ethiopian Civil Code, as a contract whereby a person, the agent, agrees with another person, the principal, to represent him and to perform on his behalf one or several legally binding acts. Agency in this sense is special type of contract to which the fundamental rules of contract law should apply. The essential requirements for the formation of any contract need to be observed in the conclusion of a contract of agency too. Such essential requisites as capacity, consent, object and formality must be fulfilled in order to create a legally valid agency contract. The parties, both the agent and the principal, must be capable of contracting. Thus minors, judicially and legally interdicted persons cannot be parties to a contract of agency. As it is a juridical act, capacity is required. But this is to be distinguished from the case where the law appoints agents for these incapable persons. In this case, the incapable persons occupy the position of principal, but that position has not arisen from a contract.
  • 92.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 92 As a contractual engagement, agency cannot stand without the fulfillment of free and legal consent. Consent is the pillar of contracts, and it needs to be manifested when entering into the contract of agency. Object of the contract should be sufficiently defined, should be possible, lawful and moral. The purpose for which the principal grants an authorization to the agent should be stated with sufficient clarity; that same purpose must be possible to execute. It must not be something that contravenes the law and morality. A contract of agency should also comply with formality requirement if there is any such requisite prescribed by the law. Form is not an absolute legal requisite; it is to be complied with only when the law stipulates a specific formality. For example, the law states that preliminary contracts are concluded in the same form as the main contract. Most agency contracts are preliminary contracts, as they are dictated by the formality the main contract adopts. For instance, suppose A authorizes B to conclude an insurance contract, and the law demands contact of insurance to be made in writing. The preliminary contract (the agency authorization) should be made in the form (writing) of the main contract (insurance). The contract of agency, just like many other contracts, can be formed either expressly or implicitly. The express manifestations of agency could be written or verbal communications. The implied mechanisms of creating agency contracts are usually signs and conduct. But, all these mechanisms must clearly show the pure and simple conformity of acceptance with offer. Silence does not amount to acceptance, and cannot be relied upon to result in a valid contract. In conclusion, a contract of agency may emerge in whatever way in so far as there is no doubt as to the formation of the contract by custom, equity or other prevailing value. 4.3.2. Scope and Types of Authority The extent of the powers of the agent in explicit authorization is rarely difficult to tell, because the express enumerations themselves are able to display the limits of the agency authorization. But a problem of determining the scope of authority of the agent may arise
  • 93.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 93 where the power is given implicitly. In any case, the law has tried to fill-in the gaps created by the contract giving rise to the power of attorney of the agent by providing for two mechanisms that contain matters given to the agent. The two ways of agency authorization are general and special agency. It may be the case that the power of attorney is fixed in general terms, without detailed authorization. This is called a general agency. This may pose a problem as to what powers should the agent exercise. The law states that agency expressed in general terms only confers upon the agent authority to perform acts of management. Once again it looks that the law has attached a great value to the proprietary interests of a person to as far as possible be deemed run by the person himself. The law does not boldly allow general agency authorizations to be interpreted in a manner that gives power to the agent to perform acts that alter the patrimonial status of the would-be represented. Thus, the law, demanding explicit assignment in cases that affect the economic position of the principal, limits agency powers expressed in generic terms to the performance of acts of management. Acts of management are by nature, as legally understood, not directed at the alteration of the proprietary position of the principal. They are merely administrative or else maintenance functions that aim to continue the previous economic status quo of the principal. A person with authorization in general agency terms discharges only preservatory functions and is empowered only to sustain the rights of the principal; he is not authorized to exercise acts of disposing of the rights of the principal. Hence, such agents have a limited power less disposing the represented person’s rights. The law enumerates, in article 2204 of the Civil Code, acts of management as comprising the collection of debts, the discharge of debts, investment of income, leases for terms not exceeding three years, and any other acts done for the preservation or maintenance of property. These acts are taken as preservatory acts, and are more or less concerned with the continuity of the rights of the principal and not alienating them. There is also a category of functions exercised by the agent regarded by the law to fall in acts of
  • 94.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 94 management. These are the sale of crops, the sale of goods intended to be sold, and the sale of perishable commodities. These latter acts are acts of disposition; but a close look at these activities reveals that the purpose of conferring power to conduct them on an agent is to prevent the loss of the rights of the person represented. The economic rationale behind these matters shows that they would be sold anyway even by the principal either because they don't persist longer retaining their quality or are already destined for disposition (such as trading stock). Thus, there is no purpose served by waiting for express authorization, and general agency suffices as it effectively saves rights on such commodities from being lost. On the other hand, acts other than those of management which alter the legal position of the principal need a special authorization. Acts of disposition thus need to be particularly provided by principal. The agent is recognized as empowered to perform acts of alienating the proprietary affairs of the principal only if the principal has specially enumerated them in the document evidencing power of attorney. Otherwise, the power cannot be presumed by the law. Special agency confers on the agent authority only to conduct the affairs specified by the contract of agency, and of course their natural consequences attached to the specifically enumerated acts by usage or custom (Art.2206(1)). The fact that acts of disposition presuppose express stipulation does not mean that the unstated but intrinsically associated activities therewith are excluded. The law rightly includes the inevitable incidental functions that are not even necessary to be specified in the scope of authority of a special agent. Article 2205(1) of the Civil Code makes an illustrative list of activities that require special authorization for their discharge. These include alienation or mortgage of real estate, investment of capital, signing of bills of exchange, effecting settlement and consenting to arbitration, making donations, and bringing or defending lawsuits. Dear distance learner, you may easily get that, for example, the sale or the setting for mortgage (such as to borrow huge money) of an immovable property seriously affects the
  • 95.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 95 proprietary interests of the principal. Investment of capital is likewise, as opposed to investment of income, entails a risk of losing the principal's wealth earmarked as venture capital for expanding business affairs. Investment of income refers merely to maintaining that income as it is (such as by depositing it with a bank). Settlement, arbitration, bringing or defending lawsuits all implicate the disposing of the rights of the principal. They all carry with them an aspect of surrendering the patrimonial interest of the principal. Again, the authority to sign bills of exchange represents an important proprietary right. Bills of exchange are simple contracts that easily transfer the money belonging to the principal to another. All the above cases clearly tell the possibility for the reduction, or even increase, of the patrimony of the principal. Patrimony stands for the sum total of all assets and liabilities of the principal, and any such acts as the above that alter the patrimony are to be specifically given to the agent. Otherwise or failing express enumeration, they are deemed not given to the agent and the contract of agency is interpreted to exclude these transactions. We may identify agency relationships having regard to the type of authority the agent acts with. By type, we are not referring to the content of the authorization (which we have just seen above), but to the external manifestation of the authority. In a sense, we can categorize authority into: actual authority and apparent authority. Actual authority produces the normal effects of agency relationship which we will see shortly. Apparent authority may also give rise to such effects but only circumstantially. Actual authority is an authority which the agent has factually been granted under the contract reached between the principal and the agent or by virtue of subsequent ratification by the principal. Both express and implied authorizations constitute actual authority. Apparent authority, on the other hand, is not an authority arising from the consent of the principal whether express or implicit. This authority does not exist in reality, but it arises as a matter of law out of the presumed position of the parties in the eyes of third parties and these third parties assume that the agent has authority to act on the behalf of the principal. The scenario of apparent authority (where there is no authority at all in reality) must, therefore, be distinguished from implied authority (where authority indeed exists).
  • 96.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 96 Agency authorizations may also be divided from the view point of the knowledge by third parties of the situation. In this sense, we can have disclosed and undisclosed agency relationships. Disclosed agency is a relationship whereby both the identity of the principal and the authorizations he has conferred on the agent are known to third parties. Undisclosed agency on its part refers to the situation where the agent acts with third parties without disclosing to third parties both the fact that he is an agent and the person he has represented. An internal relationship (the actual authorization) between the principal and the agent exists, but externally third parties believe that the agent is acting on his own behalf. There is a difference in the effects of these sorts of agency relationships especially as regards relation with third parties, and we now look into the effects of each of such agency engagements. 4.4. Effects of Agency As a juristic act involving multiple relationships, agency undertakings produce various distinct legal effects. The effect regarding liability relationships among the various parties involved in agency vary depending on the sorts of authorization we have tried to highlight just above. It is also equally breathtaking to consider the right-duty correlation between the principal and the agent. 4.4.1. Liability Relationships Complete agency that produces conventional effects between the principal and third party is the one that comes about in actual authority and disclosed agency. In actual authority- disclosed agency scenario, a direct legal bond is created between the principal and third parties. The agent functioning under such a circumstance merely facilitates the transactions and does not personally enjoy rights or bear duties arising from the transaction he has undertaken with third parties. He simply steps out of the legal bond, and it is the third party and the principal who are personally indebted to each other. Neither the third party nor the principal can make a personal claim against the agent regarding the transactions created. The agent is not answerable for the performance of the
  • 97.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 97 contract he has concluded with third parties, and it is the principal and third party that are legally obliged to one another for the performance of the obligation. In an undisclosed agency scenario, the agent is deemed to have acted on his own behalf and legal bond in this case is created between the third party and the agent. The agent is authorized to represent the principal, but third parties do not know the fact that he is an agent. So, the law recognizes a liability relationship between the agent and third party. However, the internal liability relationship the agent has with the principal remains intact. Thus, the agent recovers duties he has personally borne vis-à-vis third parties through his rights from the principal, and he discharges the rights he has personally enjoyed vis-à-vis third parties through his duties from the principal. The principal and the third party cannot personally claim from each other, but they can claim from each other, through subrogation, the rights and duties they each possess vis-à-vis the agent by replacing themselves to the positions of the agent. They exercise against each other not the rights they personally have with regard to each other but those of the agent. In some instances, conflict of interest may arise between the principal and the agent, the agent of interest may arise between the principal and the agent. The agent is deemed to undertake transactions in the exclusive interest of the principal. Thus, in case his representative capacity comes into conflict with his personal interest and the latter prevails, the agent is personally liable towards third parties irrespective of whether the agency is a disclosed one. The principal would be legally obliged to assume only those obligations created in his own interest. The agent may even contract with himself; he may contract with the principal by using his representative capacity of the principal and his own personal capacity. Here, it seems that the only party is the agent, but he stands for two capacities (personal capacity and representative capacity) and thus a contract may be legitimately said to have formed between the principal and the agent himself in his personal capacity. So, if there is any conflict of interest evident in this kind of transaction, the principal will not be bound. But, if the agent created such a relationship without prejudicing the interest of the principal, he may bind the principal.
  • 98.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 98 Let's finally see the liability relationship that underlies transacting in apparent authority. Transactions undertaken in apparent authority may or may not create a direct legal bond between the principal and the third party depending on circumstances. The agent who acts in apparent authority is always personally liable to third parties with whom he transacted. The question here is thus how to make the principal liable to third parties in addition to the agent and when to exculpate principal. The principle is that where an agent acts with apparent authority (such as where he undertakes with lapsed or revoked authority, or else where he acts exceeding the authority he is given), the principal will not be liable and only the agent is held liable to third parties. But, exceptionally the principal is held liable together with the agent in the following cases, as provided in Art. 2195 of the Ethiopian Civil Code. - Where the principal has informed a third party of the existence of the power of attorney but failed to inform him of the subsequent partial or total revocation of such power; (The principal has to notify third parties about the revocation of the authority of the agent just as he notified them of existence of the authority. Otherwise, he is deemed to be in bad faith and his default makes him liable.) - where the principal failed to demand the return of a document evidencing power of attorney, if any; (If the authorization is supposed by a document evidencing same, which is mostly the case, the principal has to take the document from the hands of the agent or he has to legally claim the return in case the agent refuses. If the principal fails to do so, he will be bound by the acts the agent makes.) - Where the statements or behavior of the principal has made third parties believe in the existence of authority. (If third parties justifiably rely upon the statements or conduct of the principal, the principal will be liable towards third parties for the acts the agent performs in apparent authority.)
  • 99.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 99 These three cases are circumstances where the principal assumes joint and several liabilities together with the agent towards third parties. When we say that the principal and the agent are jointly and severally liable towards third parties, we mean that the third party would have a full recourse either against one of these parties (principal or agent) individually or against both of them jointly. Thus, while the agent is always liable to third parties whenever he acts with apparent authority, the principal joins him in bearing such liability only in the above exceptional cases. However, the principal may exempt the agent from liability through the ratification of the agent’s actions in apparent authority. Where the principal ratifies (approves) acts that the agent performs in apparent authority, whether such acts entail the joint and several liability of the principal and the agent or the personal liability of the agent only, the agent is relieved from liability whatsoever and the principal assumes complete liability. In other words, ratification has the effect of assimilating the liability of the principal to the normal liability that results from the combined consideration of actual authority/disclosed agency scenarios. The whole transaction thus creates a direct legal relationship between the third party and the principal. But in cases other than those making the principal jointly and severally liable with the agent, the principal has the option of repudiation. Repudiation refers to the power of the principal to reject (disapprove) acts that the agent performs in apparent authority where the principal cannot be held liable, and this has the effect of making the agent bear the whole liability towards the third party. 4.2.2. Duties of the Parties to the contract of Agency This section is devoted to the internal (preliminary) relationship between the principal and the agent. There are respective rights and duties as between these parties. Rights and duties are correlated, and there cannot exist a right without a corresponding duty. Thus, rights of the principal carry duties of the agent and rights of the agent carry duties of the principal. This means that when we discuss duties of the agent, we are discussing the corresponding rights of the principal, and that when we are discussing the duties of the
  • 100.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 100 principal, we are discussing the rights of the agent. We thus deliberate briefly only on the duties of the agent and duties of the principal in that order. 4.4.2.1. Duties of the Agent Duties of the agent arise from the contractual stipulation made by the parties and from the fiduciary nature of agency undertakings that come into existence as a consequence of the law’s role to fill the gaps created by the contract. a) Duty of notification: - It is a maxim in agency law that all that the agent knows, the principal knows. Thus, it is only logical that the agent be required to notify the principal of all matters that come to his attention concerning the subject matter of the agency. What the agent actually tells the principal is not relevant; what the agent should have told the principal is crucial. Under the law of agency, notice to the agent is notice to the principal, and the agent should observe this duty. b) Duty of Loyalty: - This is known in Ethiopian law as the duty to undertake authorization with utmost good faith. The requirement of good faith is the pillar of civil law and it refers to the agent’s exercise of authority in the exclusive interest of the principal. Loyalty is the manifestation of this requirement. Basically stated, the agent has the duty to act solely for the benefit of his principal and not in his own interest or a third party. For example, an agent cannot represent two principals in the same transaction unless both know of the dual capacity and consent to. This duty also means that any information or knowledge, even that resulting in revocation of authority, acquired through the agency relationship be communicated to the principal and considered confidential as regards third parties. In short, the agent’s loyalty must be undivided. The agent’s actions must be strictly for the benefit of the principal and must not result in any secret profit for the agent. c) Duty of obedience and Diligence: - When an agent is acting on behalf of the principal, a duty is imposed on that agent to follow all lawful and clearly stated instructions dictated
  • 101.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 101 by the principal. Any deviation from such instructions is a violation of the duty of obedience. In emergency situations, however, when the principal cannot be consulted, the agent may deviate from instructions without strictly violating the duty of obedience if the circumstances so warrant. Whenever instructions are not clearly stated, the agent can fulfill the duty of obedience by acting in good faith and in a manner reasonable under the circumstances. Diligence refers to the care and skill expected of the agent. The agent must show a good deal of care and skill in executing his agency functions. The standard of diligence required here is that the agent must show no less care and skill towards the affairs of the principal than he does to his own interests/affairs. He is required to carry out all acts that a good father performs for his family. d) Duty of Accounting: - Unless an agent and a principal agree otherwise, the agent has the duty to keep and make available to the principal an account of all property and money received and paid out on behalf of the principal. The agent has a duty to maintain separate accounts for the principal’s funds and for the agent’s personal funds, and no intermingling of these accounts is allowed. e) Duty of Non-delegation:- The fiduciary nature of agency relationship is all about placing personal trust and confidence in somebody the principal appoints as an agent. This very trust is derogated from when the agent delegates his authority to someone else the principal did not consent to. The principal authorizes an agent so that the latter discharges functions personally. This accords with the maxim “a delegate cannot delegate”, meaning the agent himself is a delegate and cannot further delegate authority over which he has no absolute power. But, the principal may authorize the agent to appoint a sub-agent. in this case, the duty the agent is expected to show to the principal is the reasonable selection of the sub-agent. The agent may also be allowed to delegate by law another in place of him when it is of no difference whether the act is done by the agent himself or by a third person and when this
  • 102.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 102 is implied from usage or custom of the place of performance, or where the agent is unable to perform the order himself because of unforeseeable circumstances and the agent is unable to inform the principal of this case. This is generally directed at the protection of the principal’s interest where the agent can no more discharge his agency functions for reasons beyond his control. 4.4.2.2. Duties of the Principal a) Remuneration: - This duty is about the payment made to the agent for his services. But remuneration is not a requisite; the law even says that agency services are gratuitously made unless remuneration is expressly agreed upon by the parties. The duty of remuneration thus comes into the scene under Ethiopian law where the parties expressly stipulate in their contract. The duty to pay remuneration is exceptionally demanded when the agency services are professional or where it is customary to pay remuneration for the concerned agency services. But even in these latter cases, parties can expressly exclude the payment of remuneration. b) Duty to Advance Money: - The agent perhaps needs money to run the representation of the principal. According to article 2221 of the Civil Code, the principal shall advance to the agent the sums necessary for carrying out the agency. This would constitute all expenses that the agent needs to make in the discharge of his functions including transportation costs and the principal is expected to forward these outlays in advance. c) Duty of reimbursement:- Whenever an agent disburses sums of money at the request of the principal, and whenever the agent disburses sums of money to pay for necessary expenses in the course of a reasonable performance of his agency duties, the principal has a duty to reimburse the agent for those payments. Agents cannot recover for expenses incurred by their own misconduct or negligence, however. d) Duty of Indemnification and Compensation: - Subject to the terms of the agency agreement, the principal has the duty to indemnify an agent for liabilities incurred because of authorized and lawful acts and transactions. For example, if the agent, on the principal’s behalf, forms a contract with a third party and the principal fails to perform
  • 103.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 103 the contract, the third party may sue the agent for damages. In this situation, the principal is obligated to compensate the agent for any costs incurred by the agent as a result of the principal’s failure to perform the contract. The principal shall also compensate for any non-contractual damages sustained by the agent in the course of performing his agency duties. e) Agent’s Lien right: - As the principal is duty bound to discharge all the above functions to the agent, the agent is entitled to hold as a security any property belonging to the principal that comes into his possession in executing his functions until the principal makes the necessary payments. Lien right is a security right that the agent has over the movable property belonging to the principal in order to force the latter to discharge his own obligations or to ultimately acquire that property in replacement for the expenses the agent has incurred. 4.5. Special Agency Relationships Dear student, in this section you will be introduced with certain particular types of agency relationships within the ambit of the generality we have considered so far. Let’s see them as recognized by the law. 4.5.1. Commission Agency Commission agency is a professional agency service that is undertaken for the payment usually known as a commission. It is an agency widely accepted and practiced in the world of commerce, and for particular affairs. The Ethiopian law of agency recognizes three types of commission agents: commission to buy and to sell, Del credere agency, and forwarding agency. i) Commission to buy or to sell This is a special type of agency relationship where the agent, called the commission agent, is empowered to discharge functions of selling or purchasing goods. Such agency confers upon the commission agent the power to buy or sell goods in his own name but on the behalf of the principal (Art 2243(1), Civil Code). The agent enters into the sale and
  • 104.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 104 purchase transactions in his own name, yet it is professionally known that he acts not on his own behalf but representing the principal. Thus, the fact that the name of the principal is not disclosed to third parties does not change the liability relationship, unlike in undisclosed agency situations we have seen previously. The agent is a professional, and for that matter, a trader under the Ethiopian Commercial Code; therefore, the “name test” of the principal is unimportant here. The commission agent enters only into sales and purchase transactions with third parties. He only sells goods of the principal or buys goods for the principal. The “goods” he can sell or buy are ordinary corporeal movables whose ownership can be transferred upon delivery under a simple sales contract. This will be made clear in the next chapter on law of sales. The sale and purchase power is not limited to ‘goods’, it also includes securities (such as shares) and other fungible things. The commission agent can be both an individual agent and an incorporated body. That means even juridical persons can be commission agents. Generally, subject to the specific provisions applying to such an agency relationship, commission agency is governed by the general rules of agency regarding, for example, rights and duties of parties and all other aspects. ii) Del credere Agency This is a special type of commission agency where the agent with the power to buy or to sell is obligated to provide guarantee for the performance of the transaction he has entered with third parties. As a matter of principle, it is presumed that the agent does not guarantee the performance of the juridical acts he has created, and he will simply step out of the legal bond by leaving the performance of the transactions to the principal. However, it is possible to bind oneself by holding oneself as a surety for the performance of obligations. A commission agent who guarantees the performance of sale and purchase obligations he has created with third parties in called a Del credere agent. iii) Forwarding Agent Forwarding agency is a contract of agency whereby the agent, called the commission agent, shipper or carrier, undertakes to enter in his own name but on behalf of another
  • 105.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 105 person, called the principal, into a contract for the forwarding of goods. These agents are professional business runners that, subject to payment of commission, forward goods or transport them. For example, shipping lines act as agents on the behalf of the parties to deliver goods. 4.5.2. Unauthorized Agency Unauthorized agency occurs in necessity situations where unexpected situations affecting the economic interest of a person happen. It is emergency cases that justify such kind of agency. Article 2257 of the Ethiopian Civil Code states that unauthorized agency occurs where a person who has no authority to do so undertakes with full knowledge of the facts to manage another person’s affairs without having been appointed an agent. The representing person has no contractual authority to act on the behalf of the represented person, but he is legally authorized to do so because the economic interest of the principal (who is not in a position to take care of his business) is under a risk. Unauthorized agency is fully recognized by the law only if there is no means of securing authorization from the principal. The agent indulging himself in such an activity is obliged to perform acts in good faith and in strict compliance with the interests of the principal. If he discharges agency functions in the interest of the principal and has acted with due care and diligence, the effects of a normal agency relationship (as if the principal has made the authorization) would be operative and the respective rules of agency would apply. Thus, the agent will step out after making the necessary transactions and the principal is bound by the acts of the agent to third parties. The principal has a duty to ratify (approve) the activities of the agent in this case. Where the agent undertakes his agency functions in accordance with the principal’s interests though without authority, ratification is not even an option to the principal and he is obliged to ratify. However, if the unauthorized agent fails to discharge the powers he has assumed in necessity situations in the interest of the principal, the latter is not obliged to ratify and he can indeed reject the agent’s acts. In such case, the agent will be extra-contractually liable both to the principal and third parties.
  • 106.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 106 4.6. Termination of Agency Relationship Agency is not a relationship of eternity. Just like all other juridical acts, its extinction is far from argument. There are various factors that may operate as grounds for the extinguishment of agency relationships. Agency may terminate either by operation of the law or the actions of the parties. 4.6.1. Termination by Law Where there is no agreement to the contrary, the death or declaration of absence or incapacity or bankruptcy of either the agent or the principal will result in the extinguishment of the legal bond. Upon death, personality ends for all legal purposes and therefore the agency as a legal affair is out rightly terminated. Declaration of absence has the effect of death, and therefore kills legal personality for all legal matters including agency. Declaration of incapacity also puts an end to agency relationships because, as we repeatedly said, the personal exercise of all juridical acts requires capacity. Absence of capacity entails absence of a juridical act such as agency. Bankruptcy on its part impoverishes the economic status of a person. Agency relates to economic matters and a person with no assets is not worthy of economic transactions. 4.6.2. Termination by the Parties There is little doubt that the agent and the principal can, by mutually agreeing through contractual faculty, terminate their agency relationships. They are free to bilaterally agree to Part Company. This is an extension of their freedom of contract. Unique to agency undertakings is, however, the fact that both the principal and the agent can unilaterally terminate the relationship without suffering comparable risks of further claims from each other as that evident in other contracts. The principal can any time terminate the agency by his own discretion, without facing any claim from the agent. In agency, it is only the principal’s economic affair that is at stake, and so the principal has
  • 107.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 107 an absolute power to put an end to the agency. He won’t face, for example, the claim of damages from the agent for the mere unilateral termination. The power of the principal to unilaterally put an end to the authority he has given to the agent is called revocation. In slightly similar a fashion, the agent can terminate the agency. He is perhaps not deriving any benefit from the undertaking, and thus the law does not require the agent to maintain the relationship until the expiry of the agency term. This is renunciation. The agent can renounce his authority. But the exception here is that the agent bears the duty to indemnify the principal where the renunciation is detrimental to the principal. Even in this case, the agent, the agent will be relieved from the duty of indemnification where he cannot continue the agency undertaking without himself suffering considerable loss.
  • 108.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 108 Self-check Questions to Chapter Four 1. Why is it said that agency is a “fiduciary” relationship? ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ __. 2. What ends does agency serve in modern commerce? ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ __________________________. 3. Explain what is meant by apparent authority by giving illustrations. ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ _______________.
  • 109.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 109 4. What are the agent’s rights and remedies against the principal? What are the principal’s rights and remedies against the agent? ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________. 5. Identify the difference in effect between disclosed agency and undisclosed agency? ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________. 6. “The agent does not incur personal liability even if he acts in apparent authority”. Do you agree? Explain. ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________
  • 110.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 110 ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________. 7. What do you think is the effect of a person’s transacting on the behalf of another after his agency power is terminated? ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________. 8. How do the principal and the third party claim from each other rights in undisclosed agency relationship? ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ __________________. 9. First outlining the essence of agency functions under special authorization, enumerate the activities. ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________
  • 111.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 111 ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________. 10. Ato Berihun, who resides abroad, appoints Tadele to undertake the construction of a house on the land he has got in lease in Bahir Dar. Tadele created a transaction in writing for the construction with independent contractor Ato Mergia. Tadele has also entered into contract with Ato Yaregal for guarding the house under construction and the construction materials pooled on the land. Yet, Tadele concludes all these contracts in his own name and his contracting parties do not know he is an agent. Answer the following questions based on the facts given in the case. i) Should there be a compliance with a formality requirement in authorizing the agent? What form, if any? _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ ___. ii) Can Tadele bind Berihun by a contract he created with Yaregal? _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________
  • 112.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 112 _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ __________________________. iii) Is Mergia liable to Berihun for the construction of the house? How? _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ ______________________________.
  • 113.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 113 CHAPTER FIVE LAW OF SALES Dear distance student, this chapter deals with another important area of law that you as a potential businessperson need to acquaint yourself with. It focuses on a crucial type of transaction, sale, and its legal regulation. Thus, at the end of the chapter you must make sure that you have: - appreciated the basic elements in sale contracts; - grasped the effect of sale contract; - identified the identity of a ‘thing’ that is subject-matter for sale; - explored the concepts of transfer of possession, ownership, and risk; - gathered rights and duties of parties to sale contract; and - Identified certain cases of like-sale transactions. 5.1. Introduction to Sales Contract and Its Formation No body of law operates in a vacuum removed from other principles of jurisprudence. A sales contract is governed by similar civil law principles applicable to all contracts – offer, acceptance, capacity, performance, legality, etc – and these principles should be reexamined when sales are studied. In regard to sales contracts, the special rules of sales would have a prior application; when the special law of sales is silent on a given issue, then the general principles of contract law will apply. The objects of a sale contract we will deal with here are ordinary corporeal chattels – tangible movable goods that can be easily transferred without any further need to register them or the like. These types of goods are ordinary corporeal chattels in the sense that their ownership is legally transferred upon mere transfer of possession through delivery. As sale is a medium of transferring title; our focus here is with objects whose title passes upon delivery. In so far of the sale of special movables, immovables, and incorporeals is concerned, there is a separate regime of law regulating same which is, however, beyond the scope of this module.
  • 114.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 114 5.1.1. Meaning and Essential Elements Sale is an exchange mechanism that has as its essence the passing of title from the seller to the buyer for a price. Sale is a contract and the Ethiopian Civil Code (Art 2266) defines a contract of sale as a contract whereby one of the parties, the seller, undertakes to deliver a thing and transfer its ownership to another party, the buyer, in consideration of a price expressed in money which the buyer undertakes to pay him. We can gather certain fundamental characteristics that a sales transaction embodies. i) It transfers ownership: - Ownership in economic and legal terms represents the fullest right a person would have over a property. So, it includes the right not only to use the thing but also to demolish, abandon, alienate, or donate that thing. Sale gives a buyer all such powers. ii) It is an onerous act: - A contract of sale it not a liberality; it is always made for consideration. Parties engage in a sale transaction to get some benefit each, not merely to bind themselves to the other parties. iii) It is a commutative act: - The contract of sale is bilateral – the obligation it entails is divided between the parties thereto. The obligation of one party is taken up in consideration of the obligation of the other. iv) Trading parties and mercantible thing: - It is needed that parties to a contract of sale are traders in the sense that they are free from insolvency or bankruptcy risks. They must be worth transacting in commercial terms. Similarly, the thing that is subject mater of sale must be that within commerce. The thing should be a mercantible one upon which an exchange through legal sale can be effected. Traditionally, certain things are outside commerce. At the forefront is the human person; this manifests the prohibition of slavery or the sale of one’s own organs. You can’t sell your child or your limbs for that mater. v) It involves the fixing of a price: - A characteristic of the contract of sale is the price – the monetary counterpart of the giving over of the good for sale.
  • 115.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 115 Incidental to this is that the price must be labeled in a legal currency, that it must be certain or ascertainable, and that it must be just – not considerably disproportionate with the value of the good. As a final note, one needs to distinguish a sale contract from certain similar types of exchange modes. Such contract as hiring sale, supplies, barter, donation, transfer of rights other than ownership, and contract of service should not be confused with sale. There is a difference between sale proper and the other types exchange transactions. A contract of sale may be confused with a service contract especially as regards who supplies the basic ingredients for the manufacture of a thing that is to be delivered. Where the party who undertakes delivery of corporeal chattels to be manufactured or produced is also to provide the main materials necessary for the manufacture or production, the transaction is a sale one. But if the party to whom is delivery to be made provides the essential ingredients for the making of the thing, the contract is best described as service and not sale. For instance, A wants a full garment. A brought the pieces of textile by his own and hands them over to a tailor to produce the suit. This agreement is not one of sale, but service. Barter is also an onerous contract that is concluded with a view to transfer ownership. But there is no monetary price in bartering, and the exchange is made between things. Price expressed in money terms distinguishes sale from barter. Donation on the other hand is a contract of gratuity; it is not made for consideration. One party undertakes the obligation to transfer ownership of a thing to another. But sale is a bilateral engagement when it comes to bearing obligations. The transfer of rights other than ownership such as usufructs (a right to use and enjoy the fruit, not to alienate) is in essence different from sale. Usufruct is short of the power to alienate or dispose of a thing, which ownership contains. In sale, ownership is transferred, not merely usufruct.
  • 116.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 116 A contract may be concluded for hiring a thing. The intention is that the thing will be returned back to the lessor. The contract may further provide that the tenant of the thing will become the owner thereof upon payment of a given number of installments. Such a contract will be assimilated to a sale contract where the said installments are paid. But the tenant can terminate the contract by returning the thing to the original owner. A full sale contract does not produce the effect of returning back the thing. Sale is also different from a contract of supplies, where a party undertakes for a price to make in favor of the other party periodical or continuous deliveries of things. This contract relates to the delivery, not to the transfer of ownership of a thing. Price is paid for making the supply. There are also certain “forms of sale” recognized by law. They are all forms of sale, but assume different modes. These include sale on trial, sale by sample, sale with ownership reserved, and sale with the right of redemption. Sale by sample refers to the situation where a particular thing is agreed upon to be sold so that it will also be used to conclude a sale contract in respect of the other category it represents. The sample or pattern will operate to represent the sale of others. Thus, sale is concluded in respect of the whole thing when the sample conforms to the description in the contract. Sale on trial on the other hand is a conditional sale which completes only after the thing is taken by the prospective buyer and tried to be suitable. If the thing passes the trial, the sale contract becomes intact. Until the trial is made, ownership resides in the prospective seller and so risk remains with him. Sale with ownership reserved is a contract whereby the seller reserves to himself the ownership until the buyer pays the price of the thing he has taken possession. A sale that transfers ownership in full is created when the buyer fully pays the price. But until then, the risk is assumed by the buyer, and the seller may take back the thing.
  • 117.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 117 Finally, there is a type of sale called sale with right of redemption. Right of redemption refers to the right the seller exercises to buy the thing back. Parties can reach agreement so much so that the seller can re-buy the thing he has sold within a defined period of time, usually two years, subject of course to the refund of the appropriate amount of price to the buyer. Dear distance student, I do hope that you would have a fair understanding of the essence of a sale contract and its various manifestations. I also believe that the comparisons made of contracts akin to sale help you make clear distinctions between sale and these allied contracts. Anyway, it is hoped that you have by now grasped the essential features of a contract of sale. Let’s now turn to formation and then performance of sale contracts. . 5.1.2. Formation of a Sale Contract As the formative requirements we have considered in the third chapter are compulsory upon the parties to be observed, they are needless to say applicable on any special contract such as sale. Those essential requisites stated under Art.1678 of the Ethiopian Civil Code are also upheld here. Consent of both parties, capacity, object and legal formalities should always be observed when concluding a sale contract. Consent as manifested through offer and acceptance and which marks the mutual meeting of minds of the parties must be expressed concerning all aspects of the sale transaction. As sale is a juridical act, the parties must be capable of contracting. The object of the sale, the thing to be delivered and the delivery itself, should not merely be lawful and moral but also be sufficiently defined and possible of performance. As regards form that the contract is to assume, parties are free to adopt whatever form they desire. They can conclude their contract in writing, orally, in signs, or even in conduct, but the form they have agreed to adopt needs to be observed. If there is, however, a formality requirement particularly imposed by specific sale contracts, that should be complied with.
  • 118.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 118 The “thing” upon which a sale contract is concluded needs to be the property of the seller. As one cannot transfer what he does not have, a person cannot sell a thing that does not belong to him. As sale is a mechanism of passing title, one cannot engage in sale without first having title over the thing to be sold. Exceptionally, however, it is possible to sell a thing belonging to a third party, as when as agent is given a special authority to transact sale of things belonging to the principal. A sale contract normally is concluded in relation to a presently existing thing, that which is already in existence and ready to be handed over to the buyer during the time of concluding the contract. All the same, sale may be concluded regarding a future thing, a thing that is to be manufactured or produced pursuant to the sale contract itself. We have already said that sale is made for payment of a price expressed in money terms. But parties may fail to fix the price by themselves, and this by itself does not lead to the annulment of the contract. Parties may legitimately refer the determination of the price to an external situation or a third party. An external situation could be the market and the price can be only ascertained by having regard to that revealed by the market. Certain goods may instantly fluctuate in price at different places. Parties can have the price ascertained by referring to the price index revealed at a certain place and time. A third party or arbitrator chosen by the parties can also determine the price for them. Thus, it is after all these possibilities of determining the price are exhausted that the contract may be annulled for lack of the essential element of certainly fixed price. 5.2. Performance and Obligations of Parties to Sale Contract The normal effect of every contract is performance. Sale contract is no exception on this regard. Performance is realized through the imposition of certain obligations on both the seller and the buyer. The parties to the contract of sale have their own respective obligations to discharge. Let’s have a brief look at them.
  • 119.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 119 5.2.1. Obligations of the Seller The obligations of the seller bears are normally those imposed by the contract itself. The law also imposes certain obligations of the seller either because of the silence of the contract or due to the mandatory nature of the obligation. The most noticeable obligations of the seller in a typical sale transaction are delivery, transferring ownership, providing warranties, and other incidental duties. a) Obligation to Deliver the Thing Delivery consists in the factual handing over (the conveying) of the thing to the future owner. Delivery effectively transfers possession in most cases. The delivery that transfers possession over the thing can be made in three ways. One is the actual delivery of the thing itself – the thing is physically handed over to the buyer, i.e. both the corpus and the animus will be transferred to the future owner. The second mode of delivery is what may be termed as constructive possession, where the buyer after agreeing to take delivery lets the seller to hold the thing to take it at some later time. The animus (the intention) is with buyer but the corpus (the physicals of the thing) is still in the hands of the seller. It shows that the buyer authorizes the seller to take custody of the thing on his behalf. In this case, the possession of the thing is deemed already passed to the buyer and the risk will be borne by him. Thus, constructive delivery also is a mechanism of valid delivery. The third mode is the handing over of the documents representing the thing. This also shares some similarity with constructive delivery as the corpus is still in the seller’s hands. Such is the case when the title deed of the thing is handed over to the buyer. Generally, delivery doesn’t have to be mere actual/physical delivery of the thing; it also includes the other two cases where such is made in accordance with the law. The determination of the quantity of the thing to be delivered is usually made by the parties in their contract. That quantity is to be complied with, and no delivery is deemed to be valid where it deviates from the quantity stipulated in the contract. But in certain circumstances, it is impossible or at least difficult to determine a precise quantity of
  • 120.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 120 goods. For instance, the weight or volume may vary according to time or temperature. Therefore, the seller will only undertake to deliver only “about a certain quantity”, as expressed in the words of Art 2275(1) of the Ethiopian Civil Code. The consequence is that it is for the seller to determine the exact quantity to be delivered. But, the limitation is laid on the seller to prevent him from abusing his position in that a contractual provision regarding fixing of quantity may be made in the sole interest of the buyer and that the possible variations between agreed and real quantity is limited to 10% in the case of the whole cargo of a ship and to 5% only in all other cases. The time of delivery is also an important aspect of delivery and of course performance. As always, a clearly stipulated time of delivery in the contract is given effect. But the date of delivery may not be inferred from the will of the parties. In this case, the law requires the seller to deliver the thing as soon as the buyer requires him to do so. If there is a contractual stipulation that delivery is made over a period of time, the privilege of fixing the exact date of delivery within such range belongs to the seller unless it appears from the circumstances that it is for the buyer to do so. However, overall, unless provided contractually to the contrary, delivery of the thing is legally made in simultaneity with payment of the price so much so that the seller is not obliged to deliver the thing until payment it made. Regarding the place of delivery, the principle, as in other cases, is that the place of delivery is fixed in the contract. Failing this, delivery is to be made at the place where the seller had his place of business at the time of the contract or, in the absence of such, his normal residence. But there are exceptions to this in the case of specific goods and certain kinds of generic goods. The place of delivery is the location of a thing where the sale relates to a specific thing and the parties know the place the thing is situated at the time of the contract. Similarly, delivery regarding sale of fungibles selected from a stock or a specified supply or that of things to be made or produced in a place known to the parties at the time when the contract is concluded is effected at such place of the thing.
  • 121.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 121 b) Obligation to Transfer Ownership This obligation is evident as sale is a mechanism for the transfer of ownership and ownership is not guaranteed by simple delivery. of course the sale we are taking about right now is that of ordinary corporeal chattels the transfer of possession of which entails the transfer of ownership. But that does not suffice, because title may be accompanied by various encumbrances and the buyer must be helped to enjoy the thing he bought free from any encumbrance. It is a rule of legal significance that the seller shall take all the necessary steps for transferring to the buyer unassailable rights over the thing (Art 2287, Civil Code). The proprietary rights of the buyer may be affected because of third parties’ rights over that thing at the time the sale contract is concluded. Thus, the buyer may face the risk of dispossession, whether partial or total. The seller is obliged to warrant the buyer any such dispossession which he might suffer in consequence of third parties exercising a right they enjoyed at the time of the contract. The warranty will take different forms, from the total/partial refund of the price (plus eventual damages) to the undertaking of settling the situation with the third party. As sale is a contractual transaction, parties could have an express agreement even regarding warranty for dispossession. This means that a contractual warranty is given priority. But, there are legal limits on the giving of such warranty. Thus, where the buyer knows the risk of dispossession, the seller is not obliged to warrant the thing. But, the law recognizes that the seller can expressly undertake such warranty contractually. When we come to the contractual exclusion of warranty, on the other hand, the law suspiciously looks at the situation and imposes certain compulsory conditions. The law states that contractual provisions excluding or restricting warranty shall be construed narrowly. The law even totally disallows the contractual exclusion or restriction of warranty where the seller has intentionally concealed that a third party had a right on the thing or where
  • 122.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 122 dispossession is due to the act of the seller. Any exclusion or restriction in such cases is of no legal effects. c) Warranty Against Defects and Non-conformity A sale contract carries with it a warranty both against defects and non-conformity to the contract. In pursuance of this, Art.2287 of the Ethiopian Civil Code reads that the seller shall guarantee to the buyer that the thing sold conforms to the contract and is not affected by defects. What are defects and non-conformities? Defects relate to the quality of the thing, and involve the following cases: - quality unsuitable for normal use or commercial exploitation; - quality unsuitable for particular use expressly or impliedly provided in the contract; - deviance from the quality or specification provided expressly or impliedly in the contract. The first defect pertains to the unsuitability of the thing for the use normally expected or for a commercial exploitation reasonably foreseen. This goes without any stipulation in the contract. Thus, a television must serve audio-visual purposes, a pen must write, etc. The second defect usually comes about because of a contractually fixed use. Quality for particular purpose may not necessarily be identical to that of the normal quality. For example, suppose X ordered Y, a baker, to prepare a cake that serves for wedding. Y makes an ordinary cake. Here the particular purpose was wedding, but the cake is not cooked in a way serving that purpose. Thus, there is a defect in the thing. Parties may describe the quality the thing should possess irrespective of its use. This is the third category of defect recognized by the law. For instance, you wanted Mr. Tekola, a carpenter, to make a wooden bed for you. The purpose of the bed is quite obvious, i.e. for sleeping. But you instructed him to do it with the decorations you wanted. Mr. Tekola finalized a bed with no such decorations at all. There is a clear defect here, and you can legitimately refuse to take delivery.
  • 123.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 123 Defects could be of two types: patent and latent. Patent defects are obvious defects that can be noticed too easily. Latent defects are those that are hidden so that they are discovered through later examination by way of customary usage or expert inspection. The rule of warranty is that for patent defects let the buyer beware (caveat emptor) and for latent defects let the seller beware (caveat venditor). If the buyer takes delivery of obviously defective thing, then the risk is his. The law expects persons to take reasonable care of their affairs. The seller cannot be held liable on a warranty against defects which are patent that the buyer could overlook them only as a result of gross negligence. The seller is not liable, for a stronger reason, on a warranty against defects when it is proved that the buyer knew of the defects. In this case, an express contractual warranty given by the seller is of no legal effect. But even in such cases, any provision excluding or restricting warranty is void where the seller has fraudulently concealed from the buyer the defect in the thing. The seller is exempted from the warranty if he refrains from engaging in deceptive conducts. In latent defects, the principle is that warranty is due. But, it is possible to contractually exclude or restrict the warranty on hidden defects too. The exclusion or restriction, however, does not produce any legal effect if there is faulty conduct of the seller that conceals the defect. The buyer will avail himself of warranty for defects only upon compliance of procedural requirements of examination and notification. He has to undertake customary examination of the thing at the earliest possible opportunity. Or else he has to have the thing technically examined by an expertise, such as in a laboratory, etc. The effects of the examination, i.e. the defects and its nature, must be communicated to the seller. It is upon making of these two cumulative conditions that the buyer may avail himself of the warranties attached to a sale transaction. Non-conformity shows a discrepancy between the thing as described in the contract and the delivered thing in terms of quantity, type, color or other similar characteristics. Non- conformity resulting from the discrepancy involves partial delivery, or delivery of greater or lesser quantity than undertaken in the contract to be delivered. Likewise, delivery of a
  • 124.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 124 thing different to that provided in the contract or a thing of a different species is regarded as non-conformity. The manners of assuming warranty and the scope of such warranty are similar to the case of defects as we summarized above. 5.2.2. Obligations of the Buyer The obligations of the buyer are paying the price (the main obligation), taking delivery of the thing, and other obligation contractually imposed upon him. a) Obligation to Pay the Price The obligation is usually discharged quite easily by a cash payment. But as the economy develops and the importance of commercial transaction rise, more sophisticated means of payment also appear. For instance, cheques, bank accounts, special banking facilities, credit card payments or even payment in foreign currencies are modes of paying the price. Art 2304(1) of the Civil Code reads “the obligation to pay the price shall include the obligation to take any step provided by the contract or by custom to arrange for or guarantee the payment of price”. In a sense, the buyer must arrange the actual payment of price and so undertake all the relevant formalities to transfer the money through orders to the bank. For instance, he is responsible for ensuring that the money is there on the day of the sale. He must also guarantee payment. The buyer is responsible for an effective transfer of money to the seller. For instance, he is liable if there is insufficient cash on his bank account when he drawn a cheque. The place of payment is in principle that fixed in the contract. Where the contract is silent payment is made at the address of the seller which implicitly means his business address. In cases of simultaneity, price is paid at a place where the thing is delivered. Quite in a similar fashion, time of payment is that stipulated in the contract which could range between payment at the contract and postponement to a future date such as sale on credit that is realized later than the delivery of thing. In the absence of a contractual provision, the principle is sale for cash on delivery. Payment is simultaneous with delivery, but the
  • 125.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 125 buyer should be granted the opportunity to examine the thing for defects or non- conformities so as to avoid a dispute where payment has taken place and the seller refuses to repair defects. b) Duty to Take Delivery Where the delivery consists in that of a thing conforming to terms of the contract, the buyer should take it. The buyer has a duty to cooperate in the delivery process and he may not obstruct the sale by blocking the delivery. The obligation to take delivery includes active performance of procedures necessary or even customary for carrying out the delivery. He has to cooperate with the seller, for example, in indicating the color, size or other important attributes of the thing. 5.2.3. Common Obligations of the Parties The priority is given, like always, to a contractual term that is fixed by the parties. If there is no agreement, the law imposes certain obligations on both parties based on circumstances. By common obligations of the parties, we don’t mean that the duty is borne at the same time by both the seller and the buyer; we rather mean that it is possible for both parties to assume the said categories of duties having regard to the circumstances of the case. Thus, transfer of risk, expenses, and preservation of the thing may be borne by either of the parties depending on differences in time, nature and other attending circumstances. a) Transfer of Risks Transfer of risks is not an obligation in and by itself. It is rather a circumstance that determines on whom certain consequential obligations should fall. Let’s first look in brief how risk passes from one party to another, usually from the seller to the buyer.
  • 126.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 126 The accepted principle as far as transfer of risk is concerned is the doctrine of res perit domino, i.e. risk follows title. Stated differently, the transfer of ownership (title) is accompanied by the transfer of risk. The sale of ordinary corporeal chattels transfers ownership thereof merely through factual delivery because these goods are those susceptible to the application of the property law presumption “one who is in possession is deemed to be the owner”. But that is not all about it, and transfer of risk may occur even where technically transfer of ownership has not yet taken place or where there is a dispute as to the validity of the sale of the thing. Risk involves the destroying, perishing, wearing and deterioration of a thing that is subject matter of the sale transaction. Where the risks are transferred to the buyer, through delivery made in accordance with the provisions of the contract and of the law, he is obliged to pay the price notwithstanding that the thing is lost or altered in value (Art.2323 cum 2324, Civ. C.). The buyer bears the risk of the thing’s being lost or deteriorated from the date of taking delivery, and his obligation to the seller remains unaffected by these circumstances. Stated a contrario, the risk remains with the seller in so far delivery is not made appropriately and risk is not transferred. Even though delivery might not yet have carried transfer of ownership, the rationale here is that the law wants the risk of loss of the thing to be borne by the material possessor of the thing, irrespective of the actual status of ownership rights. The buyer bears risk not merely where he took delivery of the thing, but also from the day he is late in taking delivery of the thing. Specific things are do not pose a problem here. If the sale relates to fungible things, the delay of the buyer does not transfer risks because it requires specifications and it is generally difficult to take delivery. Things under voyage (on course of transport) may pose a problem in the determining the transfer of risk. The idea here is that the risk of the voyage is for the buyer because the transfer of risks happens on the day the thing leaves the hands of the seller, and it is immaterial that the thing is handed over to the buyer. But the law prohibits the seller from abusing his position by giving a damaged thing and pretending the damage happened
  • 127.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 127 during the voyage. Fraud of the seller reserves the risk to him, and if he knew or should have known that the thing had perished or was damaged the risk will not be transferred to the buyer. b) Expenses A sale transaction could entail various expenses. Who is to bear these expenses is an important question. The noticeable expenses here are those of forming the contract, delivery, transport, payment, custom duties and expenses because of change in business address of a party. The law provides that the expenses of delivery (that includes counting, measuring and weighing costs), transport (where delivery is carriage-free), customs duties linked to a delay caused by the seller, and those incurred due to the change in business address by the seller, are all borne by the seller. The buyer on his part bears the expenses of the contract of sale itself, expenses for payment, expenses after delivery and expenses of transport where thing is sent to other place than that of delivery. The nature of these expenses and their appropriation shows that they are incidental to the primary obligations and so borne by the respective parties. c) Preservation of the Thing The duty of preservation of the thing arises where the buyer fails to take delivery of the thing on the one hand, and the seller makes a defective delivery refused by the buyer on the other. Where the buyer is late in taking delivery or in paying the price, the seller bears the duty to preserve the thing at the buyer’s expense. He is for that matter entitled to retain the thing until the buyer indemnifies him of the expenses he incurred in preserving the thing. But if the thing deteriorates or is damaged because of his failure to preserve, he will be liable. Where the thing sold has been received by the buyer but he intends, legitimately, to refuse it, he is obliged to ensure its preservation at the seller’s expense. He is again empowered to retain the thing until the seller indemnifies him of his expenses of preservation. His failure to preserve the thing makes him liable for the resulting
  • 128.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 128 damage or loss of the thing. Finally, the seller and the buyer can relieve themselves of the duty of preservation by consigning or selling the thing in accordance with general contract principles. 5.3. Non-performance of a Sale Contract As sale is a special type of contract, and therefore the general rules of contracts will apply, mutates mutandis. Thus, with some adjustments, the remedies of non-performance we have tackled in the third chapter are applicable to non-performance of sale contracts. These are forced performance, cancellation and damages, if any. 5.3.1. Forced Performance Dear distance student, you have to recall your reading on forced/special performance of general contracts. Specific performance is awarded only if it is of a special interest to the creditor and if it can be carried out without affecting the personal liberty of the debtor. For example, if the buyer finds the thing in the market, he cannot claim that the specific delivery of the thing by the defaulting seller is of a special interest to him. In this case, the buyer is preferred to make a purchase in replacement if the new thing conforms to commercial practice or such purchase can be effected without inconvenience or considerable expense. By the same token, a seller cannot claim the forced payment of a price from the defaulting buyer if he can sell his thing at equivalent price to someone else. That is, where compensatory sale is possible or customary, the court will not award a forced performance against the buyer. 5.3.2. Cancellation This is also not a novel nation as we have dealt with in relative depth on our discussion of contracts in general. You are expected to recall all those points we put forth there and you can make a simple adjustment to understand cancellation in a sale contract. As a rule, parties have to seek cancellation of the contract from a judicial body. All the same, they
  • 129.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 129 can unilaterally declare cancellation in exceptional circumstances. There are a couple of reasons attributable to the buyer’s claim of cancellation and there are other sets of reasons for cancellation raised on the part the seller. There are also reasons available to both parties. i) Reasons for Cancellation by the Buyer Cancellation is either judicial (by the court) or unilateral (by the buyer in this case). In both cases, our focus is the buyer’s right to either ask the court or do it himself. One reason is the expiry of the compulsory date fixed for delivery. The date is compulsory if the thing has a market price on markets to which the seller can apply to obtain it. Where this time lapses, the buyer can cancel the contract. Where the date fixed for delivery is not compulsory, the court or the buyer may grant the seller an additional time called grace period within which he shall perform his obligation. The contract is cancelled as of right where the seller fails to deliver the thing within such additional time. Another scenario that brings cancellation to the buyer is where whole ownership is not transferred to him. That means the seller delivers thing in sale whose title is defective or encumbered because of other persons’ rights over the thing. If the seller fails to deliver a thing free from all encumbrances, the court can order the cancellation of the contract. However, no cancellation is possible where the buyer knew of the encumbrance on purchasing the thing. The law disallows cancellation in such case because parties knowingly entering into defective transaction should not attempt to invoke that defect at the expense of creating insecurity in transactions. Again, there will not be any cancellation where the right with which the thing is encumbered is of a small importance and it appears that the buyer would have bought the thing despite the encumbrance. The intention of the law is to prohibit immaterial defects featuring during contractual formation from manipulations intended to avoid contractual obligations; these matters are to be objectively appreciated by the court.
  • 130.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 130 The encumbrance may be of the nature that the buyer is totally dispossessed from the thing he bought. If the seller was bound to warrant the buyer against the dispossession, the contract is cancelled as of right without any court involvement. The law, acknowledging that the buyer bought the thing for enjoying it, regards total dispossession as defeating the whole object of the sale transaction and therefore treats the contract as cancelled in its own right. In cases of partial dispossession, it is the court that may decide on the cancellation. Cancellation is, however, not possible where the dispossession only affects a part of the thing of minor importance and where it is reasonably expected the buyer would have bought the thing had he even known of the potential dispossession. A contract may also be cancelled (as invoked by the buyer) by the order or decision of the court if the thing is affected by a defect against which the seller warranted the buyer. Note once again that the thing is deemed to be defective where it does not possess the quality required for its normal use or commercial exploitation or where it does not possess a quality required for its particular use. Where the defect relates to part of the thing only, the contract is cancelled for that defective part only. The contract may however be cancelled as a whole where the defective part cannot be separated from the whole. ii) Reasons for Cancellation by the Seller The failure to pay the purchase price by the buyer constitutes one reason for the seller to invoke cancellation of the contract. The seller may himself declare cancellation in case of non-payment of price where such right has been given to him in the contract. If there is no express stipulation in the contract that empowers the seller to cancel the contract upon non-payment as agreed, the seller can declare cancellation only upon expiry of a reasonable time fixed by him in the default notice made to the buyer. The seller can also cancel the contract where the buyer fails to pay the price within the grace period given by the court.
  • 131.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 131 The failure of the buyer to take delivery of the thing may somehow operate as a ground for the seller to require judicial cancellation of the contract. If the buyer’s failure to take delivery justifies the fear that he will not pay the price, seller can seek cancellation. This takes into account the situation that some buyers manifest their refusal to pay the price by failing to take delivery of the thing they purchased. Seller can also demand cancellation where taking delivery of the thing is an essential stipulation of the contract and the buyer fails. iii) Reasons for Cancellation by Both Parties Both the seller and the buyer may get the contract cancelled due to certain conditions relevant to their respective positions, the necessary changes being made. They are considered below. One case involving defective performance (or non-performance) may pertain to successive deliveries. In successive deliveries, performance does not stop at once; it continues for some time in the future. In such case, the detective performance of the past may operate to stop future performance. The law states that where, in contracts for successive deliveries by reason of the non-performance or the defect of one of the performances due by a party, the other party is justified in fearing that the future performance will not be made or will be affected by defects, such party may require the cancellation of the contract for the future (Art 2351(1), Civ.C). Normally the cancellation is for the future and the past performance, though not made or defective, remains as it is. But where the plaintiff proves that the faulty delivery affects the whole delivery by making such deliveries, past or future, useless to him, he may ask for cancellation of the whole. Impossibility in performance of an obligation entitles the respective party to cancel the contract. Impossibility is a factual state of affairs, and occurrence of facts that make the performance of the contract impossible evidently results in the cancellation of the contract. It is pointless for a contract whose object has totally failed to remain in effect.
  • 132.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 132 Anticipatory breach is also a ground for the cancellation of a sale contract. Anticipatory beach refers to the situation whereby one party unequivocally (without any doubt) informs the other party that he will not perform the obligation on his part. The other party can cancel the contract even if the breach is made before the due date stated in the contract. iv) Effects of Cancellation Where contract is cancelled for any of the above grounds, the parties are released from their obligations under the contract. This release does not affect the right to demand damages where they are sustained. Where a party has performed his obligation in whole or in part, he may claim the restitution of what he had supplied including the expenses incurred. In the case where both parties have performed their obligations, each of them may refuse restitution due by him until the other party has effected his. Restitution is the return by a party of things he has taken under the contract from the other party. If the seller is to refund the price, it must include interest from the day of reception. If the buyer is to restore the thing to the seller, it includes profits derived from the thing. Sometimes restitution of the thing to its previous position may be impossible as a result of the destruction of the thing in whole or in part or as a result of damage to the thing. If the loss or damage is due to his act or due to the act of the person for whom he is responsible, the buyer loses his right to claim to claim restitution; otherwise the buyer retains his right to cancel the contract along with an award of damages. The buyer cannot, however, cancel the contact where he is unable to restore the thing because he has assigned or transferred it or the thing has perished or has been damaged by his act. The person required to make the restitution of the thing shall be entitled to reimbursement of the expenses he has incurred in preventing deterioration of the property or loss unless the expenses were rendered necessary by his own fault or by the fault of a person for whom he is responsible. Where the expenses incurred on the thing have increased its
  • 133.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 133 value, the person making the restitution is entitled to the reimbursement of the expenses by the amount only of the increase in value at the time of the restitution. A person making the restitution of the thing may remove anything he joined to the thing which can be separated from the thing without appreciable damage to the thing. Conversely, a person required to make the restitution is bound to indemnify the true owner where the former has caused deterioration of the property. 5.3.3. Damages as a Remedy for Non-performance The non-performance by a contracting party of his obligation may be economically detrimental to the other contractant, and the seller or the buyer, whoever the victim of the default might it be, may claim that the damages thus caused be made good by way of compensation. Compensation is claimed whether the contract is cancelled or maintained. It is also due where the contract has not been regularly and exactly performed. If the contract is sustained through specific performance, damages are due merely because of a delay in performance so that the contracting party is awarded compensation for a time he is deprived of the enjoyment of the thing that he had counted on. He may also have lost a good chance to resell the thing if that was his intention. On the other hand, if the contract is cancelled, the person is deprived of the advantage that he could legitimately expect from it. In both cases, it is proper to reestablish the equilibrium established by the contract by remedying the upset by the failure to perform the contract. This is done by requiring the person who has not performed his obligation or has performed it improperly, incompletely or late, to pay damages to the other party. The principles of claiming damages we have raised on contracts in general are also applicable here. Leaving that part for your reading, I briefly focus on the issues of damages specific to sale contracts.
  • 134.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 134 Where the contractual breach is only that of being late in paying the price, the amount of damages to be awarded is that the buyer should pay interest at the legal rate. This means that if the contract is performed anyway even though not in time, the damage is calculated to equal a simple interest at the legal rate, i.e. 9% on the principal. A higher interest rate fixed for the contract as a whole will not apply to the award of damages. The amount of damages awarded where a contract is cancelled will be fixed having regard to whether a thing has a current price. Current price refers to the price practiced on the market which would be the normal place of business for the buyer or the seller. The amount of damages is equal to the difference between the contractual price and the current price. The current price is the one that prevails on the day when a party could exercise his right to declare unilateral cancellation or on the day following the date of judicial declaration of cancellation. The defaulting party is also to pay normal expenses linked to a purchase in replacement or compensatory sale as the case may be. The situation is treated differently in the eyes of the law where the thing does not have a current price. Here there is no term of reference to objectively calculate the amount of the damages. One therefore looks at the compensation a reasonable man (in this the court) deems appropriate. Such amount may be increased to the actual prejudice where one party sustains damages because of intent to harm, gross negligence or grave fault committed by the other party. The amount of damages resulting from anticipatory breach is fixed by referring a current price of the thing to that prevailing on the last day of the period stipulated in the contract for the performance of the obligation. Where no time-limit for performance is fixed by the contract, the day of reference is will be that when right to declare cancellation of the contract could be exercised. Since anticipatory breach is usually made prior to the arrival of the contractually fixed date of performance, the law implicitly upholds that it is fair to calculate the damage waiting for the normal date of performance and the price in force on that day. Nevertheless, damages cannot exceed the price actually paid for a previous
  • 135.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 135 purchase in replacement. Nor can it exceed the difference between the price fixed in the contract and the price actually received for a previous compensatory sale. Finally, a scenario that could result in the award of damages is dispossession. In such case, the seller should reimburse the buyer, in addition to any other damages, the judicial and extra-judicial expenses of proceedings he had to institute. The exception here, i.e. where no damages may be sought, is the expenses the buyer could have avoided had he informed the seller of proceedings with third parties. 5.4. Some Issues About International Sale Transactions Dear distance student, what we have so far been considering is almost entirely a domestic law of sale. Law is very personal in the sense that it effectively applies in a jurisdiction of a state and not somewhere outside. The Ethiopian sales law is given effect only in Ethiopia. Nevertheless, sale is also an international affair transcending beyond the particular boundaries of a state because of increased commercial and trade relations between states on the globe. So, in addition to particular treaties signed between countries regarding a transnational sale transaction, there are some general issues we can arise. Generally, the international sales contract is drafted to accommodate buyers and sellers with each other. The bargaining systems cover items such as market forces affecting prices, risk factors and terms that relate to security of payments. The final agreement is an essentially private transaction and calls for a private legal regime. Performance of an international contract involves greater distance and longer periods of time before the goods are delivered and payment is required than in the usual domestic transaction. There are also purely international risks such as differences in legal currencies, different governmental regulations, difference in language, differences in legal system and society, etc.
  • 136.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 136 The international sale of goods will commonly involve more than one legal relationship. That is in addition to the basic sales agreement, there is a shipping contract and insurance contract. Further, there is a variety of documents such as bill of lading, invoice, and marine insurance policies. Trade problems associated with international sales contracts arise with regard to restrictive trade devices that impede or distort trade. Classic examples include tariffs, import quotas, import licensing procedures and complex customs procedures. Even though many different issues are involved in international sale contract, here we are mainly concerned with the arrangement related to security of payment in overseas trade. We thus focus on the documentary credit, or letter of credit as it is usually called. Because buyers and sellers engaging in international business transactions are sometimes separated by thousands of miles, special precautions are often taken to ensure performance under the contract. Sellers want to avoid delivering goods for which they might not be paid. Buyers desire the assurance that sellers will not be paid until there is evidence that the goods have been shipped. The exporting/importing Ethiopian enterprise does not trust its respective partner abroad. Thus, letters of credit are frequently used to facilitate international business transactions. The letter of credit is usually opened by a bank, and the bank serves as an intermediary and guarantees the payment. In a simple letter-of-credit transaction, the issuing bank agrees to issue a letter of credit and to ascertain whether the beneficiary (seller) performs certain acts. In return, the account party (buyer) promises to reimburse the issuer for the amount paid to the beneficiary. There may also be an advising bank that transmits information, and a paying bank may be involved to expedite payment under the letter of credit. Under a letter of credit, the issuer is bound to pay the beneficiary (seller or exporter) when the beneficiary has complied with the terms and conditions of the letter of credit. The beneficiary looks to the issuer, not to the account party (buyer or importer), when it presents the documents required by the letter of credit. Typically, the letter of credit will
  • 137.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 137 require that the beneficiary deliver a bill of lading to prove that shipment has been made. Letters of credit assure beneficiaries (sellers or exporters) of payment while at the same time assuring account parties (buyers or importers) that payment will not be made until the beneficiary has complied with the terms and conditions of the letter of credit. Study the following exhibit for a better understanding. LETTER OF CREDIT SELLER BUYER ISSUER BANK CARRIER CARRIER
  • 138.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 138 CHRONOLOGY OR EVENTS 1. Buyer contracts with issuer bank to issue a letter of credit; this sets forth the bank’s obligation to pay on the letter of credit and the buyer’s obligation to pay the bank. 2. Letter of credit is sent to seller informing seller that upon compliance with the terms of the letter of credit (such as presentment of bill of lading), the bank will issue a payment for the goods. 3. Seller delivers goods to carrier and receives a bill of lading. 4. Seller delivers the bill of lading to issuer bank and, if the document is proper, receives payment. 5. Issuer bank delivers the bill of lading to the buyer 6. Buyer delivers the bill of lading to carrier. 7. Carrier delivers goods to buyer 8. Buyer settles with issuer bank. The letter of credit is known for its virtue. The basic principle behind letters of credit is that payment is made against the documents presented by the beneficiary and not against the facts that the documents purport to reflect. Thus, in a letter credit transaction, the issuer does not scrutinize the underlying contract; a letter of credit is independent of the underlying contract between the buyer and the seller. Eliminating the need for banks (issuers) to inquire into whether or not actual conditions have been satisfied greatly reduces the costs of letter of credit. Moreover, the use of a letter of credit protects both buyers and sellers. The compliance with a letter of credit is usually simple to assure. In a letter of credit transaction, generally at least three separate and distinct contracts are involved: the contract between the account party (buyer) and the beneficiary (seller), the contract
  • 139.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 139 between the issuer (bank) and the account party (buyer), and finally the letter of credit itself, which involves the issue (bank) and the beneficiary (seller). As noted, given that these contracts are separate and distinct, the issuer’s obligations under the letter of credit do not concern the underlying contract between the buyer and the seller. Rather, it is the issuer’s duty to ascertain whether the documents presented by the beneficiary (seller) comply with the terms of the letter of credit. If the documents presented by the beneficiary (seller) comply with the terms of the letter of credit, the issuer (bank) must honor the letter of credit. Sometimes, however, it is difficult to determine exactly what a letter of credit requires. The degree of compliance required of parties by a letter of credit may vary slightly form place to place. The Commercial Code of Ethiopia contains provisions on letter of credit (Art.959-967). It recognizes two types of letters of credit: revocable and irrevocable. Revocable credits are not legally binding undertakings between banks and beneficiaries. Such credits may be modified or cancelled at any time without any notice to the beneficiary. When the revocable letter of credit had been transmitted to a branch or another bank, the fact of modification or cancellation of such credit must be communicated to the branch or other bank prior to payment, negotiation or acceptance of the credit. Otherwise, the cancellation or modification cannot have effect on the conduct of the branches or the other bank. Revocable credit is to the disadvantage of the seller (exporter) as he may not have recourse against issuer. Therefore, he does not seem to consent to such a credit. Irrevocable credit is, on the other hand, a definite undertaking by an issuing bank and is binding. Irrevocable letter of credit, as the name indicates, cannot be modified or cancelled, and it would constitute the full engagement of the issuer (bank) to the beneficiary or other bona fide holders of drafts drawn under the letter that the provisions for payment, acceptance or negotiation contained in the letter of credit will be duly fulfilled. Thus, irrevocable letter of credit embodies a firm commitment by the issuing bank and its issuance imposes on the issuer (bank) an obligation from which it cannot withdraw.
  • 140.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 140 Irrevocable letters of credit require confirmation to bind other bank. When the issuer instructs another bank to confirm its irrevocable letter of credit and when the latter does so, the confirmation implies a definite undertaking of the confirming (advising) bank as from the date on which it gives confirmation. In an unconfirmed letter of credit, the beneficiary will not have recourse against the advising bank. In the case of a confirmed irrevocable credit, the beneficiary has double promise for payment by two banks and he can quite legitimately enforce his claims of payment not only against the issuing bank but also the confirming bank. The advising bank is, juristically speaking, jointly and severally liable after its confirmation is secured. After the shipment of goods, the documents are presented by the seller to the advising (confirming) bank. If the documents comply with the specification in the letter of credit, the advising bank can even immediately pay the seller and demand payment of the goods from the issuing bank. On the other hand, the buyer is the customer of the issuer (bank); he has no contractual relationship with the confirming (advising) bank. Consequently, the buyer would have no rights against the advising bank and vice versa.
  • 141.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 141 Self- check Exercises 1. If the sale contract is silent as to the place and time of delivery, where and when should delivery take place? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ _______________________. 2. If you go to a bank and exchange 100 USD for Ethiopian Birr, does that constitute sale? Why or why not? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ______________________________. 3. State special matters, if any, that pertain to cancellation of a sale contract as opposed to cancellation of contracts in general. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________
  • 142.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 142 __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________. 4. Explain patent and latent defects and their respective effects. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________. 5. What does the duty to transfer “unassailable rights” refer to? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ______________________________.
  • 143.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 143 6. There are cases where warranty for defects cannot be contractually excluded. Identify. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ________________________. 7. There are cases where contractual silence regarding warranty for defects legally excludes the warranty. Identify. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ _________________________. 8. How do you distinguish contract of supplies from a sale contract? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________
  • 144.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 144 __________________________________________________________________ _______________________________. 9. What is the remedy available to the buyer is case he faces dispossession from the thing? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ______________________________. 10. What is non-conformity? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ___________________________. 11. A purchased a mobile cell from B, a dealer. There were many defects in the cell which rendered it unfit for use. A sued B for breach of warranty. B raised the defense that the defects were latent and unknown to him and could not have reasonably been discovered. Could B avoid liability on the said ground?
  • 145.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 145 __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________. 12. X contracted to sell 70 head of beef cattle of Birr 150 per hundredweight to Y.Y made a Birr 5000 down payment. Before delivery, X heard a rumor that Y was in poor financial condition, and X demanded that he receive full payment before delivering the animals. Y told X that the balance would be paid on delivery, based on the weight of the cattle delivered. X refused to deliver the cattle and sold them to a third party. Y filed a suit. X claimed that Y’s refusal to pay was an anticipatory breach of the contract. Discuss whether X was correct and what action he could have taken on the basis of the rumor? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________.
  • 146.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 146 13. A bank issued a letter of credit in favor of A to cover the sale of 100,000 computers. The letter of credit specified that the computers would be transported by ship. A shipped the computers by air. Payment on the letter of credit was dishonored because the shipment by air did not fulfill the precise terms of the letter of credit. Should a court compel payment? Explain. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________
  • 147.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 147 CHAPTER SIX INTRODUCTION TO COMMERCIAL LAW Commercial law is a broad area of law. Our concern here is only with the fundamental principles as particularly enshrined in the Commercial Code of Ethiopia. You will have a brief look at the law of traders and business organizations, insurance and negotiable instruments. At the end of this chapter, you must be able to: - distinguish traders from non-traders. - differentiate the business organizations that can be formed in Ethiopia, - define insurance and insurable interest - state the significance of insurance transactions - describe negotiable instrument and negotiability - identify the different types of negotiable instruments and their resenting features. 6.1. Law of Traders and Business Organizations 6.1.1. Traders Who are traders? This is the foremost question that may come to one’s mind. Traders are persons who carry on trading activities professionally and for gain. Their professional career is indicative of the fact that these persons engage in trade as a means of earning livelihood. Obviously, traders pursue profit-making ends. The law has expressly stated in a seemingly limitative list, the activities that are regarded as trading. Article 5 of the Ethiopian Commercial Code contains twenty-one activities in which traders can engage in. Thus, not all persons who operate a given task for profit may be necessarily regarded as traders. For example, persons who engage in agricultural production, cattle breading,
  • 148.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 148 fishery and persons who operate activities at the level of handcrafts are not treated as traders even if they derive profits out of their activities, and they don’t have the rights and duties of traders. This shows that the type of activity, not necessarily a profit generating one, is considered for categorizing a professional pursuer as a trader or not. There are some persons who from the outset cannot engage in trading activities or at least engage subject to fulfillment of certain conditions, not because the activities they engage in are non-trading. Incapable persons, foreigners, associations, among others, are group of persons who cannot engage in commercial activities. Incapable human beings such as minors and persons with interdiction are denied the capacity to carry out acts of civil life, and trade is at the top of juridical acts. Therefore, persons with incapacity cannot operate trade personally by the application of the law of physical personality. Foreigners on their part cannot directly go into trade matters as nationals. First, there are activities reserved to nationals, and foreigners are totally enjoined from participating in those sectors. Secondly, they need to secure work permit before embarking upon trading ventures. However, for a poor nation like ours, foreign investment is necessary and the government’s successive grant of investment permit to foreigner’s evidence to this fact. Associations, on the other hand, are organizations formed to operate non-profit making activities. Religious, social or many other non-governmental organizations acquire legal personality upon registration but are not traders, for the mere reason that they pursue end other than the realization of commercial surpluses. A trader can be both a physical person and a juridical person. Both human beings and corporate entities are regarded as traders when they take part in the activities earmarked by the law as trading ones. Thus, a trader is not to merely mean individual merchants, and the corporate form of trading is also legitimately recognized. Traders have certain obligations not borne by non-trading persons. They are generally required to be registered, to obtain business license and to keep books and accounts. No trader can engage in commercial activities unless first registered in the commercial register. The government tries to avoid the huge potential abuse in this sensitive area by
  • 149.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 149 overseeing the potential and actual conduct of the traders by, among other things, requiring registration. A similar end may be served by requiring the trader to secure a business license form the authorities. A crucial obligation, especially from the view point of government revenue, is the maintenance of proper and accurate books of account. Business sector is the principal area from which the government generates revenue through taxation to operate its multiple functions. Computations of tax liability are by and large dependent accurate financial records by the concerned trader. 6.1.2. Law of Business Organizations Among the two basic forms of doing business, i.e. individually or through an incorporated body, the latter form can be split into various sub-forms. The corporate form of doing business we deal with right now is the private one, meaning business forms taken up by non-state entrepreneurs and that are governed by the commercial law. A corporate form of business undertaking is also available to the public in a slightly different form from the private counterpart. Public enterprises and cooperatives are the public forms of engaging in commerce by way of a corporate body. Anyway, one scheme of operating business may be chosen over another for a variety of reasons. Business organization is defined under the Commercial Code as an association arising out of a partnership agreement. The word “association” is not used here to equate business organizations to non-profit making entities; it is used here to mean grouping of people. A business organization is, therefore, a grouping of business persons that comes out of the partnership agreement. A partnership agreement exhibits certain features and contains certain elements. According to article 211 of the Commercial Code, it is defined as a contract whereby two or more persons who intend to join together and to cooperate undertake to bring together contributions for the purpose of carrying out activities of an economic nature and of participating in the profits and losses arising out thereof, if any. Let’s try to dissect the statement in order to understand a partnership agreement. The partnership agreement is a contract in the strict sense of the term. As a contract, multilateral instrument, it should satisfy all the legal requisites we raised on general principles of contract law and it produces all the effects of a contract. It binds together the
  • 150.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 150 cooperators and contributors and it is backed by the sanction of law for enforcement. As a contract again, two or more persons are needed and this means that a single person cannot establish a business organization in Ethiopia. Parties to the partnership agreement should be willing to work together for common goal. The extent of collaboration depends on the nature of the business organization. In companies, personality of the contractants is less important than that in partnerships. The persons also undertake to make contributions that later constitute the business organization. The kind of contribution may depend upon the interest of the parties and the need for investment in the business organization. Cash contributions are the obvious modes. But in kind contributions, or even skill (knowledge), are possible in so far as they are susceptible to monetary valuation. Business organizations are established for the purpose of carrying out activities of economic nature and the partnership agreement should also reveal this. That is to say, persons organize them selves in the form we are talking about to strengthen their economic power, to collect more profit. In other words, a business organization cannot be established for purpose other than profit making. The contracting parties further undertake to participate in both the profit and the loss that arise out of their operation, as the case may be. The contract cannot exclude members from either the profit or loss or both. Mind you here that the case of limited liability is conceptually different and it is generally recognized in companies. The Ethiopian law recognizes six types of business organizations: three types of partnerships, two types of companies and a joint venture. Partnerships are associations of persons and the personality of members does greatly matter. Companies are associations of capital and the personality traits of shareholders are not important to the existence of the company. Joint ventures are unique forms of business organization. Let’s have a cursory look at them. a) Partnerships Partnerships would have their own legal personality upon registration and publicity. But such personality is greatly dependent on the mutual understanding between the partners
  • 151.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 151 so much so that the withdrawal of one partner may cause the dissolution of the partnership as a whole. There are three types of partnerships: ordinary, general and limited partnerships. Ordinary partnerships are corporate forms of doing business in non-commercial activities. A commercial business organization is the one that picks up one of the activities listed under Article 5 of the Commercial Code. A business engaging in those activities cannot be run in the form of ordinary partnerships. An ordinary partnership may be set up to operate other activities that do not make their doer a trader. Most of the provisions of ordinary partnerships are informal and flexible, compared to the provisions governing general and limited partnerships. Partners in an ordinary partnership are, however, all jointly and severally liable for the debts of the partnership. But partners may avoid the joint and several liability by contractually stipulating to the contrary. General partnership is a commercial business organization in which all partners occupy the same position vis-à-vis third parties. All partners are jointly and severally liable to third parties, and they cannot even avoid this obligation by a contractual term. All of the partners can be managers of the partnership. Creditors will have recourse against the partners only after they exhaust the possibilities of recovery from the partnership. A limited partnership comprises two categories of partners: general partners and limited partners. The general partners of a limited partnership assume similar obligation as that of partners of a general partnership. General partners are jointly and severally liable for the debts and commitments of the partnership where the assets of the partnership cannot cover the debts and commitments. This group of partners act as managers of the limited partnership. Limited partners, on the other hand, are partners that cannot be held responsible for the debts of the partnership beyond their original contribution. They cannot also take part in the management for that is inconsistent with their exemption from liability.
  • 152.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 152 b) Companies The company is the best way of doing business in a corporate form. it is characterized by an acquisition of capital from a relatively wider segment of the society. What is needed is capital and not persons, and thus members are not expected to take part in the operations of the company. Ownership belongs to dispersed shareholders while management and control is in the hands of professional managers. The basic virtue of the company form is the full recognition of limited liability. No contributor (shareholder) is held liable for the debts of the company beyond his contribution, and he does not risk losing his personal property because of liability incurred by the company. The life of a company is not dependent on the life of the shareholders, unlike partnerships. The company exists and operates independently of, and in fact remotely from, shareholders and the company continues despite withdrawal or death of shareholders. We have two types of companies: share companies and private limited companies. Both have their partnership agreement expressed in what are termed as memorandum of association and articles of association. They also have their capital divided into shares, and they issue shares, even though shares of a very different nature. They are always commercial business organizations in the sense that they engage only in one of the activities legally recognized trading ones. They also have differences. The minimum capital requirement is significantly different. A private limited company has capital ceiling but sharecompany can raise capital to an unlimited amount. The number of shareholders for a share company is minimum five while private limited companies can be formed by fewer people up to two. But the latter have a ceiling on the number of shareholders, 20, while there is no limitation on the maximum number of shareholders in share companies. Share companies are authorized to raise capital through a subscription of shares to the public and pool together large sums of money for the capital of the company. Private limited companies cannot offer shares for public subscription.
  • 153.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 153 Share companies can issue transferable shares and other transferable securities. They can issue various classes of shares that can be negotiated easily. They can enter into loans by issuing debentures. Private limited companies cannot issue such documents. In share companies, important decisions are made by the general meeting of share holders. But in private limited companies, the possibility or importance of such meeting is doubtful as the line between ownership and management is often blurred. c) Joint Ventures Joint ventures in investment law parlance refer to the collaboration between two persons (usually where the government is a party) already in another business. Under the Ethiopian Commercial Code, a joint venture is a secret business organization. The existence of a joint venture cannot be disclosed to third parties. The organization is known only to the venturers. The agreement forming a joint venture need not be made in writing. A joint venture need not be registered and publicized by any way. Accordingly, a joint venture cannot be a person; it cannot sue and cannot be sued. Third parties only know the manager of the joint venture. The manager is responsible for all faults and liabilities that may emerge because of the business. The powers of the manger and liability of other partners will be determined in their internal mutual agreement. 6.2. Law of Insurance 6.2.1. General Insurance is a social security scheme that developed because of the existence of risks. Risks are evident especially in the business world where persons may be exposed to huge losses as a result of the materialization of the risk. Such a phenomenon may discourage people from venturing on sectors that may entail risk or the business sector might have been generally endangered. Insurance policy had succeeded in responding to the abovementioned problem.
  • 154.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 154 A person or an organization may merely assume a risk of some kind that may or may not happen. Whether the risk happens or not is, however, not certain. No body knows when, how and to what extent the risk may materialize. If this fact was known beforehand, every one would have avoided it. It the uncertainty and fear of unfortunate moment may hamper commerce or industry. The uncertainty surrounding potential losses is referred to as risk. An insurance coverage for the risk will encourage people to conduct business with out the fear of the occurrence of the risk. There are many virtues of insurance. Insurance makes a person work with out fear and thus increase production and productivity. Individuals perform more in a risk free or risk controlled environment. Insurance helps to budget money for unknown loss. If a person is insured, he pays money to the insurance company at a continuous interval. The periodic payment, called premium, can be taken as a budgeting in advance for an uncertain risk. Most importantly, insurance distributes risk among different people. People under a certain risk make payments in advance so as to address the risk in case it materializes. The public will make a cumulatively huge contribution to the insurer, and the insured who suffered the actualized risk would be redressed and put to his position he was before the materialization of the risk. Because the insured has got paid from the fund pooled together by the public and we can say that the risk is dispersed on the people generally. The distributed burden would be too easy for members of the community to bear, but would have been very devastating on the individual persons in the absence of insurance. Insurance has become a significant force in the industrial sector where there is an active movement of labor and where equally risk exists. Insurance protects workers against work related hazards. While the workers enjoy work with out fear, that will be very beneficial to the employer for more work is to be performed and production increased. The gigantic insurance companies create employment opportunity. Their financial and social status makes them great contributors to the employment sector of a nation.
  • 155.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 155 6.2.2. Insurable Interest Any party purchasing insurance must have a “sufficient interest” in the insured item to obtain a valid policy. Insurance laws determine sufficiency of items for insurance coverage. A person is said to have insurable interest where he has a vested interest in the subject matter of insurance to whom the advantage may arise or prejudice may happen. There must be an economic link to the claim of insurance. A person should have some kind of relation to or concern in the subject matter of the insurance. Insurance protects the relation or economic concern on a thing. We say that there is an insurable interest if the occurrence of a given peril assumed to affect the concern on the subject matter of insurance proved to affect the economic interest of an insured. The insured should be benefited from the existence of a thing or an interest insured or should be prejudiced by its destruction upon materialization of the risk. 6.2.3. Insurance Policy and Rights and Duties of Parties Insurance policy is basically a contract, but a special contract. It is defined under Article 654(1) the of the Commercial Code as a contract whereby a person called the insurer, undertakes against payment of one or more premiums to pay to a person, called the beneficiary, a sum of money where a specified risk materializes. As a contract, an insurance policy should satisfy all essential requirements of a valid contract. In addition, it must exhibit the special features attached to it by the provisions of the Ethiopian Commercial Code. Accordingly a contract of insurance must be made in writing. This is so because the law says that the contract should be supported by a written document called an insurance policy, which, as is mentioned in the definition is the contract itself (Art 657 (21). We can say that the law has specifically imposed a writing requirement in the creation of an insurance contract, and that must be observed. The insurance policy also is to contain the facts stated in Article 658. These are:
  • 156.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 156 - the place and date of the contract; - the names and addresses of the parties; - the items, liability or person insured; - the nature of the risks insured; - the amount of the guarantee; - the amount of the premium; and - the term for which the contract is made. In insurance contracts, the person guaranteeing against a given risk is called the insurer. In Ethiopia, only share companies can be insurers because financial activities, viz banking and insurance, are run only in the form of share companies. The person seeking an assurance against a definite risk is the insured, or the beneficiary to use the Code’s terminology. The insured may subscribe insurance policy for his own benefit or for the benefit of other person(s), i.e. the beneficiary of the policy may be the insured or a third party. The insurance policy must specify the subject matter of the insurance that contains an insurable interest. Insurable subject matter could be a property exposed to peril (such as car, building, machinery), liability to third parties, persons themselves including their life and illness or accidents. The insurance of property refers to both corporeals and intangibles. Physical assets are obviously proper subject matters for insurance policy. Equally, intangible claims such as rights and credits (receivables) to be collected may be insured. Even though these do not have a material existence, there is a risk that they may not be recovered or received and thus they constitute insurable interest. A person may face a liability to third parties. He
  • 157.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 157 may extra-contractually fall into a liability scenario and this is a risk. A person can cover such risk with an insurance policy so that he normally undertakes his activities without much fear of liability. Other subject matters of insurance are persons. Persons insure themselves for a variety of reasons. For example, a person’s death may seriously affect his descendant’s or others whom he supports. Life insurance policy provides such person to give financial security in advance to persons he supports. The life of the insured is an insurable interest for ultimate beneficiaries whose livelihood is dependent on the earnings of the insured. Likewise, a person may insure himself against defined accidents or illnesses for his own benefit or for the benefit of others. An accident may cause a serious and permanent bodily injury and may thus reduce the working and earning potentials. Illness may cause same. Insurance is a good security for such risks. The insurance of illnesses or/and accidents usually includes their consequences including death. The insurance policy contains certain basic rights and obligations from which parties cannot even contractually derogate. Both the insurer and the insured do bear some duties to one another. The insurer guarantees the insured against the risks specified in the policy, and he must pay the agreed amount within the time specified in the policy or when the risk insured against occurs at the time specified in the policy. This duty of the insurer is not affected even if the losses or damages insured occurred due to the fault of a person for whom the insured is responsible, and the obligation remains valid regardless of establishing such link. But the insurer is automatically exempted from the duty if the losses or damages covered by the policy are caused by the negligent or intentional fault of the insured himself. The main duties of the insured under an insurance policy are the payment of a fixed premium and the disclosure of material facts. Insurance is not a gratuitous contract; it is a contract made for consideration and each of the parties performs obligations. Thus, the insured pays a fixed sum, called premium, which is usually paid on a time interval. The insured is equally obliged to disclose exactly all the material facts within his knowledge.
  • 158.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 158 This is an essence of an insurance policy and no contract continues without making exact statements of all the facts. By material facts, we mean that the insurer appreciates the risks based on them and consents to enter into the policy based on that. Thus, any concealment or false statement made by the insured that make the insurer wrongly appreciate risks, and that lead the latter to enter into the policy which otherwise he would not have done, would nullify the policy. 6.3. Some Remarks about Law of Negotiable Instruments A negotiable instrument is any document incorporating a right to an entitlement in such a manner that it be not possible to enforce or to transfer a right separately from the instrument (Art.715 (1), Comm.C). A negotiable instrument is a special but simple document that gives the possessor a right to the entitlement as expressed in the instrument by the presentment of the instrument to the debtor. The right cannot be claimed without the delivery of the instrument. The instrument is said to be negotiable because it can be transferred (with the full rights) from one person to the other by mere delivery or, sometimes, by endorsement. The Ethiopian law recognizes three categories of negotiable instruments: commercial instruments, transferable securities, and documents of title to goods. Transferable securities are mechanisms of holding and negotiating certain types of rights and such include shares and debentures. Documents of title to goods represent right over goods that are on shipment. A bill of lading, a truck way bill and an airway bill are the examples. Commercial instruments are the most noticeable types of negotiable instruments. They are documents that embody an entitlement to a specific sum of money. We will have some issues regarding these categories of negotiable instruments below. The vast number of commercial transactions that take place daily in the modern business world would be inconceivable without commercial paper (instruments). Commercial paper is any written promise or order to pay a sum of money. Bills of exchange (drafts), promissory notes and cheques are typical examples. Commercial paper is transferred
  • 159.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 159 more readily than ordinary contract rights, and persons who acquire it are normally subject to less risk than the ordinary assignee of a contract right. Commercial paper at the beginning grew out of commercial necessity, and was used in accordance with practices set by individual merchants. But later on, it gained attention from the legal system and its importance has resulted in the emergence and development of separate legal regime. Instruments function in two ways – as a substitute for money and as a credit device. Debtors sometimes use currency, but for convenience and safety they often use instruments instead. For example, an instrument is being used when a debt is paid by cheque. The substitute-for-money function of instruments developed in the middle ages. Merchants deposited their precious metals with goldsmiths to avoid the dangers of loss or theft. When they needed funds to pay for the goods they were buying, they gave the seller a written order addressed to the goldsmith. This authorized the goldsmith to deliver part (or all) of the precious metals to the seller. These orders, called bills of exchange, were sometimes used as a substitute for money. Today, people use cheques and other types of instruments in the same way. Instruments may represent an extension of credit. When a buyer gives a seller a promissory note, the terms of which provide that it is payable within sixty days, the seller has essentially extended sixty days of credit to the buyer. The credit aspect of instruments was developed in the Middle Ages soon after bills of exchange began to be used as substitutes for money. Merchant buyers were able to give to sellers bills of exchange that were not payable until future date. Because the seller would wait until maturity date to collect, this was a form of extending credit to the buyer. For an instrument to operate practically as either a substitute for money, credit device, or both, it is essential that the paper be easily transferable without danger of being uncollectible. This is the function that characterizes negotiable instruments. The Ethiopian Commercial Code specifies four types commercial instruments: bills of exchange (drafts), cheques, promissory notes and traveler’s cheques. The instruments are frequently divided into two: orders to pay (drafts and cheques) and promises to pay
  • 160.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 160 (promissory notes). The instruments may also have different natures based on the form of transfer. They may be specified, to bearer or to order documents. Instrument which is payable to bearer may be transferred by delivery alone; the bearer simply hands to another party. The holder of an instrument in a specified name establishes his right, upon delivery, to the entitlement as expressed in the instrument by his designation as beneficiary therein and in the register held by the person issuing the said instrument. Instruments to order may be transferred by endorsement and delivery of the instrument to the beneficiary under the transfer. A draft (bill of exchange) is an unconditional written order that involves three parties. The party creating it, the drawer, orders another party, the drawee, to pay money usually to a third party, the payee. The drawee must be obligated to the drawer either by agreement or through a debtor-creditor relationship for the drawee to be obligated to the drawer to honor the order. A cheque is simply a bill of exchange drawn on a banker. In the case of cheque, the drawee is a banker. It is also an instrument to order. The promissory note is a written promise between two parties. One party is the maker of the promise to pay and the other is the payee, or the one to whom the promise is made. A promissory note, which is often referred to as a note, can be made payable at a definite time or on demand. It can name a specific payee or merely be payable to bearer. The requirements for negotiability of these instruments are: be in writing, signed by the maker or the drawer, be an unconditional promise or order to pay, state a fixed sum of money, be payable at sight (on demand) or at a fixed date. They are payable to order or to bearer, unless it is cheque which is always to order. Unconditionality of promise or order: - A negotiable instrument’s utility as a substitute for money or a credit device would be dramatically reduced if it had conditional promises attached to it. It would be expensive and time-consuming to investigate conditional promises or orders, and therefore the transferability of the instrument would be greatly
  • 161.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 161 restricted. Substantial administrative costs also would be required to process conditional promises. Furthermore, the payer or any holder of the instrument would risk the possibility that the condition would not occur. A fixed amount of money: - Negotiable instruments must state with certainty a fixed amount of money to be paid at any time the instrument is payable, a requirement that promises clarity and certainty in determining the value of the instrument. Any promise to pay an amount to be determined in the future in risky, because the value of money (purchasing power) fluctuates. Also, if the instrument’s value were stated in terms of goods or services, it would be too difficult to ascertain the market value of those goods and services at the time the instrument was to be paid. Promise or order: - For an instrument to be negotiable, it must contain an express order or promise to pay. A mere acknowledgement of the debt, which might logically imply a promise, is not sufficient because the promise must be affirmative, written undertaking. But, if such words as “to be paid on demand” or “due on demand” are added, the need for affirmative promise is satisfied. The transfer of entitlements a negotiable instrument embodies are transferred by negotiation. Negotiation is the transfer of an instrument in such form that the transferee (the person to whom the document is transferred) becomes a holder. A transfer by negotiation creates a holder who, at the very least, receives the rights of the previous possessor. A transfer by negotiation, unlike an assignment, can make it possible for a holder to receive more rights in the instrument than the prior possessor had. A holder who receives greater rights is known as a holder in due course. Such holder acquires that privileged status on the instrument because of his good faith possession. There are two methods of negotiating an instrument so that the receiver becomes a holder: it depends on whether the instrument is to order or to bearer. If an instrument is payable to bearer, it is negotiated by delivery – by transfer into another person’s possession. The use of bearer paper involves more risk through loss or
  • 162.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 162 theft than the use of order paper because any one in possession, irrespective of the manner of acquisition of the instrument, is entitled to the sum the instrument represents. Order paper contains the name of a payee capable of endorsing. If an instrument is payable to order, it is negotiated by delivery with any necessary endorsements. An endorsement is a signature with or without additional words or statements. It is most often written on the back of the instrument itself. If there is no space on the instrument, endorsements can be written on a separate piece of paper called allogne. The allogne must be fixed to the instrument to become a part of the instrument. Exhibits The following exhibits may make your understanding of the types of commercial instruments clearer as they demonstrate what the commercial instruments look like on the paper. Exhibit 1 Bills of Exchange Date:_____ ABC TRADING ( Drawee) Payable to the order of Mr. A ( Payee) Sum in money: 10,000 birr The time of payment: may 15, 2013 Name: Mr. B ( Drawer) Place: Harar Signature:________ Date of issue Exhibit 2
  • 163.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 163 Promissory Note Date:_____ The undersigned person promises to pay Mr. B a sum of 5000 birr on July 6th of 2013. Name: Mr. A ( Maker) Place: Harar Signature:________ Date of issue Exhibit 3 DASHEN BANK ( Drawee) Date:_____ Payable to the order of Mr. A ( Payee) Sum in money: 10,000 birr Name: Mr. B ( Drawer) Signature:________ Date of issue
  • 164.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 164 Self-check Questions 1. How would you distinguish traders from ordinary persons? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________. 2. The Ethiopian Commercial Code, which is still in force, contains an exhaustive list of trading activities. But many ways of doing business have emerged since its promulgation. Do you think these ‘new’ ways of doing business cannot do not have a law in force for their regulation? Explain. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________. 3. Financial business in Ethiopia is not only reserved to nationals but also can only be undertaken in the form of share company. Why such a restriction?
  • 165.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 165 __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________. 4. “Private limited companies in Ethiopia have the combined virtues of privacy of partnerships and permanence of share companies”. Explain. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________. 5. Joint ventures are secret profit-making institutions so much so that they do not have legal personality. What purpose does the law contemplate when it recognizes such form of business organizations? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________
  • 166.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 166 __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________. 6. Insurance is an indispensable social service sector. Discuss the rationale behind the emergence of an insurance scheme. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ _______________________________. 7. What requirements must be met for an instrument to be negotiable? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ _______________________. 8. A note has two original parties. Who are they? A cheque has three original parties. Who are they? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________
  • 167.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 167 __________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________. 9. What are the differences between instruments to bearer and to order? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________. 10. The following note is written by Admassu Kibebew on the back of an envelope: “I, Admassu Kibebew, promise to pay Maeregu Tesfaye or bearer Birr 1000 on demand.’ Is this a negotiable instrument? Discuss fully. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________.
  • 168.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 168 CHAPTER SEVEN INTRODUCTION TO LABOR LAW 7.1. Definition Employment relation is established through a contract of employment and it shall be deemed formed where a person (the employee) agrees, directly or indirectly, to perform work for and under the authority of another (the employer) for a definite or indefinite period or piece work in return for wages. This definition includes the following elements: Agreement: is the basis for employment relation and this automatically excludes forced labor from the ambit of employment relations. Hence a person cannot be compelled to enter into an employment relation. In other words, employment relation is a voluntary engagement. Nevertheless, it is important to note that agreement to employment relation may be expressed directly /personally negotiation or indirectly/through intermediaries. Thus, the agreement may be expressed personally or indirectly through employment agencies. Performance of work: the other element under the definition is the agreement from the side of the employer is “to perform work for the employer”. The employee will be required to render personal service for the benefit of the employer. Unlike a contract of sale where the seller delivers something tangible to the buyer, in the present case, the employee is making his service available (i.e. something intangible) to the benefit of the employer. Although the employee may express his/her agreement indirectly, his/her service is to be provided personally. S/he cannot, as of right, delegate another person to render service in his/her behalf. Under the authority of the employer: The employee will be required to render the said service within the frame work of the instruction of the employer. This in effect means the employer will possess the prerogative to direct, supervise and control the manner and performance of the employee. Consequently, the employer will have the power to determine what work to be done; when to be done; where to be done; how to be done and with whom to be done. It is important to note, however, that the authority granted to the employer over the employee is not meant and intended to establish a master and servant relationship. On the
  • 169.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 169 contrary, it is within the framework of the terms of the contract that the scope of the authority of the employer over the employee will be determined. Working under the authority of the employer differentiates an employee from an independent contractor. An independent contractor performs work for the benefit of his/her client but in performing such work s/he is not under the strict direction of the client. The client in such cases is interested on the result and not on the manner how the result was achieved. For example, if a client seeks the service of a tailor to make him a three pieces suit, he will not have an interest where and how it is made so long as the agreed date and quality of the product is maintained. But in case of an employer, he is not only interested on the result but also on the manner of arriving at such result. Therefore it is safe to conclude that where the “employer” has no or minimal authority over his “employee” the relationship between them is client-independent contractor relationship not employer-employee. Length of employment: As regards to duration, a contract of employment could be entered into either for definite period (for six months, for one year etc), or for indefinite period (i.e. for the life of the company), or for a specific assignment (to unload sacks of grain from a truck). Wage: As the employee is committing himself/herself to render personal service for the benefit and under the authority of the employer, the employer will have a corresponding duty to perform. It will be expected and required to pay wage to the employee. Hence. employment relation is not a pro bono service. On the contrary, it is a service in return for wages. The mode of payment for wage could be in cash or in kind though ordinarily payment is effected through cash. As regards to the interval of payment, it could be in daily, weekly, bi-monthly, monthly etc. basis or it could be assessed on piece rate. The manner or the mode of payment will not have any effect on the relationship of the parties. From the above discussions, we tried to highlight the elements of a contract of employment. If and when these elements are cumulatively satisfied, the status of the parties will be held as employer and employee relationship. 7.2. Formation Individual employment relation, means is, a contractual relation between an employee and his/her employer in their individual capacity.
  • 170.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 170 To understand who an employee is for purposes of the labor proclamation, it is better to read Art.2 (3) conjointly read with Art.4 (1) of the same proclamation. It must be underlined that employer under the labor law is any natural or legal person which is engaged in any lawful activity, be it profit making or otherwise; whereas employer under the civil service is a status assigned to an exclusively federal legal organ established by a legal instrument and fully or partially financed by government budget. Employment relations under the labour law and under the Civil Service have their own peculiar features. In the labour law setting, the legal instrument is limiting itself towards stipulating minimum conditions of labour providing sufficient room for flexibility for further bargain by the parties either through contract or collective bargaining. Under the Civil Service, however, conditions of work are rigorously regulated by law and there is little or no room for negotiation. In this sense most (if not all) the work conditions spelt out in the Civil Service instruments are not only minimum but also the maximum. Such basic distinctions should be emphatically stated in class discussions at this stage. As regards to forms of contract, the labor law regime in principle does not require any special form for contractual validity. It is under exceptional cases that it requires written form (see article 5 of the proclamation). The Civil service regime on its part requires written instrument in all cases. As a contract of employment is a contract with public administration, the civil code requires a special form for the purpose (see Art.1724 C.C.) Once a contract of employment is duly formed, the parties are expected to spell out their respective rights and obligations under the contract exhaustively. Nevertheless, the laws have also incorporated implied terms to the parties through legislation. This is enshrined under Articles 12-14 of the labor proclamation. The duty to provide work and the agreed wage to the employee is among the most important obligations of the employer. On the other hand, the employee is duty bound to provide personal and faithful service with due diligence. The principle of non-discrimination among employees on the basis different protected grounds has been strictly regulated under the labor proclamation. This principle has also been enshrined under the two important ILO Conventions to which Ethiopia is a party and the FDRE constitution.
  • 171.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 171 As the main element in a contract of employment has been the consent of the parties to the contract, they are at liberty to modify the terms of their contract and to suspend it if and when the need arises so long as their consent have been externally and clearly manifested as required by the law (see article 15 of the labor proclamation). 7.3. Suspension Suspension is a situation where the employee will not be required to provide service to the employer and the employer will not be obligated to pay wages and other benefits to the employee. Nonetheless, their contractual engagement remains intact. Therefore, suspension is a grey area in the sense that it has attributes of termination on the one hand and of employment relation on the other hand. A contract of employment may be suspended for a variety of reasons like, Voluntary arrangement of the parties; Societal interest; Due to reasons beyond the control of the employer; Due to disciplinary reasons. Normally, as soon as the duration for suspension expires, the employee will be reinstated to his/her previous employment. But there may also be circumstances where suspension may be transformed into termination. For instance, in case of disciplinary suspension (e.g. if the outcome of the investigation shows a serious misconduct attributed to the employee), the contract of the suspended employee may be terminated. In case of suspension for reasons beyond the control of the employer, particularly suspension due to economic reasons,(e.g. if the undertaking cannot resume operation within ninety days) suspension will be transformed into termination. 7.4. Termination Termination of a contract of employment and its effects are important issues to be discussed in this course. The labor proclamations spels out grounds of termination in their respective regimes of employment. Under the LP grounds of termination could be categorized into the following: termination by law (Art.24) termination by the agreement of the parties (Art.25) termination at the initiation of the employer-(dismissal)-(Arts.27, 28, 29 & 30) - Without notice or summary dismissal (Art.27)
  • 172.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 172 - With notice or ordinary dismissal (Art.28) - -Group termination or lay off (Arts.29&30) -termination at the initiation of the employee-(resignation)-(Arts.31, 32) - -Resignation with notice/ordinary resignation (Art.31) - -Resignation without notice (constructive dismissal) (Art.32) 7.5. Effects of Lawful Termination If a contract of employment is terminated in accordance with the stipulation of the law and the parties are separated for good, there will be some consequences which will follow the termination. Most of the consequences are attached with the ground for termination while few others are available to all terminations. These are the following: 7.5.1. Certificate of Service This is a document to be issued by the employer which testifies how long the employee had been employed at the employer; the position he/she held; and the wage he/she was earning while employed. (Art.12 (7) LP & Art.87 FCSP). Actually, this document may be requested and issued while the employee has been still employed (i.e. even without termination), in practice however, employees request for it after termination. It would be helpful for the employees in their effort to look for other employment. This document is available free of charge to all terminations except for termination due to death of the employee as it will not have a purpose to be served in cases where the termination is the result of death. Reason for termination is not an essential element to be spelt out in such document. At times reason of termination may be unhelpful to the employee’s future effort for employment. For example, if the contract of employment was terminated due to the serious misdeed of the employee, mentioning such ground of termination in the certificate may negatively affect the employability of the individual. This seems the main reason why mentioning the reason for termination is not to be mentioned. Nevertheless, if the employee is willing and ready to write favourable terms to the employee, the law does not seem to have any objection.
  • 173.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 173 7.5.2 Payment instead of unutilized annual leave In principle it is prohibited to convert annual leave into cash. However, if the contract of employment is terminated prior to the utilization of the annual leave, the employee is entitled to his pay for the leave he has not taken. As annual leave cannot be postponed for more than two years, the payment for this cannot be in excess of two years annual leave converted into cash. 7.5.3 Severance payment Unlike Certificate of Service and payment instead of annual leave which are available to almost all grounds of termination, severance payment is available to employees whose contract of employment is terminated on specified grounds. The most important limitation is, an employee who is entitled to pension payment immediately after termination is denied of severance payment. If the enterprise has already established a provident fund on the basis of work rule or collective agreement which is more beneficial to the employee than the severance payment available to him/her, the provident fund will be payable and severance payment will be denied in such cases. Once the employee is entitled to severance payment, the amount of such payment will be determined on the amount of wage the individual was earning prior to termination and his/her length of service. It is interesting to note that the FCSP and the LP have slight difference with respect to determining the amount of the severance payment.(Refer Arts. 88(1)(a) and Art 40(1) respectively). 7.5.4 Compensation There are some grounds of termination which produce entitlements of compensation to employees who have been separated on the basis of that particular ground. These entitlements are applicable only to employees under the labor law regime. Employees whose contract of employment have been terminated due to “the permanent cessation of operation of the undertaking because of bankruptcy or any other cause” (Art.24 (4) or due to lay off (Art.29) are entitled to compensation. Moreover, employees who resigned on an extra ordinary procedure (Art.32) are also beneficiaries of such compensation.
  • 174.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 174 7.5.5 Period of limitation The duration of time within which the entitlements are to be claimed is also relevant. In principle, the labor proclamation tends to fix short durations after the expiry of which the claim may be barred by limitation.(refer Art.162) In addition to fixing short of period of limitation, the law obligates the employer to effect all payments due to the employee within seven working days from the time of termination.(refer.Arts.36-38). It is interesting to note that the FCSP does not possess similar stipulations except in cases of disciplinary measures. 7.6. Unlawful termination and its effects Any termination which fails to observe the substantive or procedural requirements of termination shall be held unlawful. (Refer Arts.14 (1) (c), 23(1) & 42 of Labour Proclamation. The remedy for unlawful termination is not one and the same in all cases. It rather depends on the nature of the unlawfulness. Although, in substantial majority of the cases, it will be the employer who will engage in unlawful terminations, it is also possible that the employee could commit the same. Usually employers terminate employment contracts without having lawful reason for so doing. At other times, they may have lawful reasons for termination at their disposal, but they may not follow the requisite procedure of termination (such as failure to provide notice where the law requires prior notice (Art.28 & 29) or provision of inadequate notice (Art.35) or failure to observe form & content of notice (Art.34)). All the same, broadly speaking, all of them are unlawful terminations. However the law tends to treat them in different manners. Generally, reinstatement(Arts.26(2)& 43(1)), compensation together with severance payment(Art.43(2),(3)(4) &39(1)(b)), payment inleu of notice period(Art.44 & 45), fine(Art.14(1)(c)&184(2)(c) are the remedies stipulated by law for unlawful terminations.
  • 175.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 175 7.7. Special categories of Employees The legislature has provided special treatment to some categories of employees. The rational for the special treatment is associated with the specific condition the employee is in. We will try to examine these features one by one. 7.7.1. Probationary employees At the commencement of a contract of employment, the employer is entitled to set a probationary period (i.e. trial period). The purpose of probation is to test the suitability of the employee to a post in which she is intended to be assigned. Within the trial period, the employer is entitled to dismiss the employee without any procedure if the employer is convinced that the employee is unfit for the post. In this connection, it is held that “whenever a person is dismissed for unfitness, it is sufficient that the employer honestly believes on reasonable grounds that the person is unfit. It is not necessary for the employer to prove that she is in fact incompetent.” 7.7.2. Apprentice This is a situation through which the employer agrees to provide a person (i.e. the apprentice) complete and systematic training and the apprentice in return agrees to obey the instruction given to carry out the training. Strictly speaking, such an arrangement is not an employment relationship because the main interest of the employer in this relationship is not to obtain service it is rather to provide training to the apprentice. On the other hand, the main interest of the apprentice, in this relationship, is not also to receive wage. It is rather to acquire skill. Incidentally, however, the employer will obtain service from the apprentice and the apprentice will receive stipend. These facts assimilate apprenticeship arrangement with employment relation. An apprenticeship agreement is an appropriate route in transferring skill in those trades where skill could be acquired through “learning by doing” mechanism. Traditionally, those skills were being transferred through family line and it was members of the family who were exposed to such an opportunity. Through passage of time and the development of industrialization, however, contractual arrangement becomes the main channel for transfer of skills in such areas of trade.
  • 176.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 176 An apprenticeship arrangement is only available for the employment regime under the labour law while civil service regime does not have such an arrangement. Even under the labour employment regime, it is strictly regulated in the sense that it must be made in writing and be attested by the Ministry (Art. 48(3)) 7.7.3 Young employees These are employees between the age of 14 and 18. Legally speaking, persons below the age of 18 are minors and due to this status they are not allowed to enter into juridical acts personally. As we all know, entering into a contract of employment is a juridical act. Hence, it must be noted that the issue of young employees is an exception to the general rule. Actually, it must be further noted that this is not the only exception in this respect. At the age of fourteen, a minor may be emancipated. (Art.312 (2) of Revised Family Code) Furthermore, a minor may make a valid will at the age of 16. (Art.295 (2)) Marriage is also possible at the age of 16. (Art.7 (2)) Young employees, owing to their tender physical and mental makeup, are treated differently under the labor law. Their differential treatment is manifested in the following terms of employment. a) As regards to length of working hours and its timing: Normal working hours seven hours per day (refer Arts.61 (1) & 90) It is prohibited to employ young employees on: - Night work (i.e. between 10pm-12am) -Weekly rest days -Overtime work -Public holidays b) As regards to types of work No employment for young workers in the transporting of passengers and goods by road, rail air and internal water; No employment for young workers in dock sides and warehouses involving heavy lifting; No employment for young workers in electric power generation and transmission lines;
  • 177.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 177 No employment for young workers in underground works (such as mines &quarries) No employment for young workers in sewerage systems and digging tunnels. 7.7.4. Female employees It is well known that women have special and irreplaceable reproductive role in society. Because of this, their biological make up requires special care and attention. Moreover, most traditional cultural attitudes in society tend to discriminate against women in many respects. As an expression of these discriminatory practices, their share in the work force in most countries has been incomparable with their number in society. Hence in order to do away with such inequitable outcome many modern legal systems have already incorporated the principle of “non discrimination on the basis of sex” in their basic laws and practices. The problem with this “sameness” model is that “it fails to address the reality that women’s lives are different from men’s. It aspires to an assimilationist model that takes male role as a norm and aims to encourage women to be just like men. But in order to achieve genuine equality, it is necessary to break away from the idea that men’s lives are the norm and recognize the women’s lives are different. Because of this, the principle of non discrimination, though necessary, is not sufficient by itself to bring about equitable outcomes in this respect. Thus in order to bring about equity the principle of non discrimination must be complimented by another equally important principle so called “affirmative action”. Unless and until these two principles are reinforced each other, past misdeeds and previous marginalization may not be rectified and thereby true equality will not be attained. In this connection, the Ethiopian legal system appears to be on the right track. The FDRE constitution has already incorporated both principles. The law tries to regulate the situation of female employees from two angles. The first type of regulation is providing flat protection available to all females by virtue of being female.” Women shall not be discriminated against as regards employment and payment, on the basis of their sex” (Art.87 (1) Labour Proclamation). The other type of regulation is providing special provisions for females under particular circumstances such as pregnancy and maternity. (refer Arts. 87(3), (4),(5) &88 of Labour Proclamation).
  • 178.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 178 7.7.5. Employees with disability Studies have verified that over 600 million people worldwide have a physical, sensory, intellectual or mental impairment in one form or another. This equals approximately 10% of the world’s population. People with disabilities can be found in every country, with over two-thirds of them living in the developing world. The denial of employment opportunities to people with disabilities forms one of the root causes of poverty and exclusion of many members of this group. The issue of disability is something that deserves serious attention in Ethiopia. Recent Ethiopian legal instruments have incorporated relevant provisions with a view to widening the employment opportunity of persons with disability. A case in point is the FDRE constitution which stipulates, “The State shall, within available means, allocate resources to provide rehabilitation and assistance to the physically and mentally disabled, the aged, and to children who are left without parents or guardian” (Art.41 (5). Proclamation No.568/2008 has also important provisions for persons with disability. The principle of “reasonable accommodation” for persons with disability seems to have been incorporated in this Proclamation (Art.6 of the Proclamation). The principle of non discrimination on grounds of disability has also been expressly inserted under the FCSP (Art.13 (1)). Though not as express as the FCSP, the LP prohibits discrimination among employees “…on the basis of nationality, sex, religion, political outlook or any other condition.”(Art.14 (1) (f) emphasis added) It may be logical to assume that the phrase “…any other condition” may be construed to include disability as a protected ground. 7.7.6. Non Ethiopian employees Every country has an express or implied policy on how non nationals are to avail themselves to its domestic labor market. As expression of this sovereign authority, the Ethiopian legislature lays down conditions on the basis of which foreign nationals may be employed in Ethiopia. (refer. Art.174 LP & Art.15 & 22(2) FCSP). Ethiopian law seems to give priority of employment to its nationals which is in consistent with the general practice of states worldwide. It is when a particular type of service is not available in the domestic market that a foreigner may be employed. Moreover, employment of foreign
  • 179.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 179 national is temporary and for limited duration. It must also be noted that there are specific areas of employment where foreigners may not have access to employment such as defense, security and foreign affairs. As a requirement, for a foreigner to be lawfully employed in Ethiopia, he/she needs to possess double permits.(namely; Residence Permit & Work Permit) The Power to issue Residence Permit is vested on the Security, Immigration and Refugee Affairs Authority; while Work Permit is to be issued by the Ministry of Labour and Social Affairs.(Art.174 LP) 7.8. Legally stipulated minimum working conditions Minimum labor conditions are related, but not limited, to prescribing minimum wage; limiting daily/weekly working hours; provision of paid leaves; employment security; maintenance of safe and healthy working condition and compensation for employment injury. 7.8.1. Minimum Wage Many jurisdictions have succeeded in prescribing minimum hourly/monthly wages to employees working within their territory. Others leave this issue to the contracting parties. The Ethiopian employment regime seems to adopt a hybrid of the two approaches. The civil service regime has prescribed a minimum monthly wage for those working in the civil service; while the labor law regime has left the issue to the parties themselves. The problem associated with such an approach is the invalidity of considering labor as a commodity whose price is to be determined against supply and demand. The ILO Conference under the annex for its Constitution reaffirms that “labour is not a commodity” (Annex-I (a)). Furthermore countries like the US who claim to be the most faithful exponents of free market economy see nothing wrong in determining minimum hourly wage by law. 7.8.2. Employment security Another item for minimum working condition is trying to protect the employee from unjustified dismissal. Employment, for a worker, is not only a source of revenue but also an engagement for career development and an expression of human dignity. Traditionally, in contract of employment, both parties were to remain engaged so long as
  • 180.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 180 both of them are willing to remain engaged. If either of the parties did not want to continue with the engagement, either was entitled to put an end to it. Compelling the employee to remain employed against his/her will was tantamount to legalizing slavery or forced labor. Modern employment relation has slightly deviated from such an understanding. Although the employee is still at liberty to terminate his/her contract of employment with cause or without cause subject to prior notice, (Art.31 LP), such entitlement is not widely available to the employer. This is an aspect of expression for ensuring employment security to the employee. 7.8.3. Normal Working hours By normal working hours, we mean those periods in a day or in a week when the employee regularly renders service to the benefit of his/her employer. Historically, determination of working hour was left to the parties’ bargain. An attempt to limit working hours by law was being held an interference of the state into a private domain. Through passage of time, however, it becomes a general practice to fix maximum hours of work by law and/or by collective agreement. In fact, limitation of maximum working hours became one of the most important concerns of labor laws of various jurisdictions. In Ethiopia, under the Labour Proclamation, however, “normal hours of work shall not exceed eight hours a day or forty eight hours a week” (Art.61 (1)) In order to ensure the reliable application of this limitation, the law has further introduced additional safety valves. First of all, it declared that overtime work is in principle prohibited. It is only in cases where exceptional circumstances expressly stated by law have occurred that overtime work is allowed. (Arts.66 & 67 LP; Art.34 FCSP). Secondly, even if conditions for overtime work are met, the rate of payment for overtime work is being made expensive partly to discourage the employer from requiring overtime work. (Art.68 LP). Thirdly, an employer who “causes workers to work beyond the maximum working hours set forth by or contravenes in any manner the provisions relating to working hours is liable to fine”(Art.184(1)(a) LP).
  • 181.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 181 Related with these, the laws grant a certain amount of paid leaves in the form of annual leave. It is believed that the purpose of annual leave is to enable an employee get rest with payment and resume work with renewed strength thereafter. Then comes Labour proclamation No.64/1975 which stipulated 14 working days of annual leave for the first year of service and an additional one working day for every additional year of service. The labor proclamation provides 14 working days as an initial leave for the first year of service, and one additional working day for every additional year of service with no maximum limit (Art.77 LP). Sick leaves and public holidays are also items of minimum working conditions. Currently, the present labour proclamation incorporated the stipulations of the previous labor proclamation with respect to sick leave. Accordingly, Sick leave is six months in duration out of which the first month was with full wage payment; the next two months with half pay and the last three months with no wage payment (Art.38). Public holidays are also nonworking days and at the same time paid holidays. 7.8.4. Safe and Healthy working conditions Industrial activities are full of risks. Risks could be either to life, health, property or the environment or to all. The Risk may express itself in the form of accident, occupational disease or environmental pollution. More often than not, employees are the most exposed sector of society to the risk. Many jurisdictions adopted employer’s liability for employment injury cases. The Ethiopian legal system has had also expressly incorporated this principle ever since the promulgation of the Civil Code in 1960 (Arts.2548-2559). The reason for such a paradigm shift has been more of economic and equity. In economic terms, when an employer is held liable to cover the costs of employment injury, it will transfer such cost into society by thinly distributing this expenditure in the price of the product or services which is made available by the employer. Hence it is in a better position than the employee to pass off the cost to the consumers. Furthermore as the employee sustains injury while at the disposal and service of the employer, it is economical justified and equitable if it is held liable because if it benefits from the service of the employee, it should compensate when loss occurs. Finally, under the
  • 182.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 182 “deeper pocket” principle, the employer is an economically better position to cover such cost even if it fails to pass it off to society. Be that as it may, employer’s liability in this connection has two levels (namely; at the level of prevention and at the remedial stage). 7.8.4.1. Preventive measures At the level of prevention, the employer is duty bound to prevent preventable risks. For this purpose, it is required to provide safety equipments and train how and when to make use of them (Art.92 LP). Nevertheless, it is worth noting that the employee has also a corresponding duty at the level of prevention. He/she is required to make use of the protective tools appropriately and at appropriate time and place (Art.93 LP). Furthermore, he/she is obligated to obey all health and safety instructions. Hence prevention demands the care of both parties (i.e. bilateral care). It must be admitted that prevention may not be successful all the time. Even with utmost care, it is likely that employment injury may occur. Thus, regulating prevention, though necessary is not sufficient in this regard. With this view in mind, the law comes out with provisions necessary in regulating the remedial stage. 7.8.4.2. Remedial measures By remedial stage what we mean is, taking compensatory measures after the damage has already been sustained. This stage, in actual effect, is pin pointing the modalities for loss distribution. Once industrial accident or occupational disease is sustained, the employer is expected to cover cost of medication including the cost for any necessary prosthetic or orthopedic appliances. Hence employer’s liability is not limited to the stage of prevention. It rather covers the remedial stage also so long as the injury is associated with the employment. This will take us to identifying what employment injury is. 7.8.4.3. Exemption from liability As indicated earlier, employer’s liability is limited to employment injury cases. Employment injuries as indicated above are predominantly injuries sustained at the place and time of work and injuries somehow related to work. Thus, the employer is not an all time (i.e. twenty four hours) insurer of the employee as regular working hours is only eight hours per day. Even for injuries sustained at the time and place of employment,
  • 183.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 183 there are exceptional situations where the employer can validly avoid liability. A case in point is where the employee intentionally caused the injury on her/himself. Although it may be difficult for the employer to show that the employee intentionally caused the injury on her/himself, the law has laid down presumptions in its favour. Among the presumptions are, when the employee does not obey safety instructions of the employer or when the employee reported to duty under the influence of alcohol or chat and sustained the injury while in such circumstances. The employer will be exempted from liability and the damage will rest where it falls. It has been stated earlier that one of the statutory obligations of an employee is to report for duty in fit physical and mental condition (Art.13 (4) &14(2) (c) LP). Thus when an employee reports for duty under the influence of intoxication, s/he, in effect, is violating one of his/her primary obligations. This seems the reason why such an employee is denied of employment injury benefit. 7.8.4.4. Extent of liability Once a certain injury is held to be employment injury and the employer has no ground to invoke in view of avoiding liability, the next step will be determining the scope of its liability. Although the scope of liability is closely related to the degree of injury sustained by the employee, there are common obligations which are applicable to all injuries. These are: a) Immediate obligation: As soon as the employee is known to have sustained employment injury, the first step the employee is expected to do is: -provision of first aid service to the injured employee; -transporting the injured employee to the nearest medical facility. - notifying the appropriate government organ about the incident. b) Medical expenses: Subsequent obligation imposed on the employer will be, covering the following costs of medical expense: -costs of medical and surgical care; -hospital and pharmaceutical costs; -cost of artificial facilities for the injured when recommended by Medical Board.
  • 184.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 184 7.8.4.5. Disability Benefits The employer’s liability is not limited to cost of medication. It will further be obligated to provide disability benefit to the employee. The amount of the disability benefit is to depend on the degree and duration of disability. Ordinarily, disability may be temporary or permanent. It may also be total or partial; the worst scenario, of course, is death. The law has regulated these different scenarios differently. For the purpose of the labour Proclamation, temporary disability is a reduction in working capacity that may last for a maximum duration of twelve months starting from the date of the occurrence of the injury. It is interesting to note that the FCSP does not have fixed time limit for temporary disability except that it is fully paid. Be that as it may, for this kind of injury, the employer, in addition to covering the medical expenses of the employee, is also obligated to make payment to such an employee. The mode of payment is a periodical payment and the amount will be full wage for the first three months; 75% of the employee’s monthly wage for each of the next three months; and 50% of the monthly wage for each of the remaining six months. For instance, let us assume an employee who was earning Birr600/month sustained temporary disability which lasted for eight months. His disability payment will be Birr600/month for the first three months; Birr 450/month for the next three months and finally Birr300/month for the last six months. It is worth noting that such payment is exempted from income tax(Art.112 LP) Nevertheless, the employee may be denied of these payments if s/he fails to observe doctor’s advice or behaves in a manner that prolonged his/her time of recovery. In cases where the injury resulted in permanent disability, the employer will be obligated to provide lump sum compensation to the injured. The maximum payment available for an employee who suffers total permanent disability due to employment injury is a sum equal to five times of the employee’s annual wage(Art.109(3)(a) LP). The employer’s liability, therefore, is both limited and liquidated. If the injury sustained resulted in permanent but partial disablement, the above mentioned payment shall be calculated in proportion to the degree of the disability and reduced accordingly.
  • 185.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 185 As indicated in the case of temporary disability benefit, the permanent disability benefit is also exempted from tax. In connection with this, it is important to note that an employee will not be entitled to permanent disability benefit if s/he has already a pension scheme or an insurance scheme arranged in advance by the employer. For instance, in public enterprises or the civil service sector, if an employee suffered permanent injury of serious nature, he/she will automatically be pensioned and thereby benefit from the government pension scheme. In such cases the employee will not be entitled from the compensation scheme as he cannot benefit from two sources for a single injury. The same principle applies where the employer arranged an insurance scheme for the benefit of the employee. Finally, if an employee dies due to employment injury, the employer will be obliged to pay dependent’s benefit to the dependents of the deceased. The amount of such payment will be the employee’s five years wage to be paid in the form of lump sum. Furthermore, the employer will cover the funeral expenses for the deceased employee. Who are the deceased’s dependents? They are nominated by the law itself and these are: the employee’s widow/widower; children of the deceased who are under the age of eighteen; any parent of the deceased who was being supported by the same. From the above explanation, it is not all dependents of the deceased who will be entitled to the dependent’s benefit. It is only the close relatives, nominated beneficiaries, of the deceased who will benefit. Although the widow/widower’s benefit is automatic, the other beneficiaries have additional conditions attached to them in order to benefit. For example, the children of the deceased should have been under eighteen years of age at the time of the claim. In case of parents also, it must be shown that they were being supported by the deceased; if they had independent means of livelihood, they will not be beneficiaries of the dependent’s payment. Where the deceased left widow, children and parents behind, the dependent’s benefit (i.e. the deceased’s five years wage) shall be shared among them on the following basis: Widow-50% Children-10 %( each) Parents-10 %( each)
  • 186.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 186 All these benefits are provided to the beneficiaries free of incomes tax. Self check questions 1. What distinguishes worker from independent contractor? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________. 2. What are the reasons contract of employment may be suspended for? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________. 3. Discuss the grounds of termination of employment contract. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________. 4. What is the effect of lawful termination of employment contract? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ 5. What special categories of employees do you know? __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________
  • 187.
    Business Law JJU,Law School 187